Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Corporation Limited logo

Record full-year revenue result for FPH

Full Year Results27 May 2025FPHHealthcare

News Release
STOCK EXCHANGE LISTINGS: NEW ZEALAND (FPH), AUSTRALIA (FPH)


Record full-year revenue result for Fisher & Paykel Healthcare

Auckland, New Zealand, 28 May 2025 – Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Corporation Limited today

announced its results for the full year ended 31 March 2025.

Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer Lewis Gradon said, “During the 2025 financial year,

we stayed focused on the fundamentals of our business and we achieved strong results, with annual

revenue of more than $2 billion for the first time in our history.”

Total operating revenue was a record $2.02 billion, an increase of 16% from the prior financial year,

or 14% in constant currency. This was driven by broad-based growth in hospital consumables and

double-digit growth in masks for treating obstructive sleep apnea.

Net profit after tax for the financial year was $377.2 million, a 43% increase over the 2024 financial

year, or 30% in constant currency. These growth rates are against underlying net profit after tax for

the 2024 financial year, which excluded three abnormal items.

For the Hospital product group, which includes products used in respiratory, acute and surgical care,

revenue for the full year was $1.28 billion, up 18% from the previous financial year, or 16% in

constant currency. Sales of new applications consumables were up 20% over the prior financial

year, or 18% in constant currency.

For the Homecare product group, which includes products used in the treatment of obstructive sleep

apnea (OSA) and respiratory support in the home, revenue for the full year was $739.9 million, up

13% over the previous financial year, or 11% in constant currency. OSA masks revenue was up

14% for the full year, or 11% in constant currency.

The company remains committed to returning to its long-term gross margin target of 65%. For the

2025 financial year, gross margin was 62.9%, an underlying performance increase of 181 basis

points, or 129 basis points in constant currency.

New products and market releases

During the 2025 financial year, Fisher & Paykel Healthcare invested $226.9 million into research and

development. The company expanded the roll-out of its F&P Airvo

TM

3 device and F&P 950

TM


System in the United States and increased the adoption of its products for use in anaesthesia, F&P

Optiflow Switch™ and F&P Optiflow Trace™. The business also launched two new masks for

treating OSA, the F&P Nova™ Micro mask in April 2024 and the F&P Nova Nasal mask in March

2025.

Dividend

For the second half of the year, the Board has approved a final dividend of 24.0 cents per share.

This takes the total dividend for the year to 42.5 cents per share, an increase of 2% over the

previous full year. The final dividend, carrying full New Zealand imputation credit, will be paid on

4 July 2025 with a record date of 24 June 2025.

Outlook for the 2026 financial year

At 30 April exchange rates*, the company expects full year operating revenue to be in the range of

approximately $2.15 billion to $2.25 billion, and net profit after tax to be in the range of

approximately $390 million to $440 million.

This outlook anticipates an overall improvement in gross margin for the year and includes an

estimated 50-basis point impact of US tariffs on hospital products sourced from New Zealand. It also

assumes current global tariff rates, policies and applications for the duration of this financial year.

“Our actions in response to any trade policy developments will be driven by our longstanding

approach, which is to mitigate cost increases from any source by identifying and implementing


continuous improvements and efficiency gains across all of our business processes,” said Mr

Gradon.


Capital expenditure for the 2026 financial year is expected to be approximately $225 million.


“Looking ahead, we will continue to apply the fundamental principles that have guided us for

decades. We have a strong new product pipeline and are confident that we will continue to introduce

innovative products and therapies that enhance patient care and improve health outcomes

worldwide,” concluded Mr Gradon.


* 30 April 2025 exchange rates of NZD:USD 0.59, NZD:EUR 0.52, NZD:MXN 11.61.


Overview of key results for the 2025 financial year

• 16% growth in operating revenue to $2.02 billion, 14% growth in constant currency.

• 43% growth in underlying net profit after tax to $377.2 million, 30% growth in constant currency.

• 18% growth in Hospital operating revenue to $1.28 billion, 16% growth in constant currency.

• 20% revenue growth for new applications consumables, 18% growth in constant currency.

• 13% growth in Homecare operating revenue to $739.9 million, 11% growth in constant currency.

• 14% growth in OSA masks revenue, or 11% growth in constant currency.

• Investment in R&D was 11% of revenue, or $226.9 million.

• 2% increase in final dividend to 24.0 cps (2024: 23.5 cps).

• 2% increase in total dividends for the financial year to 42.5 cps (2024: 41.5 cps).


About Fisher & Paykel Healthcare

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare is a leading designer, manufacturer and marketer of products and

systems for use in acute and chronic respiratory care, surgery and the treatment of obstructive sleep

apnea. The company’s products are sold in over 120 countries worldwide. For more information

about the company, visit our website www.fphcare.com.


Media & Investor Contacts:

Karen Knott

GM Corporate Communications

karen.knott@fphcare.co.nz

+64 21 713 911

Daniel Adolph

Head of Investor Relations

daniel.adolph@fphcare.co.nz

+64 22 511 4050


Authorised by Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Corporation Limited’s Board of Directors.


Accompanying Documents

Attached to this news release are the following additional documents:

• Results in Brief

• Annual Report 2025

• Investor Presentation 2025

• NZX Results Announcement

• NZX Distribution Notice


Full Year Results Conference Call

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare will host a conference call today to discuss the results for the 2025

financial year. The conference call is scheduled to begin at 10:00am NZST, 8:00am AEST

Wednesday, 28 May (6:00pm USEDT, Tuesday 27 May) and will be broadcast simultaneously

online.

To listen to the webcast, access the company’s website at www.fphcare.com/investor. An online

archive of the event will be available approximately two hours after the webcast and will remain on

the site for two weeks.

To listen and participate in the conference call via phone, please register via ‘GlobalMeet’ by clicking

this link. Once registered, click ‘Call Me’ and you will receive a phone call connecting you through to

the conference line.


Non-GAAP financial information

Constant currency information included within this news release is non-GAAP financial information,

as defined by the NZ Financial Markets Authority, and has been provided to assist users of financial

information to better understand and track the company’s comparative financial performance without

the impacts of spot foreign currency fluctuations and hedging results and has been prepared on a

consistent basis each year. The company’s constant currency framework can be found on the

company’s website at www.fphcare.com/ccf.


Underlying net profit after tax, referenced within this news release, is a non-GAAP performance

measure and is not defined or specified under the requirements of NZ IFRS. The company believes

that this non-GAAP measure, which is not considered to be a substitute for or superior to NZ IFRS

measures, provides stakeholders with additional helpful information on the performance of the

business.


A reconciliation between reported results and constant currency/underlying net profit after tax is

available in the company’s Annual Report 2025.

---

Results in Brief






Year ended 31 March



% Change

(Reported)


% Change

(Constant

Currency

1

)


% Change

Underlying

(Reported)




% Change

Underlying

(Constant

Currency

1

)


2024

2024

Underlying

2


2025

NZ$M NZ$M NZ$M

(except as

otherwise

stated)

(except as

otherwise stated)

(except as

otherwise stated)

FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE






Operating revenue 1,742.8 1,742.8 2,021.0 16% 14% 16% 14%

Cost of sales (698.4) (678.4) (750.1) 7% 7% 11% 10%

Gross profit 1,044.4 1,064.4 1,270.9 22% 18% 19% 16%

Gross margin 59.9% 61.1% 62.9% 296 bps 247 bps 181 bps 129 bps

Selling, general and administrative

expenses

(492.8) (492.8) (534.4) 8% 8% 8% 8%

Research and development expenses (198.2) (198.2) (226.9) 14% 14% 14% 14%

R&D percentage of operating revenue 11.4% 11.4% 11.2% -15 bps 8 bps -15 bps 8 bps

Total operating expenses (691.0) (691.0) (761.3) 10% 10% 10% 10%

Operating profit 353.4 373.4 509.6 44% 36% 36% 28%

Operating margin 20.3% 21.4% 25.2% 494 bps 377 bps 379 bps 260 bps

Revaluation of land (98.1) - -

Profit before financing and tax 255.3 373.4 509.6 100% 97% 36% 28%

Net financing (expense) / income (19.6) (19.6) (6.3) -68% -56% -68% -56%

Profit before tax 235.7 353.8 503.3 114% 107% 42% 32%

Tax expense (103.1) (89.4) (126.1) 22% 18% 41% 39%

Profit after tax 132.6 264.4 377.2 184% 180% 43% 30%

Effective tax rate 43.7% 25.3% 25.1%

Effective tax rate excluding R&D tax

credit, revaluation of land and removal

of building depreciation

30.5% 30.5% 29.1%


1

Constant currency (CC) removes the impact of exchange rate movements. This approach is used to assess the Group’s underlying comparative financial performance without any impact from changes in foreign

exchange rates. The company’s constant currency framework can be found on the company’s website at www.fphcare.com/ccf. The reconciliation to reported results is included within the Financial Commentary section

of the Annual Report.

2

Underlying financial performance has been presented excluding the impact of abnormal items during the 2024 financial year. For more information, please refer to page 127 of the Annual Report.



Results in Brief

(continued)


Year ended 31 March



2024


2025

% Change

(Reported)


NZ$M NZ$M


Revenue by Region:




North America 806.1 967.2

20%

Europe 477.3 541.5

13%

Asia Pacific 368.9 420.8

14%

Other 90.5 91.5

1%

Total 1,742.8 2,021.0

16%




Revenue by Product Group:


Hospital 1,087.9 1280.3

18%

Homecare 652.3 739.9

13%

Core products sub-total 1,740.2 2,020.2

16%

Distributed and other 2.6 0.8

-69%

Total 1,742.8 2,021.0

16%


As at 31 March

2024

NZ$M

(except as otherwise

stated)

2025

NZ$M

(except as

otherwise stated)

% Change

FINANCIAL POSITION

Tangible assets 2,100.8 2,313.6

10%

Intangible assets

3

180.9 237.2

31%

Total assets 2,281.7 2,550.8

12%

Total liabilities (522.6) (660.4)

26%

Shareholders’ equity 1,759.1 1,890.4

7%

Gearing 1.8% -11.6%

-732%

Net tangible asset backing (cents per

share)

271 284

5%


3

Includes Intangible and deferred tax assets.




Year ended 31 March



% Change

2024 2025

NZ$M NZ$M

(except as

otherwise stated)

(except as

otherwise stated)




CASH FLOWS


Net cash flow from operating activities 429.6 548.6

28%

Net cash flow (used in) investing activities (339.0) (103.0)

-70%

Net cash flow (used in) financing activities (128.7) (268.2)

108%




SHARES OUTSTANDING


Weighted average basic shares

outstanding

581,972,373 585,543,359


Weighted average diluted shares

outstanding

586,178,934 590,199,636


Basic shares outstanding at period end 583,963,682 586,139,423





DIVIDENDS AND EARNINGS PER

SHARE



Dividends per share (cents) – declared 41.5 42.5

2%

Basic earnings per share (cents) 22.8 64.4

182%

---

FUNDAMENTALS
Annual Report 2025

Our unique culture is built around guiding
principles that clarify our intent, shape our

thinking and underpin the way we work.

We call them

FUNDAMENTALS and we apply

them every day as we strengthen our

business for the future.

2Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Constant currency information contained within this report is non-conforming financial information, as defined by the NZ FMA, and has been provided to assist

users of financial information to better understand and assess the company’s financial performance without the impacts of spot financial currency fluctuations

and hedging results, and has been prepared on a consistent basis each financial year. A reconciliation between reported results and constant currency results is

available on page 130 of this report. The company’s constant currency framework can be found on our website at www.fphcare.com/ccf.

NEVILLE MITCHELL

BOARD CHAIR

LEWIS GRADON

MANAGING DIRECTOR

AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

Welcome to our 2025 Annual Report – Fundamentals. In this report,

we feature the work we have done this year to improve patient care

and outcomes around the world and the financial results we achieved

while doing so.

About this report

Our people, investors and customers can

also learn about our track record in non-

financial matters, including environmental,

social and governance (ESG) topics. Our ESG

commitments and metrics are included in the

Operating Sustainably section of this report.

This report references the 2021 Global

Reporting Initiative (GRI) Standards. It also

contains a section on our Climate-related

Disclosures in compliance with the External

Reporting Board’s Aotearoa New Zealand

Climate Standards.

We welcome your feedback and suggestions

for improvement. Please send any questions

or comments to investor@fphcare.co.nz.

A digital version of this report, along with

all previous annual and interim reports are

available at www.fphcare.com/nz/corporate/

investor/reports.

This report covers the financial year ended

31 March 2025 and is dated 27 May 2025. The

report has been approved by the Board and is

signed on behalf of Fisher & Paykel Healthcare

Corporation Limited by Neville Mitchell, Board

Chair, and Lewis Gradon, Managing Director and

Chief Executive Officer.

3Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Contents

This PDF report has a clickable Contents

page and a navigation menu at the top of

all pages for ease of use and quick access

to information.

THE BUSINESS YEAR

THE COMPANY

OPERATING SUSTAINABLYFINANCIALS

APPENDICESCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURES

Our company 16

Our culture, values and beliefs 17

How our business works 18

How we deliver value 19

What matters most 20

Sustainable development goals 22

Our Board 26

Our Executive Management Team 28

Five year summary 165

Independent assurance report168

GRI content index 171

Glossary 176

Directory 178

People 32

Suppliers 45

Community 52

Product quality 57

Risk management 60

Governance 64

Remuneration 80

Environment 89

Financial commentary 126

Financial statements 131

Notes to the financial statements 135

Independent auditor’s report 160

About our disclosures 95

Governance 96

Risk management 98

Strategy 99

Metrics and targets 120

Greenhouse gas emissions121

Financial highlights 6

Business highlights 7

Hospital and Homecare overview 8

Report from the Chair 10

Report from the Managing Director

& Chief Executive Officer 12

ContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICESTHE BUSINESS YEAR
4Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025

ContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICESTHE BUSINESS YEAR
5Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025

THE

BUSINESS

YEAR

ContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICESTHE BUSINESS YEAR
6Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025

OPERATING REVENUE

$2.02b



16% | 2024 $1.74B

GROSS MARGIN

62.9%

181* BASIS POINTS INCREASE

(UNDERLYING)

NEW APPLICATIONS

CONSUMABLES REVENUE GROWTH

18%

CONSTANT CURRENCY

HOSPITAL REVENUE

$1.28b



18% | 2024 $1.1B

NET PROFIT AFTER TAX

$ 37 7. 2m



43%* | 2024 $264.4M

(UNDERLYING)

TOTAL DIVIDEND FOR YEAR

FULLY IMPUTED

42.5cps



2% | 2024 41.5CPS

HOMECARE REVENUE

$739.9m



13% | 2024 $652.3M

Financial highlights

48%

27%

21%

4%

OPERATING REVENUE

NZ$ MILLIONS

NET PROFIT AFTER TAX*

NZ$ MILLIONS

REVENUE BY PRODUCT GROUP

12 MONTHS TO 31 MARCH 2025

REVENUE BY REGION

12 MONTHS TO 31 MARCH 2025

120+

COUNTRIES

Hospital

Homecare

Distributed & Other

North America

Europe

Asia Pacific

Other

<1%

63%

37%

25242322212019

1,681.7

1,581.1

1,742.8

2,021.0

1,971.2

1,263.7

1,072.1

0.000000

87.366667

174.733333

262.100000

349.466667

436.833333

524.200000

25242322212019

524.2

287.3

209.2

376.9

250.3

377.2

264.4

SPEND ON R&D

$226.9m

11% OF OPERATING REVENUE

* These growth figures are calculated against the respective underlying gross margin and net profit after tax figures

for the 2024 financial year, which excluded the abnormal impact of a product recall provision, the revaluation of

land and deferred tax on removal of building depreciation.

ContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICESTHE BUSINESS YEAR
7Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Business highlights

IMPACTED

the lives of approximately

22 million patients globally

SUSTAINED

momentum in anesthesia with

adoption of F&P Optiflow Switch™

and F&P Optiflow Trace™

SURPASSED

$2 billion in annual revenue for

the first time in our company’s history

SIGNED

construction contract for fifth

building at our East Tāmaki campus

in Auckland, New Zealand

LAUNCHED

our F&P Nova™ Nasal mask for

treating obstructive sleep apnea

in New Zealand and Australia

CONTINUED

roll-out of F&P Airvo™ 3

and F&P 950™ System into

the United States

ContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICESTHE BUSINESS YEAR
8Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025

63%

OF OPERATING REVENUE18%$1.28B

CONSTANT CURRENCY REVENUE FROM

NEW APPLICATIONS CONSUMABLES

OPERATING REVENUE

▲ 18%

Hospital

Our Hospital product group

includes products used in invasive

ventilation, noninvasive ventilation,

high flow therapy, anesthesia, and

laparoscopic and open surgery.

Not only do these products help

healthcare providers improve

patient outcomes, they often

deliver economic benefits as well,

by reducing the need to escalate

care and shortening patient stays

in hospital.

PRODUCT GROUP OVERVIEW

Our business is structured in

two parts: Hospital and Homecare.

FEATURED PRODUCT

ContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICESTHE BUSINESS YEAR
9Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025

37%

OF OPERATING REVENUE11%$739.9M

CONSTANT CURRENCY REVENUE

FROM OSA MASKS

OPERATING REVENUE

▲ 13%

Homecare

Our Homecare product group

includes devices and systems

used to treat obstructive sleep

apnea (OSA) and provide

respiratory support in the

home. These include our CPAP

therapy masks as well as flow

generators, interfaces and data

management technologies.

FEATURED PRODUCT

ContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICESTHE BUSINESS YEAR
10Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025

The number of patients treated

each year is an important measure

of our progress, and last year, our

products were used to treat an

estimated 22 million patients.

The business also achieved a record revenue

result, and I am pleased to share with you some

of the highlights of the year in this report.

For the full 2025 financial year, operating

revenue surpassed $2 billion for the first time.

At $2.02 billion, revenue was up 16% over the

prior year, or 14% in constant currency.

Net profit after tax was $377.2 million, up 43%

or 30% in constant currency. These growth

rates are against the underlying net profit after

tax in the prior year, which excluded three

abnormal items.

During the year, the team released a number

of key hospital products into additional markets

and launched new masks for treating obstructive

sleep apnea.

Board update

Following Scott St John’s retirement last

August, I took up the role of Chair. It is truly

a privilege to lead the Board and contribute

to this company’s growth and success. To fill

the vacancy left by Scott St John, Mark Cross

joined the Board as an independent director,

and he was appointed to chair the Audit & Risk

Committee. With eight directors, our Board is

at full strength, and we have a strong mix of

skills among our members. We will continue

to prioritise identifying strong candidates for

the future.

One of the Board’s responsibilities is to oversee

the company’s long-term and annual plans

for delivering sustainable, profitable growth.

This includes regular reviews of strategy

documents and global policies that set out the

company’s intentions and ‘fundamentals’ – the

guiding principles and business practices that

enable those intentions.

During the 2025 financial year, we reviewed

policies related to our people, digital

technology, corporate governance, product

quality and regulatory compliance, and sales.

We conducted deep-dives into health and

safety and the company’s regional sales

strategies, hearing directly from senior leaders

responsible for these functions. The Board also

discussed the company’s use and governance

of artificial intelligence.

Report from

the Chair

NEVILLE MITCHELL

Board Chair

ContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICESTHE BUSINESS YEAR
11Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Infrastructure

Another Board responsibility is to review the

company’s plans for growing infrastructure.

In March we approved the construction

contract for the fifth building on the East

Tāmaki campus in Auckland. This is a

purposeful investment to ensure the business

continues to have the capacity and resources

in New Zealand to progress its future product

pipeline. The total cost of the new building is

expected to be approximately $250 million,

and it is expected to be operational in 2027.

Plans are still in development for the second

New Zealand campus at Karaka, Auckland.

The company has submitted a plan change

application for the land and is continuing to

engage with the community, local government,

and mana whenua to align on goals for the site.

Ngāti Tamaoho, Ngāti Te Ata and Te Aakitai

Waiohua supported us with cultural values

assessments that formed part of the planning

submission to Auckland Council.

As we mentioned in November, the company’s

newest manufacturing facility in China is

now fully operational, and sales from this site

into the local market commenced this year.

Growing our capabilities in China is critical,

and the Board looks forward to visiting that

facility later this year.

Tariffs

In response to US tariffs, we are giving

careful thought to trade policy developments

in consultation with experts in this field.

We would particularly like to acknowledge

the valuable assistance from the New Zealand

Ministry for Foreign Affairs and Trade, and

New Zealand Trade and Enterprise.

Guided by one of our ‘fundamentals,’ we

are applying long-term thinking to the

challenges presented by tariffs. Our actions

will be measured and cautious, and we will

manage any changes without becoming

distracted from our core business. We will

be guided by our principles, which include

supporting our people, keeping the trust of

our customers and maintaining stability in

our operations.

Environmental and social

responsibility

It is our view that we have a responsibility

to operate this business efficiently and to

demonstrate care for the company’s people,

customers, suppliers, local communities and

the natural environment. This report includes

information about those initiatives, as well as

non-financial risks and opportunities. Each

year we strive to enhance this reporting.

This is the second year we have published

climate-related disclosures in accordance

with the Aotearoa New Zealand Climate

Standards. These disclosures are mandatory

for listed companies to help ensure

that the effects of climate change are

routinely considered in business and

investment decisions. Every year we aim

to refine and improve these disclosures,

and our environmental sustainability

and social responsibility performance is

a standing item on the agenda for the

Board’s Audit & Risk Committee.

We believe in supporting the local

communities where we have a large presence.

Our community activities focus on three key

areas – health, education and the environment

– and a summary of the past year’s

achievements are included in this report. In

New Zealand, our community support is largely

coordinated and funded by the Fisher & Paykel

Healthcare Foundation. Our global offices

organised additional activities in their local

communities during the 2025 financial year.

Dividend

For the second half of the year, the Board

has approved a final dividend of 24 cents per

share. This takes the total dividend for the

year to 42.5 cents per share, an increase of 2%

over the previous full year. The final dividend,

carrying full New Zealand imputation credit,

will be paid on 4 July 2025 with a record date

of 24 June 2025. Given the company’s strong

financial performance, the dividend reinvestment

plan remains suspended, and the dividend will

be paid in cash.

Thank you

Our company’s purpose – improving care and

outcomes – is brought to life by the people of

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare, who now number

over 7,500 around the world. To recognise their

contribution, the Board has approved a profit-

sharing payment totalling $15 million for the full

year, to be shared among everyone who has

worked for the company for a qualifying period.

On behalf of all our directors, I want to thank

the employees of Fisher & Paykel Healthcare

for their diligence and determination, and for

living out the F&P values – life, relationships,

internationalism, commitment and originality.

This is an extraordinary company positioned

well for the future. I want to acknowledge

everyone who supports our success – our clinical

partners, suppliers, customers, and you, our

shareholders. Your investment fuels a business

making a positive difference for patients in

more than 120 countries.

Neville Mitchell

Board Chair

ContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICESTHE BUSINESS YEAR
12Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Report from the

Managing Director

& Chief Executive

Officer

LEWIS GRADON

Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer

Our strategy for sustainable,

profitable growth has been

consistent for years. Our

‘fundamentals’ guide the way

we execute it.

During the 2025 financial year, we stayed

focused on our strategy and fundamentals, and

we achieved an excellent result, with operating

revenue of more than $2 billion for the first

time in our history.

Compared to the 2024 financial year, revenue

was up 16%, or 14% in constant currency. Net

profit after tax for the 2025 financial year was

$377.2 million, up 43% or 30% in constant

currency, over underlying net profit for the

previous financial year.

Our Hospital product group result was

pleasing across the portfolio, including in

noninvasive ventilation, Optiflow for both

respiratory and anesthesia patients, and

invasive ventilation. Hospital revenue was

$1.28 billion, an 18% increase compared to

the previous year, or 16% in constant currency.

New applications consumables sales were

up 20%, or 18% in constant currency, driven

by changing clinical practice.

Our Homecare product group, which

includes devices for home use and masks for

obstructive sleep apnea (OSA), also delivered

solid growth. Revenue for this product group

was $739.9 million, up 13% from the previous

year, or 11% in constant currency. OSA masks

revenue was up 14% for the year, or 11% in

constant currency; we saw strong growth in

the nasal and pillows categories where we

launched new masks.

We remain committed to reaching our gross

margin target of 65%, and over the previous

two financial years, we achieved incremental

improvements. For the 2025 financial year,

gross margin increased to 62.9%, or an

improvement of 129 basis points, in constant

currency underlying performance.

ContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICESTHE BUSINESS YEAR
13Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Fundamentals

Back in November, we opened our

report to shareholders by referring to

our ‘fundamentals’ – basic principles that

underpin the way we work, collaborate

and make decisions. It is fundamental, for

example, that we put the patient first in

everything we do.

Some of the ‘fundamentals’ of our business

relate to product development. The products

we deliver must have unique, customer-

valued benefits – products that not only

improve but transform clinical practice. This

starts with a deep understanding of patient

care and the problems that need solving.

Understanding problems and finding better

solutions requires a consistent commitment

to research and development (R&D), so we

cannot be complacent. During the 2025

financial year, we invested $226.9 million

into R&D.

Medical products must be approved in the

market in order to benefit patients, and

meeting the regulatory requirements in

individual regions happens over time. During

the 2025 financial year, we launched the F&P

Airvo™ 3 and the F&P 950™ System in the

United States, and we increased the adoption

of our anesthesia products, F&P Optiflow

Switch™ and F&P Optiflow Trace™. We also

expanded our portfolio of masks for treating

OSA, launching the F&P Nova Micro™ mask in

April 2024 and the F&P Nova™ Nasal mask in

March 2025. With the introduction of these

products, we are strengthening our position

as leaders in mask innovation.

Clinical evidence

Some of our ‘fundamentals’ apply to clinician

relationships – we seek to work with clinicians

who are the best in their field. Key opinion

leaders not only help us understand problems,

they also evaluate the effectiveness of our

therapies and contribute to the body of clinical

evidence supporting them.

In December 2024, the Journal of the American

Medical Association published the results of the

largest randomised clinical trial comparing the

use of nasal high flow therapy with noninvasive

ventilation. Led by Dr Israel Maia, a leading

critical care physician, the study’s findings

support the use of nasal high flow as a safe and

effective alternative to noninvasive ventilation

in most causes of acute respiratory failure. In

about a third of cases, nasal high flow therapy

was initiated in the emergency department,

showing its usefulness as a first-line or

bridge therapy while clinicians determine the

underlying cause of respiratory failure.

The products we deliver must

have unique, customer-valued

benefits – products that not

only improve but transform

clinical practice. This starts

with a deep understanding of

patient care and the problems

that need solving.

Looking ahead

While we cannot fully anticipate the short-

term challenges, we will continue to rely on the

fundamental principles that have guided this

business for decades. We know that healthcare

systems around the world need to treat more

patients with limited resources. We believe our

products and therapies help them solve that

problem. So, we will focus on doing what’s right

to support our customers and deliver world-

leading healthcare solutions.

I am pleased with our performance this

year, and I am grateful to our people, whose

constant efforts at continuous improvement

made it possible. To our clinical partners,

customers, suppliers, community members

and shareholders, I thank you for your support

and confidence.

Lewis Gradon

Managing Director and

Chief Executive Officer

ContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICESTHE BUSINESS YEAR
14Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICESTHE COMPANY
15Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025

THE

COMPANY

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICESTHE COMPANY
16Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare is a

leading designer, manufacturer and

marketer of products and systems for

use in acute and chronic respiratory

care, surgery and the treatment of

obstructive sleep apnea.

Established in New Zealand in 1969, our

business was built on a vision to emulate the

body’s natural humidification processes. It all

started with Dr Matt Spence, an intensive care

specialist at Auckland Hospital, who noticed

his patients on mechanical breathing machines

were suffering from dry and infected tracheas.

Our company

For help solving the problem, he turned

to Alf Melville, a government electrical

engineer, and Dave O’Hare, a senior engineer

with appliances company Fisher & Paykel

Industries. The three collaborated to find

an innovative solution, and the result was a

prototype humidifier made from a humble

fruit preserving jar, which was then designed

and manufactured by a small team at

Fisher & Paykel Industries.

The first respiratory humidifier was sold in

1970 and was marketed internationally.

By 1990, the medical division of Fisher & Paykel

Industries had been renamed Fisher & Paykel

Healthcare, and its annual sales had grown to

$29 million.

OUR ANNUAL REVENUE MILESTONES (NZ$)

In 2001, the appliances business divested, and

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare became a separate

company listed on the New Zealand and

Australia stock exchanges.

Over time, the Fisher & Paykel Healthcare

portfolio has expanded to other clinical

applications, including products for noninvasive

ventilation, high flow therapy, surgery and the

treatment of obstructive sleep apnea.

Our medical devices and technologies help

clinicians deliver the best possible patient care

in over 120 countries worldwide. They enable

patients to transition into less-acute care

settings, recover more quickly and avoid more

serious conditions.

OUR GROWTH OVER THE YEARS

First

respiratory

humidifier

prototype

developed

Medical

division of

F&P Industries

established

New Zealand

headquarters

inaugurated

at East Tāmaki,

Auckland

F&P

Healthcare

separately

listed on NZX

and ASX

10 million

patients treated

with F&P

products this

year

Tijuana, Mexico

manufacturing

facility set up

F&P

products

help fight

COVID-19

pandemic

Land

acquired

for second

NZ campus

in Karaka,

Auckland

Guangzhou,

China

manufacturing

facility

established

22 million

patients treated

with F&P

products this

year

20252019201019981982

500 million+100 million+1 million+1 billion+2 billion+

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICESTHE COMPANY
17Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Our culture, values and beliefs

We have a culture of Care by

Design, which is a simple way

of expressing the care and

intentionality we put into

everything we do — our

relationships, our decisions

and our daily interactions with

customers. We believe that if

we focus on delivering what

is best for the patient, we will

be successful.

OUR VALUES

Life

We relentlessly focus on improving

patients’ lives and strive to provide

a high quality of life for our

employees.

Relationships

We care for our patients, customers,

suppliers, shareholders, the

environment and each other.

Internationalism

We are global in people, in

thinking and in behaviours.

Commitment

We value people who are

self-motivated and have a desire

to make a real contribution.

Originality

We encourage original thinking

which leads to the innovative

solutions required to create better

products, processes and practices.

OUR BELIEFS

We believe in doing what is best

for the patient.

We believe the commitment to

doing the right thing is what our

customers will find compelling.

We believe that empathy,

effectiveness and efficiency

are essential to our success.

We believe our people

are our strength.

We believe lessons learned are

the cornerstones of innovation.

We believe in the need to be

relentless in the pursuit of

healthcare innovation.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICESTHE COMPANY
18Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025

RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT

Our R&D is based in New Zealand.

The team works extensively in

hospitals, and with patients and

clinicians, in order to develop better

technology that enhances patient care.

SUPPLY CHAIN

We have distribution centres located

around the world and a network of

distributors. We prioritise sustainable and

cost-effective methods of transportation.

We source materials from all over the

world and look for socially responsible

partners to support our growth.

THERAPIES

The majority of our operating revenue

is from products and systems used

in hospitals in invasive ventilation,

noninvasive ventilation, high flow therapy,

anesthesia and surgery. The remainder is

from products used in home environments

to treat patients suffering from obstructive

sleep apnea and those in need of

respiratory support.

CUSTOMERS

We work with thousands of healthcare

professionals, including doctors, clinicians

and nurses, providing them the products

and tools to deliver the best possible

care. Our products are sold either direct

to customers or through distributors. Our

largest markets by revenue are North

America, Europe and Asia Pacific.

MANUFACTURING

We manufacture our products in

New Zealand, North America and China.

The co-location of engineering, quality,

manufacturing, marketing and clinical

teams facilitates collaboration and an

awareness of the medical device process

from concept and design right through to

how our products are used by patients.

PATIENTS

Each year millions of patients

are treated with our products in

over 120 countries. Seeking to

understand our patients’ needs is

what drives our R&D programme.

The needs of our customers and their

patients drive everything we do.

We call this Care by Design.

How our business works

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICESTHE COMPANY
19Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025

How we deliver value

OUR INPUTSOUR OUTPUTS

Ageing population | Technology advancement | Healthcare costs increasing | Other external factors

MARKET CONTEXT

Our

people

50+ years

of trusted

relationships

Benefits to

our people

Global

supply

networks

Increased

shareholder

value

Excellence

in R&D

Doubling

our constant

currency

revenue every

5-6 years

A positive

lasting impact

on society

and the

environment

Trusted

brand

Improved

care and

outcomes for

patients

Increased

efficiency

of care

SUSTAINABLE, PROFITABLE GROWTH

We aim to grow our business in a way that is sustainable and profitable over the long term.

OUR PURPOSE

Improving care and

outcomes through inspired

and world-leading

healthcare solutions.

Utilise our expertise

to develop

new therapies

and reduce costs

to healthcare

systems

BETTER PRODUCTS

Continuously strive to

improve our products

GLOBAL REACH

Increase our presence

around the world

CHANGE

CLINICAL PRACTICE

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICESTHE COMPANY
20Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025

What matters most

Investors and other stakeholders

are increasingly using non-financial

information on other material

topics to make decisions. Those

include trends and risks that could

affect a company’s long-term

value, such as climate change, as

well as the economic and social

impacts of doing business.

OUR STAKEHOLDERS

EMPLOYEESCUSTOMERSINVESTORS

CLINICIANSSUPPLIERSCOMMUNITIES

During the 2024 financial year, we worked with

an independent consultant, thinkstep-anz, to

update and validate our assessment of material

topics. Thinkstep-anz obtained feedback by

conducting surveys with internal and external

stakeholders, including our Board, senior

managers, investors, suppliers, customers and

clinicians. Participants were asked to assess

a selection of material topics and rank their

importance to F&P. We also considered our

unique business risks, the United Nations

Sustainable Development Goals, and feedback

we receive through regular interactions with

customers, clinicians, suppliers and investors.

In this exercise, we added a new material topic:

‘climate-related business risk’, which is defined

as understanding and adapting to impacts that

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare might experience in a

changing climate and transition to a low-carbon

economy.

This resulted in an updated materiality

assessment informed by the principles of the

2021 GRI Sustainability Reporting Standards.

Within this framework, ‘materiality’ differs from

financial and audit interpretations and NZX/ASX

definitions of material information.

The five topics of highest interest were: patient

safety; product quality; employee health, safety

and wellbeing; innovation; and sustainable

financial performance. These are shown in the

upper right quadrant of our materiality matrix.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICESTHE COMPANY
21Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Materiality matrix

6.06.57.07.58.08.59.09.510.0

6.0

0

6.5

7.0

7.5

8.0

8.5

9.0

9.5

10.0

Patient safety

Product quality

Health, safety & wellbeing

Innovation

Employee attraction,

development & retention

Sustainable financial performance

Nurturing our culture

Resilient & ethical supply chain

Intellectual property

Market access

Customer experience

Legal compliance

Labour practices

Corporate governance

Improving public health

Disruptive technologiesCyber security & data protection

Anti-bribery & corruptionEthical research

Diversity & inclusion

Carbon & energyLocal employment

Healthcare demographics

Business continuity planning

Resource eŒciency

Community

Healthcare waste management

STAKEHOLDER IMPORTANCE

(AS RANKED BY ALL STAKEHOLDERS)

BUSINESS IMPACT

(AS RANKED BY INTERNAL STAKEHOLDERS)


Climate-related business risk

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICESTHE COMPANY
22Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Sustainable

development goals

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare supports the

United Nations Sustainable Development

Goals. We have identified three goals

where we believe we can make a positive

difference in order to achieve a more

sustainable future for all. The goals we

are most closely aligned with are Goal 3,

Goal 8 and Goal 12, and our contributions

are outlined in this section.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICESTHE COMPANY
23Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025

GOAL 3:

Ensure healthy lives and promote wellbeing

for all at all ages

UN SDG targetUN key indicators Our contribution

3.4

By 2030, reduce by one third premature

mortality from non-communicable diseases

through prevention and treatment and

promote mental health and wellbeing.

Mortality rate attributed to cardiovascular

disease, cancer, diabetes or chronic

respiratory disease.

Our Optiflow™ nasal high flow therapy is a first-line

treatment for patients suffering from respiratory

disease, including being used both pre-intubation

and post-extubation. More than seven million

patients were treated with our Optiflow therapy

over the past year.

3.6

By 2020, halve the number of global deaths

and injuries from road traffic accidents.

Death rate due to road traffic injuries.Hundreds of millions of people suffer from

obstructive sleep apnea (OSA) globally, and the

associated daytime fatigue creates significant risk

for drivers – there are clinically proven links between

these conditions and traffic accidents. Our range of

OSA masks are used by millions of patients around

the world for a better night’s sleep.

3.7

Achieve universal health coverage, including

financial risk protection, access to quality

essential healthcare services and access

to safe, effective, quality and affordable

essential medicines and vaccines for all.

Coverage of essential health services

(defined as the average coverage of

essential services based on tracer

interventions that include reproductive,

maternal, newborn and child health,

infectious diseases, non-communicable

diseases and service capacity and

access, among the general and the most

disadvantaged population).

The use of our Optiflow™ nasal high flow therapy

has often been shown to reduce the escalation of

patient care, resulting in not only better outcomes

for the patient but also reducing cost and capacity

constraints for healthcare providers.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICESTHE COMPANY
24Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025

GOAL 8:

Promote sustained, inclusive and sustainable economic growth,

full and productive employment and decent work for all

UN SDG targetUN key indicators Our contribution

8.2

Achieve higher levels of economic

productivity through diversification,

technological upgrading and innovation,

including through a focus on high-value

added and labour-intensive sectors.

Annual growth rate of real GDP per

employed person.

We are a major proponent of research and

development and in the 2025 financial year invested

11% of annual revenue into R&D. We have more than

950 people engaged in clinical research and product

and process development – they are primarily

engineers, scientists and physiologists.

8.3

Promote development-oriented policies that

support productive activities, decent job

creation, entrepreneurship, creativity and

innovation, and encourage the formalization

and growth of micro-, small- and medium-

sized enterprises, including through access

to financial services.

Proportion of informal employment in total

employment, by sector and sex.

We are a significant employer, with a team of

7,440permanent and 95 temporary employees

(as at 31 March 2025). We are an equal opportunity

employer that values workplace diversity. Of our

full-time permanent employees, 55% are women

and 45% are men.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICESTHE COMPANY
25Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025

GOAL 12:

Ensure sustainable consumption

and production patterns

UN SDG targetUN key indicators Our contribution

12.2

By 2030, achieve the sustainable

management and efficient use of natural

resources.

Material footprint, material footprint per

capita, and material footprint per GDP.

Domestic material consumption, domestic

material consumption per capita, and

domestic material consumption per GDP.

Aligned with the goals of the Paris Agreement to

limit global warming to 1.5 degrees Celsius, we have

set science-based targets for our Scope 1 and 2

emissions. We are also working with our suppliers

to set their own targets. We recognise the overall

importance of water and other natural ecosystems.

Across our New Zealand and Mexico sites, we

apply good water stewardship practices such as

rainwater harvesting and closed-loop water systems,

and have established a water re-use plant at our

Tijuana facility.

12.5

By 2030, substantially reduce waste

generation through prevention, reduction,

recycling and reuse.

National recycling rate, tons of material

recycled.

In the 2025 financial year, we diverted 1,694 tonnes

of waste from landfill globally. Our recycling

efficiency rate was 53%. Through our Ecodesign

initiatives, we intend to embed environmental

considerations into product development as a

means of minimising the environmental impacts of

a product throughout its full life cycle.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICESTHE COMPANY
26Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Lewis Gradon

Managing Director and

Chief Executive Officer

TERM OF OFFICE:

Appointed 1 April 2016, last re-elected

24 August 2022.

Lewis became Managing Director

and Chief Executive Officer in April

2016. Prior to that, he spent 15 years

as Senior Vice President – Products &

Technology, and six years as General

Manager – Research & Development.

During his 42-year tenure with

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare, he has

held various engineering positions

overseeing the development of

our range of products as well the

development of our manufacturing,

quality, intellectual property, supply

chain and clinical research functions.

Bachelor of Science – Physics

Sir Michael Daniell

Non-executive director

TERM OF OFFICE:

Appointed November 2001, last

re-elected 28 August 2024.

Mike was Managing Director and Chief

Executive Officer of Fisher & Paykel

Healthcare from 2001 to 2016. He was

General Manager of Fisher & Paykel’s

medical division from 1990 to 2001

and previously held various technical

management and product design roles

within the company. Mike is a director

of Cochlear Limited, Tait International

Limited and the Medical Research

Commercialisation Fund. Sir Michael

was named a Knight Companion of

the New Zealand Order of Merit in

June 2021.

Bachelor of Engineering (Hons)

COMMITTEE RESPONSIBILITIES:

Chair, Quality, Safety & Regulatory

Committee

Member, People & Remuneration

Committee

Our Board

Neville Mitchell

Chair and non-executive director

TERM OF OFFICE:

Appointed November 2018,

last re-elected 24 August 2022.

Appointed Chair on 28 August 2024.

Neville was Chief Financial Officer

and Company Secretary of Cochlear

Limited between 1995 and 2017.

He is a director of Sonic Healthcare

and Sigma Healthcare, and a former

director of The Board of Tax, South

Eastern Sydney Local Health District,

Osprey Medical and Sirtex Medical.

Previously, he served on the New

South Wales Medical Devices Fund,

was Chairman of the Group of 100,

and Chairman, Standing Committee

(Accounting and Auditing) for the

Australian Securities and Investments

Commission.

Bachelor of Commerce

COMMITTEE RESPONSIBILITIES:

Member, Audit & Risk Committee

Member, People &

Remuneration Committee

Member, Quality, Safety &

Regulatory Committee

Mark Cross

Non-executive director

TERM OF OFFICE:

Appointed October 2024.

Mark chairs the board of Chorus and

is a director of Xero. He is a board

member of Accident Compensation

Corporation (ACC) and chair of the

ACC Investment Committee. He

is a former chair of Milford Asset

Management and a former director

of Z Energy, Genesis Energy and

Argosy Property. Mark previously

held executive investment banking

positions with Deutsche Bank

and Lloyds Corporate Finance/

Southpac Corporation, where he was

an advisor to companies across a

range of sectors. He is a member of

Chartered Accountants Australia and

New Zealand.

Bachelor of Business Studies –

Accounting and Finance

COMMITTEE RESPONSIBILITIES:

Chair, Audit & Risk Committee

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICESTHE COMPANY
27Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Pip Greenwood

Non-executive director

TERM OF OFFICE:

Appointed June 2017, last re-elected

29 August 2023.

Pip is chair of both Westpac

New Zealand Limited and The a2 Milk

Company Limited. She was previously

a director of Vulcan Steel and Spark

New Zealand and served as a member

of the New Zealand Takeovers Panel

from 2007 to 2011. Pip was a partner

at Russell McVeagh between 2001

and 2019 and served as the firm’s

board chair.

Bachelor of Laws

COMMITTEE RESPONSIBILITIES:

Member, Audit & Risk Committee

Member, People & Remuneration

Committee

Dr Cather Simpson

Non-executive director

TERM OF OFFICE:

Appointed June 2022, elected

24 August 2022.

Cather is a professor of physics and

chemical sciences at the University of

Auckland, CEO of Orbis Diagnostics

and a partner at Pacific Channel, with

expertise in lasers and photonics. She

is Vice President of the International

Society for Optics and Photonics

(SPIE) and a member of the Academy

Executive Committee of the Royal

Society Te Apārangi. Cather is a co-

founder of three hard-tech start-ups,

including Engender Technologies,

where she served as Chief Science

Officer from 2011 to 2021. She founded

and directed the Photon Factory at the

University of Auckland in 2010.

PhD Medical Sciences, Bachelor of

Arts – Interdisciplinary Studies

COMMITTEE RESPONSIBILITIES:

Member, Quality, Safety & Regulatory

Committee

Dr Lisa McIntyre

Non-executive director

TERM OF OFFICE:

Appointed October 2021, elected

24 August 2022.

Lisa is a director of The University

of Sydney, Studiosity, Nanosonics

and Baymatob. She has previously

been a director of a range of health

entities, including those in healthcare

insurance, clinical service delivery and

medical research and innovation. Lisa

spent 20 years as a senior strategy

partner with LEK Consulting providing

advice to companies in North America,

Asia and Australia.

PhD Physical Chemistry, Bachelor

of Science – Biochemistry and Pure

Maths

COMMITTEE RESPONSIBILITIES:

Chair, People & Remuneration

Committee

Member, Audit & Risk Committee

Graham McLean

Non-executive director

TERM OF OFFICE:

Appointed October 2023, elected

28 August 2024.

Graham is chair of both CleanSpace

Technology and Universal Biosensors.

He previously spent 16 years as an

executive at leading medical device

manufacturer Stryker Corporation,

most recently as President of the

Asia Pacific region situated in Hong

Kong and Singapore. Prior to joining

Stryker, Graham had finance, audit and

commercial positions at Lion Nathan,

McVitie’s and Unilever.

Bachelor of Science – Geography

COMMITTEE RESPONSIBILITIES:

Member, Audit & Risk Committee

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICESTHE COMPANY
28Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Lewis Gradon

Managing Director &

Chief Executive Officer

Lewis became Managing

Director & Chief Executive

Officer in April 2016. Prior

to that, he spent 15 years

as Senior Vice President

– Products & Technology,

and six years as General

Manager – Research &

Development. During his

42-year tenure with Fisher &

Paykel Healthcare, he has held

various engineering positions

overseeing the development

of our range of products as

well as the development of

our manufacturing, quality,

intellectual property, supply

chain and clinical research

functions. He received his

Bachelor of Science degree in

physics from the University of

Auckland, New Zealand.

Andy Niccol

Chief Operating Officer

Andy was appointed Chief

Operating Officer in April

2024. Prior to that, he

served as General Manager

– Respiratory Humidification

from October 2020 and

General Manager – Infant

Care from December 2015

to September 2020. Andy

has held a number of roles

spanning research and

development, sales and

global original equipment

manufacturer (OEM)

partnerships, since joining

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare

in 2001. Andy received his

Bachelor of Engineering

(Mechanical) degree with

honours from the University

of Auckland, New Zealand.

Justin Callahan

Vice President

– Sales & Marketing

Justin was appointed

Vice President – Sales &

Marketing in April 2024. He

has held several roles in sales

management after joining

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare in

Australia in 1988. Justin took

up the mantle as President

– North America in 1996,

delivering significant revenue

and earnings growth in our

largest market during his

tenure. Most recently, Justin

served as President – North

America & Europe.

Lyndal York

Chief Financial Officer

Lyndal was appointed Chief

Financial Officer in March

2019. Before joining Fisher

& Paykel Healthcare, Lyndal

was CFO at Asaleo Care and

prior to this held Head of

Group Finance and Group

Financial Controller roles at

Cochlear in Australia over

an 11-year period. She has

also spent time in the US, as

VP Corporate Accounting

and Reporting at Edwards

Lifesciences. Lyndal is

a member of Chartered

Accountants Australia and

New Zealand and a graduate

of the Australian Institute

of Company Directors. She

received her Bachelor of

Economics degree from

Macquarie University, Australia

and Master of Business

Administration degree from

Pepperdine University in the

United States.

Dr Andrew Somervell

Vice President

– Products & Technology

Andrew was appointed

Vice President – Products

& Technology in April 2016.

Since joining Fisher & Paykel

Healthcare in 2006, he

has held various product

development and operations

management roles, and most

recently was General Manager

– Product Groups. He has

overseen the development

of the OSA product range

and managed research and

development, marketing,

clinical, manufacturing, and

aspects of the supply chain.

Before joining Fisher &

Paykel Healthcare, Andrew

was a Research Fellow at

the University of Auckland,

New Zealand, and holds a

doctorate in physics from the

same university.

Our Executive Management Team

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICESTHE COMPANY
29Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Winston Fong

Vice President

– Surgical Technologies

Winston was appointed

Vice President – Surgical

Technologies in February

2017. Winston previously

served as Vice President –

Information & Communication

Technology from 2010

and has held various IT

management, product and

software development, and

systems engineering roles

in the business since 1999.

Winston received his Bachelor

of Engineering degree with

honours in Electronics &

Computer Engineering

from Manukau Institute of

Technology and Master of

Business Administration

degree from the University of

Auckland, New Zealand.

Nicola Talbot

Vice President

– Human Resources

Nicola was appointed

Vice President – Human

Resources in October 2020.

She has more than 20 years

of experience with Fisher

& Paykel Healthcare. She

worked with our International

Sales team for 14 years and

was appointed to the role of

General Manager – Human

Resources (International

Sales) in 2017. She holds a

Bachelor of Management

Studies with honours in

Human Resources and

Marketing from the University

of Waikato, New Zealand.

Brian Schultz

Vice President – Quality,

Safety & Regulatory Affairs

Brian was appointed Vice

President – Quality, Safety

& Regulatory Affairs in 2015.

Brian previously served as

Quality Manager for New

Zealand Manufacturing

since joining the company in

2011. Prior to joining Fisher

& Paykel Healthcare, Brian

held quality management

positions within the medical

device and pharmaceutical

industries in Australia,

Switzerland, United Kingdom

and the United States. He

received his Bachelor of

Science degree from Grand

Valley State University in the

United States.

Nicholas Fourie

Vice President – Information &

Communication Technology

Nicholas was appointed Vice

President – Information &

Communication Technology

in February 2017. Nicholas

has been with Fisher & Paykel

Healthcare since 2007, and

in that time has held various

systems engineering and ICT

management roles, including

his most recent position as

ICT Manager – Development

& Engineering. Prior to joining

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare, he

worked for the South African

division of BHP Billiton.

Nicholas holds a Diploma in

Computer Engineering from

Damelin School of Information

Technology in South Africa.

Marcus Driller

Vice President – Corporate

Marcus was appointed Vice

President – Corporate in

February 2019. Marcus joined

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare in

2009 as an in-house lawyer

and since that time has held

several roles in legal, investor

relations and communications

and most recently as General

Manager – Corporate. Prior

to joining the company, he

worked for New Zealand law

firm Russell McVeagh where

he specialised in corporate

and commercial law. Marcus

received his Bachelor of

Commerce and Bachelor

of Laws degrees from the

University of Auckland,

New Zealand.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICESTHE COMPANY
30Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Raelene Leonard

General Counsel & Company

Secretary

Raelene was appointed

General Counsel in March

2019, assumed Company

Secretary responsibilities in

October 2021 and joined the

Executive Management team

in April 2024. She joined

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare

in 2016, bringing with her a

wealth of legal experience

gained across Asia Pacific

and Europe. Raelene received

her Bachelor of Laws and

Bachelor of Commerce

degrees from Victoria

University of Wellington,

New Zealand.

Desh Edirisuriya

General Manager – New Zealand

Operations

Desh was appointed General

Manager – New Zealand

Operations and joined the

Executive Management

team in April 2024. He has

been with Fisher & Paykel

Healthcare since 2000. Over

that time, Desh has held

various roles in business

excellence, manufacturing

operations and product

development, including

leading the company’s

response to COVID-19 and

embedding our culture of

continuous improvement.

Most recently, he served

as General Manager – NZ

Manufacturing Operations

& Business Excellence.

Desh holds a Bachelor of

Engineering (Mechanical)

from the University of

Auckland, New Zealand.

Jonti Rhodes

Vice President – Network Design,

Facilities, Infrastructure &

Sustainability

Jonti was appointed Vice

President – Network Design,

Facilities, Infrastructure &

Sustainability in April 2025.

Prior to that, he served as

Vice President – Supply Chain,

Facilities & Sustainability from

April 2022, having joined

the Executive Management

team in 2015. Jonti joined

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare

in 2007 as a product design

engineer, and since that time

has held several roles, both in

New Zealand and the United

States. He holds a Bachelor

of Engineering (Mechanical)

from Auckland University of

Technology and a Master of

Business Administration from

the University of Auckland,

New Zealand.

OPERATING
SUSTAINABLY

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

PeopleSuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironment

31Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Our purpose is brought to life by our people
every day. We invest in good people who

want to make a positive lasting impact –

people who value long-term relationships,

innovation and human connections.

In this section we highlight some of the ways

we enable a positive and inclusive culture,

empower our people to keep growing their

knowledge and skills, and provide a safe,

healthy and enjoyable work environment.

This year our commentary focuses mainly

on our largest manufacturing operations

which are in New Zealand and Mexico.

People

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

SuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentPeople

32Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Talent attraction
Our goal is to be an employer of choice, attracting good people who care

to make a difference and grow with us over the long term. We believe in

giving employees every opportunity to learn, grow and advance toward

their full potential. We seek to build a team of good people doing good

work with intent.

As a global employer in the medical device industry, our talent strategy is

aimed at attracting and retaining good people across a range of business

areas including engineering, technical, clinical, quality, manufacturing,

supply chain, sales and shared services.

Early careers programme

Building our talent pipeline starts with growing our early careers

programme to support our long-term people needs. This involves

recruiting interns and recent university graduates alongside increasing

awareness of science, technology, engineering and mathematics (STEM)

in schools. During the 2025 financial year, we intentionally increased

STEM advocacy by hosting site tours for key high school groups and

participating in specific STEM-based high school careers expos.

Our efforts to recruit interns and graduates this year included participating

in careers events at educational institutions around New Zealand and a

social media campaign across diverse channels to increase awareness of

our brand.

During the 2025 financial year, we took part in 17 careers events,

sponsored three university clubs, and hosted key groups and university

representatives for tours to further strengthen our partnerships.

We welcomed over 170 summer interns and recent graduates across many

areas of our business in New Zealand, and 70% of our graduate roles this

year were filled by previous interns. Eight of our interns joined us through

our partnerships with First Foundation and Pūhoro STEMM Academy.

We continued to make our recruitment process more inclusive, working

closely with our rainbow and neurodiversity employee-led networks

and offering candidates choices of video, audio or text to submit their

applications.

Growing our talent

Our people are well-versed in our ways of working and aligned with our

culture and values, so we encourage internal applications for our vacancies

across the business. This approach provides valuable growth opportunities

for our people and enables them to contribute over the long term.

We also advertise vacancies externally to recruit new employees to the

business. Some roles do require a broader reach to attract specialised

skillsets from overseas markets, particularly at the mid-senior level, with

a background in medical devices. In such cases, we also engage with

top talent overseas and continue to attract highly qualified candidates.

With a strong employer brand and accreditation under the New Zealand

Accredited Employer Work Visa scheme, we successfully source global

talent and support migrants to settle in New Zealand.

In manufacturing, our selection process for assemblers includes

candidates completing a series of technical tasks at our assessment

centres in New Zealand and Mexico.

Sales and distribution is another strategic focus for recruitment, and

we have talent sourcing teams in our regional sales offices focused on

finding the right people to fulfil a variety of local sales, distribution and

operational roles.

Our people engaging with students during the careers expo by

the Engineering Society at the University of Canterbury.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

SuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentPeople

33Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Retaining our people
Our commitment is to provide our people with ways to learn, develop

and progress their careers, and reward them for their contribution over the

long term. We understand that people’s needs and goals can be different,

and we consider retention activities specific to the needs of our people

and in line with our culture.

In the 2025 financial year, 28% of open roles at our New Zealand

campus were filled by existing employees. Globally, employee turnover

was down compared with the previous financial year, as shown in the

tables on page 44.

Learning and development

Our approach to learning and development is underpinned by a culture

of coaching that enables and supports our people to continuously grow

their knowledge and skills to realise their full potential. Incorporating a

blend of experiential learning, online learning, workshops and self-paced

development activities, we encourage learning for everyone.

This year, our focus was on developing learning experiences for our

people when and where they need to build their capabilities – learning

in the moment. Examples include self-paced learning for coaching,

explainer videos for manufacturing procedures and technical induction

modules for quicker retention and competency. We believe this

contributed to better employee retention and reduced time spent

in traditional classroom environments.

Over the 2025 financial year, our investment in digital technologies

and collaboration with subject matter experts helped us deliver tailored

learning programmes to fulfil technical and business needs. In addition,

we improved efficiency and saved time and resources by digitising

formerly paper-based learning assessments in New Zealand and

bringing them into one platform.

Employee development

We believe in empowering each individual to take ownership of

their learning. Throughout their careers, we provide our people

with opportunities to continue learning and earning qualifications.

Learning options include general workplace skills, digital skills,

technical qualifications, clinical education and formal diplomas and

degrees. One of the initial learning opportunities is our welcome

induction, where new hires gain essential knowledge about our

purpose, values, policies, and requirements

for working in a medical device company.

Below are some highlights from the 2025

financial year.

• We inducted 1,191 new employees and

contractors across our New Zealand

and Mexico campuses.

• Salaried employees in New Zealand,

Mexico and international sales completed

a total of 51,000 hours of formal learning.

• 63 recent graduates in New Zealand

completed our graduate experience

programme, with sessions on our

products and business, networking,

design thinking, teamwork, and diversity,

equity and inclusion.

• 214 Mexico employees completed

cross-skills training across different

manufacturing processes.

LEARNING &

DEVELOPMENT

51K

HOURS OF FORMAL

LEARNING by salaried NZ,

Mexico & global sales people

214

CROSS-SKILLS trained

in Mexico

1,191

NEW STARTERS inducted

in NZ & Mexico

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

SuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentPeople

34Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Partnerships with
universities

We work with local universities to enable

our people to gain valuable qualifications

relevant to their roles, while continuing

to work.

In New Zealand, we have a long-standing

partnership of over 14 years with the

University of Auckland for their Master

of Medical Engineering degree. The

programme comprises taught papers

and a research project exploring medical

issues and therapies. This year, we

sponsored 11 employees to complete this

degree, and seven of our engineers also

provided teaching services.

In Mexico, we partnered with Tecmilenio

University, CESUN University and CETYS

University, supporting 18 employees

to complete their degrees in industrial

engineering, customs and logistics,

business administration, organisational

psychology and public accounting.

Graduates celebrating their

achievements at our Mexico campus.

Participants learn about our Digital Technology Policy as

part of the digital skills learning programme.

Building digital literacy

As part of our commitment to enabling

our people to contribute over the long

term, we offer a digital skills learning

programme for our manufacturing and

site operations teams in New Zealand.

This customised programme includes

courses on essential office and

collaboration software, data privacy

and security, and our approach to

digital technology.

This programme is an important

element in building cross-functional

capability and our people’s readiness

for a broad range of career pathways.

Participants gain digital competence and

confidence to complement their business

knowledge, and this often encourages

them to progress their careers. Among

the employees who completed the

programme this year, 94% reported

growth in their digital skillset.

Employees in specialised technical areas,

including process engineers, machine operators

and maintenance technicians, received training

to boost their capability in engineering,

maintaining and operating injection moulding

machines in both New Zealand and Mexico.

Some of our people in New Zealand gained

external qualifications in management, electrical

inspection and project management.

Some of our Mexico team members gained

qualifications including the ISO 13485 Lead

Audit certification, and the ECO217 training

certification awarded by the National Council

for the Standardisation and Certification of

Labour Competencies. Several employees also

graduated with high school diplomas completed

through the Open High School programme in

Mexico, which empowers our people to continue

and complete their school education.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

SuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentPeople

35Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Leadership development
Our leaders play an important role in helping to embed our culture and

our ways of working. To enable this, we invest in developing new and

experienced leaders with coaching, resources and tools delivered through

conversations, classroom-based learning, workshops and online platforms.

Below are some highlights of our efforts in leadership development for

the 2025 financial year:

• In New Zealand more than 600 people accessed customised, formal

leadership learning on topics such as strategy, resilience, courageous

conversations, emotional intelligence and continuous improvement.

• 110 managers and team leaders accessed training developed in-house

on having meaningful conversations to build trusted relationships.

• Leaders in Mexico completed an Executive Coaching certification

course focused on developing leadership competencies and achieving

measurable results.

• We hosted our second annual conference for senior manufacturing

managers, bringing 40 leaders together to discuss coaching, diversity,

equity and inclusion, and continuous improvement.

• We hosted global forums that help senior leaders across our offices

understand and execute our business strategy, embed our culture

and learn from the experiences of their peers.

Performance feedback

Our coaching culture is fundamental to our way of working and helping our

people be better at what they do. Our focus is on leaders and their team

members having regular coaching conversations, in the moment and

throughout the year, to recognise recent successes and provide feedback

on opportunities for improvement. These moments help to unlock solutions,

embed our culture and help our people reach their full potential and

contribute over the long term. These conversations guide decisions on

contribution ratings and assessments, which happen formally once a year.

Rewarding our people

We aim to reward our people fairly based on individual performance and

contribution, the size of their role and the market context. Employee

remuneration is reviewed annually.

In addition to base remuneration, we offer a discretionary profit share scheme

payable every six months. During the 2025 financial year, the total profit share

pool amounted to $15 million and was divided among employees who met the

qualifying criteria.

In New Zealand, Australia, the United States and Canada, we offer an

employee share purchase scheme whereby our people may purchase shares

at a discount. During the 2025 financial year, over 2,600 eligible employees

participated.

In certain countries, additional benefits may include superannuation, health and

life insurance, and the opportunity to receive long-term variable remuneration

in the form of share options, performance share rights or employee share

rights. Read more in the Remuneration section on pages 80-88.

Collective bargaining agreements

Our people have the freedom of association to negotiate work relations

effectively. We support sound collective bargaining practices to help ensure

employees have an equal voice in negotiations and that the outcome is

fair and equitable for everyone. In the 2025 financial year, over 90% of our

New Zealand manufacturing and site operations employees and 61% of

our Mexico manufacturing and site operations employees were covered by

collective bargaining agreements.

In December 2023, Fisher & Paykel Healthcare agreed on a collective

employment agreement with the representative unions in New Zealand. The

agreement is effective for three years. Our Mexico team completed general

collective agreement negotiations with their representative unions in January

2024, and their agreement is also valid for three years. Their pay-related

collective employment agreement was finalised with the unions in January

2025 and this remains valid for a year.

Managers in New Zealand attend a session

on leadership resilience.

600+

LEADERS accessed

formal leadership

learning

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

SuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentPeople

36Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Diversity, equity and inclusion
To achieve our purpose, we nurture a culture that is collaborative, open,

diverse, honest and inclusive – a place where everyone can find belonging.

Our approach is to embed diversity, equity and inclusion (DEI) into

everything we do by implementing the following fundamentals:

• A global approach encompassing all demographics, identities,

backgrounds and experiences

• High performing teams built with the best possible people, free of bias,

unconscious or otherwise

• An environment where people are empowered to take an active role

in DEI

• A positive and inclusive culture based on trust and respect

• Supporting brighter and healthier communities through care and

collaboration.

We review the effectiveness of our DEI Procedure annually and monitor

our performance against it, reporting to the Board any recommended

changes to our measurable objectives, strategies or the way in which they

are implemented.

In New Zealand, more than 400 of our people participated in DEI-related

events, including 80 who actively supported DEI activities across the

business in the 2025 financial year. We also collected feedback from our

employees, including topics related to inclusion and equity to help inform

our DEI initiatives.

During the 2025 financial year, we made considerable progress toward

our DEI objectives and our key areas of focus are highlighted below.

Elevating role models and career paths for

women in engineering

Our representation of women in engineering manager roles has increased

from 4% to 15% over the last five years. We are pleased with this progress

and are continuing our programmes of work to understand and address

why women are under-represented in senior engineering roles.

During the 2025 financial year, a working group hosted lunch-and-learn

sessions where women in engineering manager roles could connect with

potential role models and learn about their career paths. Attendees said

the sessions were inspiring for their career goals and gave them a stronger

sense of support.

Developing manufacturing leaders in DEI

This year, DEI was a key focus at our annual conference for

senior manufacturing managers in New Zealand operations. Participants

discussed workforce demographics with regard to gender, age and

ethnicity to achieve a better understanding of the diversity of their teams.

The conference included a workshop on leading with inclusion. Leaders

rated the session highly and left with a framework they could use to

develop their skills in inclusive leadership and collaboration.

Developing recruitment practices and

career paths in sales regions

In our sales regions, we enhanced our recruitment practices and developed

more transparent career paths in sales using DEI strategies along with

turnover analysis. In Europe and Australia, we updated our interview

guides to mitigate bias and improve the experience for candidates. In

North America, we identified that women are less likely to apply for senior

sales roles and have started identifying initiatives to remove barriers and

close that gap. In other regions, we have developed career pathways for

sales management roles to help our people understand their options to

progress their careers.

Senior manufacturing managers participated in a workshop on leading with

inclusion at their annual conference in Auckland.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

SuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentPeople

37Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Strengthening employee-led networks in
New Zealand

At our largest campus in New Zealand, we have several employee-led

networks. Formed around shared identities and experiences, these

communities include Spectra focused on rainbow inclusion, Manaaki

focused on Māori language and culture, WISE focused on women in

science and engineering and ReThink focused on neurodiversity.

This year’s highlights for our employee-led networks included:

• Spectra and the marketing operations team worked together to update

New Zealand email signature templates to enable and encourage the

use of pronouns.

• Marae-based wānanga (learning, discussions and reflection) for

Manaaki and our mana whenua partnerships working group to

learn about Te Tiriti o Waitangi and create a shared vision for Māori

employees. Mana whenua are recognised tribal groups in Auckland.

• WISE hosted workshops on financial empowerment, impostor

phenomenon and breaking barriers.

Menopause Matters was launched this year – another people-led initiative

that shared information and resources about menopause, which were

accessed by over 600 employees. We also held information sessions

on hormones and menopause with our Hei Oranga Hinengaro Mental

Wellbeing Champion Network.

Gender pay equity

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare has been reporting on gender pay equity

since 2017. Gender pay equity is about making sure people are paid fairly

regardless of their gender. We continue to monitor this on a regular basis

across our global locations.

Like-for-like gender pay gap

The like-for-like gender pay gap is the difference between the mean pay

of men and women in like-for-like roles, therefore measuring whether men

and women receive equal pay for equal work. ‘Like-for-like’ comparisons

consider the type and size of roles and experience. We include only

salaried roles in our like-for-like gender pay gap as pay rates for our people

covered by a collective agreement are fixed, based on skills and position,

so there is no difference in pay within like-for-like roles.

SALARIED EMPLOYEES

LIKE-FOR-LIKE GENDER PAY GAPFY2024FY2025

New Zealand0.7%0.9%

International regions4.6%4.7%

The data in the table above reflects the like-for-like gender pay gap at a

single point in time. We regularly monitor this metric and take action as

needed to ensure all employees are paid fairly regardless of gender.

Overall gender pay gap – New Zealand

The overall gender pay gap for employees in New Zealand measures the

difference in median pay between men and women. It does not take into

account the nature of the role or the type of work done.

OVERALL GENDER PAY GAPFY2024FY2025

New Zealand36%33%

Our overall gender pay gap is shaped by the composition of our

workforce, and it is influenced by the distribution of men and women

across the business. At Fisher & Paykel Healthcare, a higher proportion

of men occupy engineering roles while a higher proportion of women are

employed in manufacturing roles.

The Women in Science and Engineering (WISE) network hosted a learning

workshop on impostor phenomenon at our New Zealand campus.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

SuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentPeople

38Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Health and safety
Creating healthy and safe ways of working that allow our people to thrive

is at the heart of how we improve the safety of work at F&P. Our approach

to improving the safety of work is to grow leadership, promote employee

engagement and participation, and focus on the risks that matter.

Fundamentals to achieve healthy

and safe ways of working

Our goal is to work safely, effectively and reliably, empowering the people

who do the work to make the right decisions and take action. People

make the safety of work happen. We believe that to influence safety, we

must first influence the work. We have six fundamentals that enable us to

achieve this:

People are the solution: We trust our people to share ideas and come

up with solutions that continuously improve the way their work is done.

Leaders make it possible for work to be done in a healthy and safe way by

empowering their teams.

Health & Safety is more than compliance, it is about care for our

people: The focus shifts from solely meeting compliance requirements to

considerations of what is required to better set people up for successful

work.

Safety is the presence of positives, not the absence of negatives: We aim

to learn from things that go well as much as we learn from when things

don’t. By celebrating success, learning from previous experience, and

sharing what we do across teams and around the world, we can improve

the way work is done, as well as overall work performance.

Simple, effective and efficient tools: We focus on simple, effective and

efficient tools and processes that build capability and guide healthy and

safe work.

Open and enabling work environments: We ensure our people are

encouraged to speak up when they see opportunities for improvement.

Our goal is to provide work environments that allow our people to thrive.

A fit for purpose approach: We create and continuously improve a unique

approach to Health & Safety that aligns with international standards and

fits our needs.

Framework for health and safety

Our global health and safety framework is aligned to ISO 45001

Occupational health and safety. The Quality, Safety & Regulatory

Committee has oversight of our health and safety performance, and we

regularly engage with and report to the full Board on health and safety.

Health and safety initiatives

A Safety of Work (SOW) maturity assessment tool was piloted across our

global operations. This tool focuses on understanding, at an operational

level, leadership capability, operational safety resilience, and the ability

for frontline leaders and employees to adapt and respond to new and

emerging risks experienced daily within their operations.

Six SOW maturity assessments were completed in the 2025 financial year

across our operations in Australia, United States, France and New Zealand.

We intend to refine our approach and embed this tool into our global

operations in a sustainable manner.

In Mexico, we were recertified in the Entornos Laborales Seguros y

Saludables (Safe and Healthy Workplace Environments) programme.

This voluntary programme provides us with preventative strategies and

actions designed to improve the health, safety and wellbeing of our

people. We were also recognised by the government of Mexico for our

participation in the 2024 National Day of Preparedness and Response

to Chemical Emergencies (DINAPREQ).

In Mexico, our teams were recognised for participating in the 2024 National Day of Preparedness

and Response to Chemical Emergencies (DINAPREQ).

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

SuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentPeople

39Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Health and safety training
In the 2025 financial year, the global Health & Safety team participated

in an Enabling Operational Safety Performance course. This course

increased our team’s capability to support and enable the business

to create healthy and safe ways of working.

We also implemented training for our manufacturing team leaders

and managers on rehabilitation management for employees in

New Zealand. This is designed to empower our leaders to support

their people recovering from illnesses and injuries safely and enable

their return to sustainable work. Our goal is to embed rehabilitation

processes in daily practice and to deliver this training in other

business areas.

Occupational health

The Occupational Health Centres (OHCs) at our New Zealand

and Mexico campuses offer a variety of services, including pre-

and post-employment health checks, preventative physiotherapy

treatments, rehabilitation support, travel and vaccination services,

and health monitoring.

Over the 2025 financial year, the OHCs continued to empower our

leaders to provide support and advice to their people, support with

identifying, preventing and managing work-related injuries and illnesses,

and enable our people to return to work in a timely and cost-effective

manner. In Mexico, we completed medical assessments for 91% of

manufacturing and distribution employees who perform manual

material handling, as part of our ergonomic assessment programme.

At our Tijuana campus, we held multiple health promotion campaigns

during the 2025 financial year for our people. These included clinical

health checks, eye checks, cervical and breast cancer screening and

influenza vaccinations. We organised a Health and Wellness Day for our

employees and their families, which included a sports rally and a two-

kilometre run, as part of our efforts to promote physical activity and

encourage healthy habits.

Health and safety data

INJURY RATES BY YEAR (per million hours worked)

Injury Rates20242025

TRIFR

1

3.373.42

LTIFR

2

2.652.76

1 Total recordable injury frequency rate

2 Lost time injury frequency rate

INJURY RATES (per million hours worked) AND SEVERITY

New Zealand MexicoRest of World

202420252024202520242025

TRIFR6.715.950.000.971.513.30

LTIFR5.474.990.000.970.751.83

Fatality000000

Serious injury000000

Lost time injury32310625

Medical treatment injury330024

Restricted work injury530000

First aid injury163193261591111

Pain and discomfort195241346812

Aligned with our strategy of learning from incidents to improve the safety

of work, we have continued to improve the reporting and classification of

health and safety incidents. This has contributed to an increase in reported

incidents in Mexico.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

SuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentPeople

40Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Mental health and wellbeing
Our approach to mental health and wellbeing has a deep connection

to our Care by Design culture. We apply a holistic method to promote

positive health and wellbeing outcomes for our people, fostering a work

environment where our people can thrive over the long term. When our

people have good health and wellbeing, they become more resilient to

change and conflict and can contribute more at work.

Mental Health Champion Networks

In the 2025 financial year, we completed the pilot for the Hei Oranga

Hinengaro Mental Health Champion Network in New Zealand

manufacturing. This involved training and supporting selected

employees to become champions in mental health and wellbeing.

These champions are local advocates for facilitating wellbeing

conversations and encouraging our people to use the Employee

Assistance Programme (EAP) and other wellbeing support services.

The network is designed to be informal, authentic and accessible. It is

from our people to our people and serves as another layer of wellbeing

support at work.

The pilot was a success and led to the introduction of two new champion

networks across other business functions. We now have:

• 1:30 ratio of champions trained in mental health first aid to employees

in New Zealand manufacturing

• 256 new employee referrals to EAP from our champions

• 46 wellbeing learning sessions completed by our champions to upskill

on topics such as managing stress, coping with grief, financial literacy

and wellness action plans.

The Mental Health Champion Network’s successful blueprint has paved

the way for future wellbeing initiatives.

Wellbeing support for employees

The Employee Assistance Programme offers counselling and other support

services to all our global employees and their immediate family members.

This is a free and confidential service, providing support through everything

from trauma, grief, managing addiction, financial stress and more.

In New Zealand, we provide Safer Homes leave for employees affected

by family violence and run the InStep programme to help achieve an

alcohol and drug free workplace. We also have trained employees around

the business that our people can contact to discuss any concerns of

harassment and bullying.

During the 2025 financial year in Mexico, we launched ‘Orange Days’

aligned with the United Nations Women’s campaign to eliminate violence

against women. On ‘Orange Day’ each month, we organised information

sessions to promote safe, violence-free lives for women and girls, held

wellness programmes for women and encouraged our people to show

their support by wearing orange, the signature colour of the UN campaign.

Members of our Mental Health Champions Network in New Zealand.

256

NEW EMPLOYEE REFERRALS

to EAP from our champions

1:30

RATIO of champions to

employees in New Zealand

manufacturing

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

SuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentPeople

41Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Counselling services for mental health needs
At our New Zealand and Mexico campuses, we have psychologists

available at our Occupational Health Centre to provide counselling

for employees.

In Mexico this year, we provided psychological counselling consultations

on site for 250 employees. In addition, we provided off-site assistance to

75 family members with mental health needs through our collaboration

with the Tijuana Mental Health Hospital.

In addition, we signed agreements with local government agencies in

Mexico to provide specialised services in psychological counselling,

gender violence support and addiction treatment for our people. Several

employees were able to receive support through our collaboration with the

Municipal Institute for Women (IMMUJER), which offers care for victims of

violence, the Women’s Justice Center (CEJUM), which offers legal counsel

and complaints services and the Municipal Institute Against Addictions

(IMCAD), which provides psychological and addiction counselling, and the

Human Rights Commission of the State of Baja California (CEDHBC).

Human rights

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare fully supports the principles in the United

Nations Universal Declaration of Human Rights and the International

Labour Organisation Declaration on Fundamental Principles and

Rights at Work, including non-discrimination, freedom of association

and collective bargaining, and freedom from forced and child labour.

We seek to uphold human rights in all business activities.

During the 2025 financial year in Mexico, we received the Human Rights

Committed Company Distinction from the Comisión Estatal de los

Derechos Humanos de Baja California (Human Rights Commission of the

State of Baja California or CEDHBC). This was the second time we were

recognised for this voluntary initiative to promote sustainable development

and corporate citizenship through a commitment to human rights and a

platform for learning and exchange of experiences. We were also invited to

participate in the CEDHBC’s first state meeting on best practices in human

rights, where we shared our work and progress in sustaining human rights

with several government organisations and private companies.

Our Mexico facility also received the Verificación Laboral Voluntaria

certification, a voluntary programme that allows workplaces to declare

compliance with local labour regulations.

Workforce composition

The tables below provide insight into the composition of our workforce by

headcount as at 31 March 2025, and into hire rates and retention rates.

People numbers

BY REGION

FY2024FY2025

RegionPermanentTemporaryPermanentTemporary

New Zealand3,474913,77254

Mexico2,265272,34414

Rest of World1,292191,32427

Total7,0311377,44095

BY GENDER

FY2024FY2025

GenderPermanentTemporaryPermanentTemporary

Women3,789814,06750

Men3,205543,32545

Gender diverse8060

Not specified/Prefer not to say292420

Total7,0311377,44095

BY NATURE OF ROLE (full-time and part-time*)

FY2024FY2025

GenderFull-timePart-timeFull-timePart-time

Women3,757324,03235

Men3,185203,30520

Gender diverse8060

Not specified/Prefer not to say281411

Total6,978537,38456

* Does not include temporary employees (casual, fixed-term, temporary, temporary part-time and contract temporary)

due to the changing nature of their hours.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

SuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentPeople

42Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Leadership by gender
The tables below show gender diversity among our Board members, senior

executives, senior management and all employees as at 31 March 2025.

FY2024FY2025

WomenMenGender

diverse

WomenMenGender

diverse

Board350350

Senior executives

1

3803100

Management

(CEO-2)

2, 4

1646019450

All employees

3, 4

3,7893,20584,0673,3256

FY2024FY2025

Women %Men %Gender

diverse %

Women %Men %Gender

diverse %

Board37.5%62.5%–37.5%62.5%–

Senior executives

1

27.3%72.7%–23.1%76.9%–

Management

(CEO-2)

2, 4

25.4%73.0%–29.2%69.2%–

All employees

3, 4

53.9%45.6%0.1%54.7%44.7%0.1%

1 Senior executives: This refers to all members of the Executive Management team.

2 Management (CEO-2): This includes senior managers who report into the direct reports of the Chief Executive Officer.

3 Temporary employees are not included in the above numbers.

4 Employees who have not specified their gender are not included in the above numbers.

Leadership by age

The tables below show the age ranges among our Board members, senior

executives, management and all employees as at 31 March 2025.

FY2024FY2025

Under 30

years old

30 – 50

years old

Over 50

years old

Under 30

years old

30 – 50

years old

Over 50

years old

Board008008

Senior executives

1

074085

Management

(CEO-2)

2


1451604420

All employees

3

1,8433,9481,2401,7904,3281,322

FY2024FY2025

% Under 30

years old

% 30 – 50

years old

% Over 50

years old

% Under 30

years old

% 30 – 50

years old

% Over 50

years old

Board––100%––100%

Senior executives

1

–63.6%36.4%–61.5%38.5%

Management

(CEO-2)

2


1.6%72.6%25.8%–68.8%31.2%

All employees

3

26.2%56.2%17.6%24.1%58.2%17.7%

1 Senior executives: This refers to all members of the Executive Management team.

2 Management (CEO-2): This includes senior managers who report into the direct reports of the Chief Executive Officer.

3 Temporary employees are not included in the above numbers.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

SuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentPeople

43Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Hire rates*
BY REGION

FY2024FY2025

RegionNew employeesHire rateNew employeesHire rate

New Zealand33110%63518%

Mexico76334%38917%

Rest of World21317%21316%

Total1,30719%1,23717%

BY GENDER

FY2024FY2025

GenderNew employeesHire rateNew employeesHire rate

Women83922%73219%

Men45814%48615%

Gender diverse0–113%

Not specified/

Prefer not to say

1031%1856%

Total1,30719%1,23717%

BY AGE GROUP

FY2024FY2025

Age groupNew employeesHire rateNew employeesHire rate

Under 30 years old67035%50829%

30 – 50 years old58215%65216%

Over 50 years old555%776%

Total1,30719%1,23717%

* Hire rate is the number of permanent employees hired divided by total headcount for that region or category.

Employee turnover rates

BY REGION

FY2024FY2025

RegionNumber of leaversTurnover rateNumber of leaversTurnover rate

New Zealand39011%35510%

Mexico47221%46320%

Rest of World17114%16212%

Total1,03315%98014%

BY GENDER

FY2024FY2025

GenderNumber of leaversTurnover rateNumber of leaversTurnover rate

Women54114%54114%

Men48615%43313%

Gender diverse114%113%

Not specified/

Prefer not to say

517%516%

Total1,03315%98014%

BY AGE GROUP

FY2024FY2025

Age groupNumber of leaversTurnover rateNumber of leaversTurnover rate

Under 30 years old41922%38522%

30 – 50 years old52413%46111%

Over 50 years old907%13410%

Total1,03315%98014%

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

SuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentPeople

44Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Suppliers
Our approach is to build trusted long-term

relationships with suppliers whose values

align with ours – who share our commitment

to sustainable, ethical and socially

responsible business practices.

In this section we provide an overview of

our sustainable procurement processes within

our product supply value chain.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

PeopleCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentSuppliers

45Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Our approach to
sustainable procurement

Suppliers are a vital link in our product supply

value chain, which begins at the source of raw

materials and ends with a customer providing

patient care. We are committed to building

a supply chain aligned with our approach

to social responsibility and environmental

sustainability. We seek to maximise

opportunities for companies and communities

to thrive, all while promoting safe working

environments and sustainable outcomes.

Operating in a sustainable way depends not

only on what we do, but on the activities of

our supply chain. For that reason, we seek to

purchase goods and services from suppliers

that minimise negative impacts and increase

positive outcomes through sustainable and

ethical business practices.

Our responsible sourcing process includes

selecting and collaborating with suppliers who

align with our values, providing education and

support on relevant standards, and enabling

our people and our suppliers to speak up in

cases of non-compliance.

The raw materials and components we use

to manufacture our products come from

a network of suppliers around the globe.

We manufacture in New Zealand, North

America and China, while raw materials

and components used in manufacturing

come from a network of global suppliers.

A large portion originates from suppliers

in Asia and North America.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

PeopleCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentSuppliers

46Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

2,000+

20+

4

TIER 1 SUPPLIERS to New Zealand, Mexico

and China manufacturing sites

Countries

Continents

BASED IN

ACROSS

TIER 1 :

A direct supplier to

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare

TIER 2 :

A supplier to one of

our suppliers (sub-supplier)

TIER 3 : A sub-sub supplier

1

2

3

Responsible sourcing

Overview of our supply chain
Canada

United Kingdom

Switzerland

IndiaHong Kong

Malaysia

New Zealand

USA

Mexico

Dominican Republic

Germany

Sweden

Austria

Italy

Turkey

Thailand

Singapore

Taiwan

Japan

Australia

China

Costa Rica

Direct supplier locations

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

PeopleCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentSuppliers

47Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Modern slavery risks in our
operations and supply chains

As part of our commitment to do the right

thing, we recognise that we have a role to

play in guarding against and eradicating

modern slavery. We have processes in

place that identify and address modern

slavery risks within our supply chain

and aid our procurement decisions. We

recognise these processes do not eliminate

the risk of modern slavery and continue

to remain focused on raising awareness,

assessing our suppliers, and supporting our

suppliers to address modern slavery risks.

To determine where the biggest risk of

potential modern slavery lies within our

supply chain, we identify the geographical

regions where our suppliers are located

and cross-reference the prevalence of

modern slavery in those regions with the

most recent Global Slavery Index.

While we source globally, a large portion

of the externally procured products and

services for our operations originates from

suppliers in Asia and North America, with

highest-risk categories being electronics

and textiles. We acknowledge that the

highest-risk factors which could potentially

link to modern slavery violations within our

supply chain and operations relate to the

use of forced labour, with particular risks

for migrant workers.

For further details on how we manage

modern slavery risks in our supply

chain as  well as our assessment of the

effectiveness of our approach, refer to our

Modern Slavery Statement on our website:

www.fphcare.com.

Sustainable procurement

framework

We are committed to building a supply

chain aligned with our approach to social

responsibility and sustainability. Our approach is

holistic and considers economic, environmental

and social factors.

We have developed a sustainable procurement

framework which is aligned in principle to

ISO 20400 Sustainable Procurement. This

enables us to identify, monitor and address risk

(including modern slavery risk), and provides

the foundation to build a culture of awareness

and knowledge on social and environmental

topics relevant to our supply chain. We use an

integrated enterprise resource planning system

and a strong quality management system to

ensure that our supply chain is transparent and

coordinated across our global network.

We offer a customised Environmental & Social

Responsibility (ESR) engagement programme

for our suppliers. Managed by a specialist

team within our procurement function, this

programme enables our suppliers to align with

our sustainable procurement framework and

fundamentals, Supplier Code of Conduct and

ESR Policy.

Our sustainable procurement framework is

managed by our Supply Chain team, with

our executive management team providing

oversight. The Audit & Risk Committee of the

Board reviews our company’s environmental and

social risk management framework and record

of performance and proposed actions relating

to our sustainable procurement framework.

Fundamentals of our sustainable

procurement framework

The following fundamentals underpin our

sustainable procurement approach, support

management of risk and drive our purchasing

decisions:

• Collaborate with suppliers who align with

our values

• Proactively measure the effectiveness of

our sustainable procurement framework

and continuously improve outcomes

• Use a risk and materiality approach

to prioritise activities

• Learn, educate and support others

to raise standards

• Enable our people and our suppliers

to speak up when they have concerns.

Training

We provide regular training opportunities to

our Supply Chain teams to understand and

apply the fundamentals of our sustainable

procurement approach and framework.

Employees working in Quality, Procurement

and Sourcing receive additional training on

the principles and processes we follow to

manage our supply chain, including our due

diligence and risk assessment and management

processes and procedures.

Understanding ESR impacts in

our supply chain

We complete a supply chain risk assessment

annually based on our knowledge and

understanding of the sustainability impacts

relating to the materials we source, our supply

chain and sourcing countries. We also undertake

specific risk assessment to determine where

the biggest risk of potential modern slavery

lies within our supply chain.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

PeopleCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentSuppliers

48Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Through these assessments we identify
potential environmental and social responsibility

risks in our supply chain based on factors

such as geographical location, prevalence of

human rights and modern slavery risk, and

environmental (carbon) impact of materials

sourced. We then apply a sustainable risk-based

approach focusing primarily on:

• Direct suppliers that provide products

or services used in our medical devices or

in the manufacturing of those devices

• Geographical regions where our suppliers

are located where there is a high risk or

prevalence of modern slavery

• Materials or supplier practices that have a

significant impact on our carbon footprint.

Our supplier assessments cover governance,

ethical and legal employment practices, the

eradication of child, forced or compulsory

labour in their supply chain and operations,

and environmental practices.

We use multiple tools including third-party

provided sustainability platforms, desktop

analysis, in-house ESR questionnaires and

surveys and in-person visits. We also contract

with third parties to assist with deep-dive

assessments on the environmental and social

responsibility impacts of our supply chain.

Managing environmental and

social responsibility impacts

We are committed to reviewing our supply chain

on an ongoing basis to assess environmental

and social responsibility impacts. As a large

organisation with a complex supply chain,

we acknowledge that we need to continue

to treat this as a priority.

We apply a sustainable risk-based approach

when managing environmental and social

responsibility impacts.

Using our sustainable procurement framework,

we categorise suppliers based on the level of

their social responsibility and environmental

practices. The categories are:

• Embarking: Suppliers at an early stage

with few – or no – policies focused on

social responsibility and environmental

sustainability.

• Intermediate: Suppliers that have policies

and some internal controls in place covering

social responsibility and environmental

sustainability.

• Proficient: Suppliers that are identifying and

actively working to mitigate modern slavery

risks both within their organisation and also

their supply chain, and proactively improving

environmental sustainability.

• Advanced: Suppliers that have enlisted third-

party verification to assess their modern

slavery processes and risk mitigations and

have set environmental targets.

Incorporating supplier categorisation within

our sustainable risk-based approach enables

us to prioritise our activities with suppliers,

and ensure sustainable and responsible

procurement practices.

We work to proactively measure the

effectiveness of our framework, and thus verify

and validate the environmental, social and

ethical performance of our suppliers. To support

our suppliers and to ensure transparency, our

local teams personally interact with and visit

our suppliers, where possible, to understand

and evaluate their operations. We have on-the-

ground support for suppliers in New Zealand,

Mexico and China, where we have a larger

presence. We have a sustainable procurement

manager based in Hong Kong to support all

suppliers within the Asia region, which we

have identified as having a high potential for

modern slavery.

Where any potential environment or social

responsibility issue has been identified in our

supply chain, our approach is to engage and

collaborate with suppliers to create awareness,

educate and implement remedial measures,

where required. This includes corrective actions

to address the underlying causes of violations

to prevent reoccurrence.

In the event that a supplier does not engage

with us or fails to remediate a material issue, we

would consider appropriate next steps, including

suspending sourcing or supply of services

and/or terminating the relationship.

Collaboration with our

supply chain

A fundamental tenet of our ESR engagement

programme is to collaborate with our supply

chain to continuously improve performance

and raise standards across our global network.

We want to learn from, educate and support

our suppliers to create better environmental

and social responsibility outcomes.

Using the sustainable procurement

categorisation as a baseline for development,

our ESR engagement programme assesses and

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

PeopleCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentSuppliers

49Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

supports Embarking and Intermediate suppliers
to progress and achieve a Proficient status.

In addition, our supplier performance scorecard

assesses our suppliers across a range of key

metrics. Over the 2025 financial year, we

included more strategic metrics aligned with

our Environmental & Social Responsibility

Policy into this scorecard. This enables a more

comprehensive rating of suppliers beyond

operational metrics. We plan to roll out the

updated scorecard to suppliers during the

2026 financial year.

Policies and procedures to assist

sustainable procurement

We have a number of policies and procedures

that support our approach to sustainable

procurement. These include our Code

of Conduct, Supplier Code of Conduct,

Speak Up Procedure, Environmental &

Social Responsibility Policy and Responsible

Minerals Sourcing Procedure.

Code of Conduct

We expect our employees and directors to

maintain high ethical standards. Our Code of

Conduct sets out these standards and covers

a range of areas relevant to legal and ethical

behaviour. These include competing fairly,

health and safety, data protection and privacy,

working with customers and suppliers, sanctions

compliance and combating bribery and

corruption. The Code has been translated into a

number of languages for ease of understanding

and it is included in the induction process for

new employees and directors.

Supplier Code of Conduct

Our Supplier Code of Conduct reflects our

values and expectations for all suppliers,

contractors and consultants who provide goods

or services to us. We seek relationships with

suppliers who share a common commitment to:

• incorporate quality business processes

within their day-to-day operation

• conduct their business ethically and

with integrity

• comply with all laws and regulations

• respect human and employee rights

• promote and maintain a health and safety

culture within their organisation

• design for sustainability

• monitor and minimise any negative impacts

on the environment

• have systems in place to ensure business

continuity, continuous improvement and

protection of intellectual property.

Speak Up Procedure

We have a global Speak Up Procedure

(or whistle-blowing/protected disclosures

procedure) that sets out how employees and

contractors can report potentially unethical

or illegal behaviour or breaches of our Code

of Conduct, without fear of retaliation or

harassment. We have expanded this service so

that it can be used by our suppliers and third-

party contractors to report potential unethical or

illegal behaviour. This process provides greater

clarity across our supply chain and ensures there

can be disclosure by suppliers without reprisals.

Environmental & Social

Responsibility Policy

The intention of our Environmental & Social

Responsibility Policy is to create a positive

lasting impact on society and the environment.

One of the fundamental ways in which we

want to achieve this is through verifying and

validating our environmental, social and ethical

performance, and that of our suppliers. It sets

out that we will collaborate with others to

continuously improve this performance. This

includes building trusted long-term relationships

to create better outcomes for all, as well as

striving to provide a high quality of life for our

employees and support our suppliers to do the

same for their people.

Responsible Minerals Sourcing

Procedure

Our Responsible Minerals Sourcing Procedure

sets out the way Fisher & Paykel Healthcare will

source and use minerals. We understand the

importance of actively mitigating human rights

abuses and other risks related to the extraction

of specific minerals from areas where armed

conflict and human rights abuses may occur.

We work with existing suppliers and monitor

supply chain risks related to conflict minerals

to ensure responsible minerals sourcing.

As part of the ongoing process of due diligence,

we steer our suppliers (and their supply chains)

to source minerals from smelters validated

through the Responsible Minerals Assurance

Process or an alternative equivalent. Our process

for responsible minerals sourcing is consistent

with the OECD Due Diligence Guidance for

Responsible Supply Chains of Minerals from

Conflict-Affected and High-Risk Areas.

Commitment to human rights

We fully support the principles in the United

Nations Universal Declaration of Human Rights

and the International Labour Organisation

Declaration on Fundamental Principles and

Rights at Work, including non-discrimination,

freedom of association and collective

bargaining, and freedom from forced and

child labour.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

PeopleCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentSuppliers

50Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Supplier Sustainability
events

Partnering with our suppliers is crucial

to verify and validate our environmental,

social and ethical performance and

theirs, so we can continuously improve

this. Over the 2025 financial year, we

hosted two Supplier Sustainability events

following the success of our inaugural

conference last year.

At our New Zealand event, we welcomed

over 50 local and overseas suppliers who

gained insights from our senior leaders

on F&P’s approach to sustainability and

environmental and social governance.

We also held our first-ever supplier

expo, with suppliers showcasing their

sustainable products and initiatives to

the wider business.

This year we also held our first Supplier

Sustainability event in Mexico with 13 of

our local suppliers. They learned more

about our ESR objectives and shared

ideas and opportunities relevant to

their business and the Mexico region.

We also awarded our suppliers for their

valuable contributions to our sustainable

procurement goals.

We hosted our first Supplier Sustainability event at our

Mexico campus in February 2025.

• HOSTED our first Supplier Sustainability

event in Mexico with local suppliers

• INCLUDED a supplier expo

on sustainable products at

our New Zealand Supplier

Sustainability event

• CONDUCTED one-to-one

engagements with 66 suppliers

• UPGRADED 41 suppliers (including

four Tier 2 suppliers) based on our

supplier categorisation criteria

• IDENTIFIED four suppliers with

potential non-compliance with local

labour laws. One supplier remediated

all issues within FY25, working with

three suppliers on development plans

to be completed during FY26

• CONTINUED assessment of

Tier 2 suppliers

• ADDED strategic metrics,

including environmental and social

responsibility, within our supplier

performance scorecard

• ROLL OUT improved supplier

performance scorecard to suppliers

• EMBED visibility of supplier ratings

into supplier material database

• REVIEW and update supplier

agreements with modern slavery

clauses

• COMMENCE roll-out of digital learning

resources to educate suppliers

on topics in our Supplier Code of

Conduct

• CONTINUE mapping multiple tiers of

our supply chain to obtain greater

visibility of key commodities

• CONTINUE developing and measuring

key performance indicators to monitor

effectiveness of our initiatives

Key sustainable procurement

activities in FY25

Future focus

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

PeopleCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentSuppliers

51Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleSuppliersProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentCommunity

52Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Community

We believe in providing support to our local

communities and building trusted, long-term

relationships to create better outcomes for

all. This will help us create a positive lasting

impact on society and the environment.

The medical devices and therapies we provide

have a direct impact on improving millions of

people’s lives around the world. Our community

work prioritises funding clinical research,

improving access to healthcare, promoting

science education, and supporting social and

environmental initiatives. We also foster

sustainable partnerships with tāngata

whenua (Māori).

Many of our philanthropic activities in

New Zealand are coordinated and funded by

the Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Foundation.

In other countries, our people select and

sponsor local community initiatives that

connect to our purpose.

This section features some of the ways we

seek to build brighter and healthier communities

through care and collaboration.

Students harvesting kai (food) at East Tāmaki School in Auckland.

Fisher & Paykel
Healthcare Foundation

Since its establishment in March 2021, the

purpose of the Fisher & Paykel Healthcare

Foundation has been to support healthier

communities. It aims to achieve this by

focusing on three key areas – health, education

and environment – supporting people and

organisations that help those who are

underserved and underrepresented.

Foundation initiatives and

highlights

This year, the Foundation made progress on

strengthening its relationships with its partners,

as well as developing a deeper understanding of

how the Foundation can make the most impact

in its focus communities.

In FY25, the Foundation provided $1.4 million

in grants and donations, continued its

partnerships with 11 community-focused

organisations, and leveraged the enthusiasm

of Fisher & Paykel Healthcare employees to

provide volunteer support.

Garden to Table

Garden to Table aims to empower tamariki

(children) to grow, harvest, prepare and share

food while building awareness of individual and

collective responsibility to manaaki te taiao

(care for the environment). It supports schools

throughout the country to take the learning

out of the classroom and into the garden and

the kitchen.

The Foundation has partnered with Garden to

Table since 2022, currently supporting its South

Auckland facilitator and the development of its

Māori cultural resources. In FY25, the Foundation

increased its financial commitment, providing

$224,148 during the course of the financial year.

This ongoing support has enabled Garden to

Table to extend its reach to more schools across

South Auckland and enhance the understanding

of Māori culture and te reo Māori in the context

of growing, harvesting, preparing and sharing

food. In addition, graduates from Fisher & Paykel

Healthcare volunteered to help build garden

beds for a local school in collaboration with

Garden to Table this year.

Pūhoro STEMM Academy

Pūhoro STEMM Academy is an educational

initiative that supports pathways for rangatahi

(young) Māori into high value careers, by

integrating science, technology, engineering,

mathematics (STEM) with mātauranga Māori

(traditional knowledge).

The Foundation has supported Pūhoro since

2022. In FY25, the Foundation renewed its

partnership commitment, committing a total

of $450,000 over a three-year period. The

Foundation’s support funds research to better

understand barriers to rangatahi Māori entering

STEMM education and careers. It also supports

the salary of Pūhoro’s tertiary kaihautū – a

mentor who provides pastoral care to rangatahi

Māori transitioning to tertiary education.

Partners of the Foundation

We partner with community organisations

that are aligned with our purpose of

supporting healthier communities.

Celebrating Pūhoro STEMM Academy’s 2025 summer interns and

their achievements.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

PeopleSuppliersProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentCommunity

53Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

University of Auckland Faculty of Engineering
The Foundation partners with the University of Auckland Faculty of

Engineering to support Māori, Pasifika and female rangatahi (youth) into

engineering pathways, through its Apollo programme and Women in

Engineering programme.

Apollo – Māori and Pasifika in Engineering

The Apollo programme is designed to help Māori and Pacific high school

students to enhance their advanced mathematics skills, regardless of their

current proficiency level. This initiative aims to create pathways for Māori

and Pacific students to enter the field of engineering. The programme

offers dedicated, free school holiday maths workshops hosted at the

University of Auckland. Māori and Pacific Year 11 to Year 13 students from

schools across Auckland are invited to attend. In 2022, the Foundation

committed to supporting the Apollo programme for a five-year period

with $50,000 funding per year.

Women in Engineering

The Women in Engineering outreach programme is dedicated to providing

support, advice, encouragement and opportunities to female high school

students who have an interest in engineering.

The Foundation has committed to support the Women in Engineering

programme since 2023, providing funding of $25,000 per year. The

programme includes a variety of outreach activities such as school visits,

STEM expos and recruitment events, all with the goal of increasing the

representation of women pursuing careers in engineering.


Students attend a holiday workshop by the Apollo programme at the University of Auckland

Faculty of Engineering.

High school students at the Women in Engineering programme’s holiday camp.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

PeopleSuppliersProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentCommunity

54Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Mana whenua partnerships
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare supports local Māori communities in line with

Te Tiriti o Waitangi (the Treaty of Waitangi) and our intention to create a

positive lasting impact on society and the environment.

During the 2025 financial year, we continued to develop our relationships

with mana whenua partners (recognised Māori tribal groups in Auckland)

for the East Tāmaki and Karaka campuses in Auckland, New Zealand, while

improving our own understanding of how we can work together better.

A deeper understanding

We believe lessons learned are the cornerstones of innovation and lead to

better empathy and care. This includes understanding the complex history

of Aotearoa New Zealand, the ongoing impact of historical actions and

how that manifests in society today. We held two wānanga (learning and

discussion conferences) to gain a deeper understanding of this history and

how it impacts the relationships we want to build with indigenous people.

The first wānanga, with Manaaki (Māori employee-led network), reset the

direction and structure for the group with the aim of developing people

through simple community hui (meetings). The second wānanga, with a

working group of senior leaders and Manaaki representatives, initiated

the work to articulate what we are trying to achieve in our partnerships

with Māori and create the conditions for shared aspirations and

reciprocal benefits.

Following these wānanga, we implemented an online learning programme

on Te Tiriti o Waitangi, available to employees in New Zealand. Feedback

has been very positive, with most attendees wanting to learn more. We will

identify opportunities to provide further learning on this topic to support

our people’s understanding and connection to where they live and work.

Quotes from learners:

Cultural inductions and Karaka campus masterplan

Cultural Values Assessments (CVAs) were completed by three mana

whenua – Ngāti Tamaoho, Ngāti Te Ata and Te Aakitai Waiohua – for the

Karaka campus development during the 2025 financial year. The CVAs

formed part of our planning submission to Auckland Council. Discussions

were also held to align recommendations in each CVA with the Karaka

campus masterplan.

Cultural inductions were also provided to help our teams and contractors

understand the history of the land, environmental issues and how to

ensure the correct protocols to manage archaeological finds made over

the course of the development. We appreciate the time taken by mana

whenua to work with us and provide their knowledge and experience to

help inform this development.

Opening Te Ahunga at East Tāmaki

A formal dawn ceremony was held in January 2025 to bless and name

our new multi-storey car park, marking a key milestone for infrastructure

development at our East Tāmaki campus in New Zealand.

Senior leaders, contractors and our people joined mana whenua Ngāi Tai ki

Tāmaki and Ngāti Tamaoho to perform karakia (prayers) and name the car

park Te Ahunga, which means direction, bearing or orientation and aligns

with traditional Māori orientation through landmarks.

Ngāi Tai ki Tāmaki and Ngāti Tamaoho led karakia (prayers) to bless and open the Te Ahunga car park at

our East Tāmaki campus in New Zealand.

“ I really appreciate

the perspective that

was taken, the

fact-based

approach.”

“ Now I am encouraged

to find out more and

be brave to engage in

conversations relating

to the Treaty.”

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

PeopleSuppliersProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentCommunity

55Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Contributing to Mexico’s communities
In Mexico, we were recognised as a ‘Company of the Future’ by the

Tijuana Economic and Industrial Development Centre for promoting local

investment, development, sustainability and social responsibility.

During the 2025 financial year, our teams in Mexico supported two

orphanages in the community by donating a range of essential items.

Casa Hogar La Gloria, which shelters 42 children, and Casa Paloma, which

looks after 15 children, received a generous supply of canned goods, dairy

products, wholegrains, toys, and items for personal hygiene and cleaning.

Promoting science education is another aspect of how we support

local communities. In March 2025, we donated a decommissioned

compact electrical substation to CENYCA University in Tijuana, providing

engineering students with a practical tool to learn and practise their skills.

Toward the end of 2024, extremely hot, dry weather and strong winds

caused unprecedented wildfires in several areas in the state of Baja

California, including Tijuana where our campus is located. Three of our

employees sadly lost their homes in these fires. Our people rallied to help

these employees and their families by collecting and donating clothing,

furniture, crockery, electronics and construction material.

Global initiatives

Our offices around the world supported several initiatives aimed at helping

their local communities over the course of the 2025 financial year.

F&P Australia ran collection drives for personal health and hygiene items

and donated them to Share the Dignity, an organisation that supports

women affected by homelessness, domestic violence or poverty. The team

also held fundraising events during FY25 in support of local charities such

as Cancer Council Australia and Lort Smith Animal Hospital.

F&P Mexico team collecting donations for the Casa Hogar La Gloria orphanage.

F&P India team helped the children at Kritagyata Trust in Bengaluru decorate special lamps to celebrate

the festival of Diwali.

F&P India made significant donations to Kritagyata Trust and Sparsha

Trust. These not-for-profit organisations provide education, opportunities

and safe environments for underprivileged children, helping them

overcome challenges and build a better future. The team also spent a day

volunteering at children’s charities nationwide, organising art, craft, yoga

and singing sessions and donating school stationery and essential supplies.

F&P United Kingdom and Ireland organised fundraising to support

charities in their communities such as Macmillan Cancer Support

and The Link Foundation which supports vulnerable children.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

PeopleSuppliersProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentCommunity

56Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Product quality
Our products are used to treat millions

of people around the world each year,

so it is essential that our products meet high

quality standards. We continuously strive to

improve our products and the way in which

they are manufactured so that we achieve

the levels of quality and reliability that

patients and caregivers expect.

This section provides an overview of our

framework and processes that help ensure

product quality and patient safety.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

PeopleSuppliersCommunityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentProduct quality

57Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Single Audit Program with our QMS audited against the requirements of
several global regulatory authorities.

Our QMS and related processes are continuously reviewed for ongoing

improvement. We have processes in place for the regular auditing and

review of the system for ongoing suitability and effectiveness. This

includes the review and audit by notified bodies and regulatory agencies,

to ensure continued compliance.

All of these processes help to ensure that our customers and patients

receive high-quality products that are safe and effective.

Quality and safety throughout the

product life cycle

We develop high-quality products that meet the needs of patients,

clinicians and caregivers. Product requirements are driven by detailed

understanding of user needs. As part of the design process, products

are thoroughly tested and validated to ensure they deliver on those

requirements and meet applicable standards for intended use.

Our quality teams operate as a service to our product and process

development and manufacturing operations teams, which means that

quality controls are built into the design process through collaboration.

We ensure our manufacturing activities produce products that meet

specifications through robust manufacturing technology, processes and

controls. Our global product supply chain is set up to deliver products

that meet customer expectations, through great relationships with

our suppliers, effective inventory and distribution management, and

distribution partners worldwide.

We review real-world customer experience through an extensive post-

market surveillance process to ensure our products continue to deliver

on customer needs and take steps to proactively address potential risks.

The information we gather throughout the product life cycle is also used

to identify improvements to our current and future products.

During the 2025 financial year, we continued our activities in relation to

the voluntary limited recall of Airvo 2 and myAirvo 2 devices, which was

initiated in March 2024.

We also initiated a field action to update the software of a select number of

Airvo 3 devices with specific versions of software. The software update was

in response to certain use cases and ensured the target therapy continues.

We worked with our customers and distributors to update the software.

Our approach to product quality and

patient safety

Our intention is that the quality of our products and processes and our

good relationships with regulators provide a competitive advantage and

enable better outcomes for patients.

The medical device industry is highly regulated worldwide. We strive

to ensure that the quality of the products we distribute meets the

expectations of patients, caregivers and regulatory authorities and

facilitates market acceptance of our products.

We manage product quality with processes that drive continuous

improvement throughout the life cycle of our products. These include:

• verification and validation of product requirements to meet user needs

• proactive quality control mechanisms within our manufacturing

operations

• data collection and statistical analysis to make improvements

• risk mitigation intervention to correct a process before product quality

is compromised

• market surveillance and response processes to ensure continued

product safety and quality for our customers and patients.

The Vice President – Quality, Safety & Regulatory Affairs has executive

accountability for quality and regulatory affairs, and along with the

executive management team, oversees the performance of the Quality

Management System (QMS) to ensure it remains effective and efficient

and continues to improve.

The Quality, Safety & Regulatory Committee exercises oversight of the

QMS and receives regular quality management reports. The Committee

also reviews our quality, health and safety and regulatory risk management

approach and ensures effective mechanisms and internal controls are

in place to identify and manage areas of material risk and maintain

compliance with applicable regulations.

Quality management for products

Our QMS incorporates processes that have an impact on product quality

and regulatory compliance aligned to ISO 14971:2019 Application of

Risk Management to Medical Devices, specific to medical device design

and manufacturing. Our QMS is compliant with ISO 13485:2016 Quality

Management Systems for Medical Devices and meets the requirements

of various international regulations. We participate in the Medical Device

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

PeopleSuppliersCommunityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentProduct quality

58Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Regulatory clearance for
products

Prior to sales and distribution in any country, our

products are verified and validated to demonstrate

safety and efficacy. Our products and systems comply

with relevant international standards and regulations

and are reviewed and approved by various regulatory

bodies. We work closely and collaboratively with

regulatory authorities to ensure our products and

operations meet their expectations and can enter

and remain in their market.

We proactively engage with regulators in their efforts

to further improve the timely delivery and access

to quality medical devices, such as the Voluntary

Improvement Program and Experiential Learning

Program, organised by the US Food and Drug

Administration (FDA).

We have procedures in place for processes and

activities that have an impact on product quality

and regulatory compliance. These are continuously

improved to ensure our products remain compliant

with applicable regulations, enabling us to sustain

sales in these markets.

Clinical collaboration for

better outcomes

Clinical studies are an essential element in building

confidence in the safety and efficacy of our

products. We support clinical research that validates

improvements in patient outcomes that our products

can deliver. In this context, we work closely with

clinicians and healthcare organisations to support

their studies and identify ways in which our products

can help them provide better healthcare solutions.

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare currently supports over

74 active studies. Such clinical research shows the

impact of industry and healthcare providers working

together to improve patient care and outcomes.

Hospital simulations for better patient care

Understanding the hospital environment is

essential to the way we develop products

and ensure product quality and patient

care. Our research and development

(R&D) teams do this in various ways to

grow their insights into product use.

Our Hospital Simulation Centre in

New Zealand underwent a significant

refurbishment this year, transforming it

into a state-of-the-art facility. Teams can

configure this versatile space to replicate

hospital environments, including neonatal,

pediatric and adult intensive care units,

emergency departments, respiratory

wards and operating theatres. This

supports R&D testing, clinical simulations,

usability and human factors testing,

clinical trials and education across a

range of our products. The Centre also

hosted sessions across the year for new

employees and specific business teams

to learn first-hand how our products are

used in hospital settings.

Our R&D teams visit hospitals regularly

to engage with experienced doctors,

nurses and respiratory care specialists

around the world to understand their

needs and challenges, and to grow their

understanding of care environments

across neonatal, pediatric and adult

specialities. The knowledge gained

contributes to enhancing both product

quality and patient safety.

Some of our products are used to support

patients in the critical and intensive

care units, where it can be challenging

for observers to be present. To help

our people gain practical insights into

these environments, simulations are run

in collaboration with universities and

hospitals. This year, we worked with

critical care specialists to develop training

videos on respiratory care practices to

help our R&D teams better understand the

challenges of product use in the context

of other therapies provided to patients.

Our clinical research teams actively

engage in simulation workshops facilitated

by clinicians at hospitals. They also

conduct product testing at local hospitals

to obtain valuable feedback on usability

and human factors based on their clinical

context and use. These initiatives provide

crucial inputs into product development

with a focus on patient safety and care.

An R&D team attending a clinical

simulation at our Hospital Simulation

Centre in New Zealand.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

PeopleSuppliersCommunityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentProduct quality

59Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleSuppliersCommunityProduct qualityGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentRisk management

60Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Risk management

Our approach is to identify and manage

risks within acceptable levels in pursuit

of our long-term strategy. We seek to

improve the quality of our business

decisions by applying a bespoke framework

and aligning with international standards.

In this section we summarise our strategies

to govern and manage business risks that

enable us to continue delivering value to

our stakeholders.

Governance of risk
Our Board is committed to its role of ensuring quality, safety, compliance

and effective risk management. The Board provides oversight of senior

leadership’s management of risk. The Board meets regularly with key risk

management functional leaders and receives regular reports from senior

representatives on material risk and mitigation strategies.

The Audit & Risk Committee reports to and assists the Board by reviewing

and ensuring our business risk management processes (excluding any risks

related to quality, safety and regulatory functions) can provide reliable

information to the Board on the status of major risks that could impact

our business.

Business risk management framework

The objective of our risk management process is to identify, assess,

prioritise and inform decisions to manage uncertainty, both positive and

negative. This is achieved with processes and tools that support high

quality decision-making in complex and uncertain situations.

Our business risk management framework is focused on deriving

competitive advantage through making better judgements and supporting

decision-making in unpredictable environments. The framework is guided

by ISO 31000 Risk Management Principles and Guidelines.

The framework helps to ensure we:

• resolve internally identified risks in compliance with laws and

regulations

• plan, make decisions and prioritise opportunities and threats to

strategic objectives and new product introductions

• respond in a prompt, efficient and effective manner to future events

that create uncertainty or pose a significant risk.

The risk management processes that support this framework are designed

to reflect the dynamics of our business. They begin broadly with an

analysis of the operating environment and then narrow to focus on

strategy, followed by project execution, and lastly specific decisions.

Risk analysis

We carry out risk analyses to support material business decisions.

We involve the relevant stakeholders in these evaluations and

communicate the findings to key decision-makers and management.

When making a decision, carrying out a business activity or approving

an initiative, we apply a range of quantitative risk management techniques

to measure and effectively manage uncertainty.

Business continuity planning

We continue our focus on business continuity planning. Our goal is to

anticipate and plan for potential crises that may cause a significant

disruption to our business and subsequently impact patients, customers,

products and shareholders.

We conduct simulations regularly to provide confidence that our

framework is tested, embedded and continuously improved. During

the 2025 financial year, we conducted a business continuity planning

simulation, which involved a range of teams across our New Zealand,

Mexico and UK businesses focused on maintaining supply of product

following a disruptive event.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

PeopleSuppliersCommunityProduct qualityGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentRisk management

61Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Data governance
Our intention is to ensure our global digital landscape supports

uninterrupted operations and enables our people to work effectively

and safely. We achieve this by following established procedures to

implement, operate, and secure our digital technologies, collaborating

with external authorities to ensure compliance with regulations, and

maintaining effective safeguards against cyber security and privacy risks.

We promote a culture of shared responsibility, exercising rigour in

selecting digital technologies to maximise investments and complement

our culture. In addition, we proactively assess the performance and

security of our technologies to avoid any adverse effects on our

operations.

Our Information Security Management system, as well as the team,

processes, and technology that support it, helps ensure our people

comply with our Digital Technology Policy. This system aligns with

industry-leading security guidelines and is supported and verified by

expert third parties.

We leverage internal controls and risk management processes within

our enterprise Quality Management System (QMS) to support our

technology systems. This includes an ICT QMS to ensure our data

governance meets strong robust requirements.

New technologies

We enable our people to experiment, learn and innovate by using new

technologies, including artificial intelligence (AI). The integration of new

technologies into our processes, systems and/or products is governed by

our ICT QMS.

When enabling the use of AI, we ensure that our people understand how

to protect our intellectual property, institutional knowledge and data

privacy while respecting the intellectual property rights and data privacy

of others.

Cyber security

We believe that our people are our greatest strength and having a strong

culture of security awareness is essential to ensure the information

we manage is protected. We do this by establishing that security is

everyone’s responsibility and providing data security and awareness

programmes to our global employees, empowering our people with the

knowledge to make the right decisions to keep data safe. Our cyber

awareness programme provides regular training on cyber security risks

and has high levels of engagement across our business.

A dedicated security team identifies and manages cyber security risks,

monitors for abnormal activity, responds to incidents and collaborates

with expert partners. We also conduct regular incident response drills

across multiple areas of the business involving a range of stakeholders

to practise and build our capability. These drills are part of our broader

disaster recovery, business continuity and crisis management processes.

Privacy protection

We are committed to acting ethically and doing the right thing, and care

drives our commitment to privacy. We incorporate privacy principles

into the design of our processes, systems and products that involve the

collection or processing of personal information.

Our Global Privacy Procedure sets out principles that underpin how we

collect or process personal information, including respect and care, data

minimisation, transparency, choice and control (Privacy by Default) and

confidentiality, integrity and accessibility.

Our Privacy team are responsible for the global management of our

privacy policies and procedures. They also provide risk management

support and training and awareness initiatives to educate our people

about their privacy obligations, risks and how to interact with personal

information we collect or process.

Our web-based software application that collects and stores data from

patients’ use of specific Fisher & Paykel Healthcare devices is certified to

ISO 27001 Information Security Management Systems. This application

enables healthcare providers to manage and report on patients’ device

usage and therapy.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

PeopleSuppliersCommunityProduct qualityGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentRisk management

62Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Material business risks and strategies to mitigate
After completing our annual risk management processes, we have identified key areas of risk for our business and strategies to mitigate them.

AreaDescriptionStrategies to mitigate

Product quality and

patient safety

Patients are harmed as a result of using our

products. This may result in product recalls and

potentially product liability litigation.

We operate a worldwide quality management system related to the design, testing and

manufacture of our products aligned to ISO 13485:2016 Quality Management Systems for Medical

Devices and ISO 14971:2019 Application of Risk Management to Medical Devices. In addition, we

monitor customer experience through post-market surveillance. We are committed to fostering

an organisational attitude of product safety and continuous improvement.

Health and safety Work-related injuries or illnessesOur global health, safety and wellbeing standards are aligned with ISO 45001 Occupational

Health and Safety, with greater emphasis on managing critical risks.

We design and implement preventative and recovery risk controls for critical health and safety

risks across our global business.

Market accessMaintaining regulatory compliance is required to

market and sell our products in certain countries

We have regulatory affairs processes, supported by dedicated teams, that enable us to obtain

and maintain product licenses, as well as a quality management system that ensures compliance

with applicable regulatory requirements. We have monitoring steps in place to evaluate the

effectiveness of our programmes, and our executive management team conducts regular

management reviews.

Intellectual propertyThird parties asserting IP rights against usWe have a comprehensive patent portfolio across our technologies, and we actively and robustly

manage IP litigation risk. As part of our product development phase, we conduct freedom-to-

operate searches during product design. We monitor competitor patent filings and take action as

required.

Sustainable profitable

growth

Financial performance and management, and

governance

Our financial management policy enables the business to continue uninterrupted operations

through financial controls, financial management and financial integrity.

This includes appropriate hedging of currency risk, maintenance of an adequate supply of capital

and financial resources to satisfy the present and future requirements of the business, and

collaboration with applicable regulatory authorities to ensure their expectations are met.

Business continuityContinuity and quality of product supplyWe actively monitor our end-to-end processes and systems through an internal risk management

process and implement actions to prevent disruption. We use business impact analyses to

identify, understand and quantify the impact of a material disruption across the different aspects

of our product supply network, including to a key facility, location, supplier or business process.

This approach enables us to prioritise the most significant potential exposures to the business.

It is also aligned with our crisis planning framework.

Cyber security and data

protection

Cyber security attack resulting in disruption to

operations and data breach

To manage our risk and protect the data entrusted to us, we are constantly reviewing and honing

our risk analysis and control mechanisms to ensure our protections can proactively respond to

developing cyber threats. We continue to use independent reviews to test and identify potential

risks to ensure we focus on the right cyber risks.

For more information on climate-related risks, please refer to our Climate-related Disclosures on pages 94-124.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

PeopleSuppliersCommunityProduct qualityGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentRisk management

63Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Governance
We are committed to ensuring that the

company maintains a high standard of

corporate governance and ethical conduct.

In this section we provide a summary

of our corporate governance framework,

processes and practices that guide our

business and operations.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

PeopleSuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementRemunerationEnvironmentGovernance

64Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Corporate governance
overview

The Board and management of Fisher & Paykel

Healthcare are committed to ensuring that

the company maintains a high standard of

corporate governance and ethical conduct.

The Board regularly reviews and assesses the

company’s governance policies and procedures

to ensure that they provide the direction

and controls which enable us to achieve

sustainable, profitable growth and the trust

of our customers, shareholders, regulators,

suppliers and communities.

The company is listed on both the NZX

and the ASX (Foreign Exempt Listing

category). Corporate governance principles

and guidelines apply in both countries. As

at the date of this report, the company

complies with all of the recommendations

of the NZX Corporate Governance Code

dated 31 January 2025. While the company

has Foreign Exempt Listing on the ASX

and is not required to comply with the ASX

Corporate Governance Council’s Corporate

Governance Principles and Recommendations

4th Edition (ASX Principles), the company

considers its corporate governance practices

and procedures substantially reflect the ASX

Principles. The full content of the company’s

corporate governance policies, practices and

procedures can be found in the corporate

governance section of the company’s website:

www.fphcare.com.

Ethical standards

As a business we are committed to doing

the right thing. It is important to us from a

social responsibility standpoint and is what

our customers, employees and shareholders

find compelling. We ensure we comply with

our legal and ethical obligations throughout

our business operations, from the way we

source materials, design and manufacture

our products, through to selling our products

across the world.

We have policies and procedures in place to

ensure we conduct our business in a legally,

ethically and socially responsible manner.

These policies and procedures are available

on our website, and summary information

with respect to a number of our policies and

procedures can also be found throughout

this section.

Code of Conduct

We expect our employees and directors to

maintain high ethical standards. A Code of

Conduct for the company sets out these

standards.

The Code covers a range of areas relevant

to legal and ethical behaviour, including

competing fairly, health and safety, data

protection and privacy, working with

customers and suppliers, sanctions compliance,

responsible marketing, financial records and

reporting, continuous disclosure and insider

trading, combating bribery and corruption,

and interactions with healthcare professionals.

It also covers matters such as confidentiality,

conflicts of interest and receipt of gifts.

The Code explains how an employee or

director can report an actual or suspected

breach of the Code. Globally, employees

undertake training on our Code of Conduct

as part of our induction process, including

refresher training at least once every three

years. It has been translated into a number of

different languages for our local offices and

we rolled out refresher training on the Code

globally for our employees during the 2024

financial year. The Code of Conduct is available

on our internal intranet and our external

website. New directors are trained on the

Code of Conduct during their induction.

We have an in-house legal team that provides

advice and assistance to the business globally

on how to comply with our various legal

obligations and engage external legal counsel

to assist us as and when required.

We maintain a schedule for regularly reviewing

and updating corporate governance policies

and charters. The Code of Conduct was last

reviewed and updated in March 2024.

Speak Up Procedure

Our global Speak Up Procedure (or whistle-

blowing/protected disclosures procedure)

ensures that employees, contractors and

suppliers know how to report potentially

unethical or illegal behaviour or breaches

of our Code of Conduct, without fear of

retaliation or harassment.

Speak Up reports can be made confidentially

to Speak Up Officers within the company or to

an independent reporting service managed by

Deloitte. Our Speak Up Procedure, including

translations where required, helps ensure that

all employees can be confident that concerns

will be taken seriously and investigated and will

not result in retaliation or other harassment.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

PeopleSuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementRemunerationEnvironmentGovernance

65Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Anti-bribery and
corruption

In the course of our business, we interact

with a wide range of government officials

and private sector individuals and businesses,

including government regulators, inspection

authorities and healthcare professionals.

We do not tolerate bribery, corruption,

kickbacks or other types of improper benefits,

whether committed by our own people or by

anyone we deal with.

Most of the countries in which we operate

have strict anti-bribery and corruption laws

that apply to our interactions with public

officials. Failing to comply with these laws

could have serious consequences for us, both

as individuals and as an organisation. In some

cases, these consequences could include

criminal charges. We have processes in place

for assessing anti-bribery and corruption

risks and we implement measures to mitigate

these risks.

Our Code of Conduct sets out our expectations

for all employees in combating bribery and

corruption. We never offer or accept (or ask

a third party to offer or accept) bribes, illegal

facilitation payments, secret commissions or

kickbacks to or from any person. These rules

apply to all our business activities, including

any interactions we may have with government

officials or with any private person or business,

either locally or overseas.

The Code requires that where we suspect

bribery or corruption, either by our own people

or by any of our suppliers, customers or other

business partners, we report it immediately.

During the year ended 31 March 2025, the

company is not aware of any instances of

corruption or of incidents in which employees

were dismissed or disciplined for corruption.

Policy influence

We are, from time to time, involved in

discussions with various governmental or

regulatory agencies in relation to existing or

proposed legislation. While we are members

of various trade associations, as set out on

pages 173-174 of this report, we prefer to

engage directly with regulatory bodies on

any legislative matters that may relate to our

business. The company has a policy that it

does not make political donations.

Over the last year, we have been working with

New Zealand’s Ministry of Health – Manatū

Hauora and industry associations to provide

expertise in relation to New Zealand’s proposed

Medical Products Bill, as it relates to medical

devices. We have also provided submissions on

the proposed Patents Amendment Bill, which

proposes amendments to the New Zealand

Patents Act 2013.

Interactions with

healthcare professionals

As we are a medical device business, we

must comply with laws and regulations on

interacting with healthcare professionals

in various countries around the world. It is

critical that our activities do not improperly

influence the medical decisions of healthcare

professionals or the purchasing decisions of

entities that buy our products.

Our Interactions with Healthcare Professionals

Procedure ensures that we act ethically and

legally in our interactions with healthcare

professionals, comply with all applicable

laws, and do not provide improper benefits

or inducements to healthcare professionals.

We provide training to employees on this

procedure.

Ethical research

and clinical trials

We have formal procedures in place to ensure

that we adhere to the International Conference

on Harmonisation Good Clinical Practice (GCP)

standards during all clinical investigations we

carry out. GCP standards cover the design,

conduct, recruitment, recording and reporting

of clinical investigations that involve the

participation of human subjects.

Our procedures have also been compiled

based on the ISO 14155:2020 standard for

Clinical investigation of medical devices for

human subjects – Good clinical practice and

the EU Medical Device Regulation.

These procedures are designed to ensure that

the data and reported results of all clinical trials

are credible and accurate and that the rights,

integrity and confidentiality of trial participants

are protected.

Animal research

and testing

We are committed to animal welfare and

believe that animal research and testing should

only be undertaken when there is good reason

to believe the research or testing will enhance

the maintenance or protection of human health.

We apply the principles of Replacement,

Reduction and Refinement to evaluate

whether there is good reason to participate

in or observe animal testing and research.

We sometimes participate in or observe

animal research and testing to assess safety

or biocompatibility and obtain worldwide

regulatory clearances. This includes animal

testing on rabbits, pigs, guinea pigs and mice.

Wherever possible, we look for alternatives

such as in vitro or analytical chemistry testing,

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

PeopleSuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementRemunerationEnvironmentGovernance

66Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

which do not require the use of laboratory
animals. We take great care to minimise the

risk of duplicate testing of our products.

In the limited occasions where animal research

and testing is observed or undertaken, we

ensure that any external third party engaged

to carry out animal research or testing has

appropriate animal welfare accreditations

(such as the Association for Assessment and

Accreditation of Laboratory Animal Care

International (AAALAC) or the Ministry for

Primary Industries (NZ)) and that all applicable

portions of study protocols are conducted in

accordance with regulations and guidelines

regarding animal care and welfare.

Sustainable tax strategy

Collecting and paying tax is an important

contribution to the communities in which we

operate. In support of our overall business

strategy and objectives, we pursue a tax

strategy that is principled, transparent and

sustainable.

Our Group’s tax contribution includes paying

corporate income taxes, employment-related

taxes and other taxes that we pay or collect on

behalf of governments. We support the OECD

Business and Industry Advisory Committee

(BIAC) Statement of Tax Principles for

International Business and have endorsed these

principles in our published Group Tax Strategy,

which was last reviewed and approved by our

Board in November 2024.

Our tax strategy sets out our approach to

tax governance and tax management and is

aligned to our conservative approach towards

tax risk. Its primary purpose is to ensure that

we comply with all of our tax obligations,

undertake all transactions with a business

purpose considering all of our stakeholders,

and have an open and transparent relationship

with tax authorities.

Our business model is centred in New Zealand,

and the majority of our taxes are paid in

New Zealand. Most of our manufacturing

activities and tangible assets are located in

Auckland. All of our R&D is performed in

New Zealand, and the associated intellectual

property is owned in New Zealand as well.

The Board

The Board plays a vital role in overseeing our

strategic direction. Strong governance from a

diverse and experienced Board ensures we can

achieve our aims of improving patient care and

outcomes through inspired and world-leading

healthcare solutions, thereby sustainably

increasing shareholder value.

The biography of each Board member,

including each director’s skills, experience,

expertise and term of office, is set out in the

section, Our Board.

Role of the Board

The Board is ultimately responsible for

our strategic direction. The specific roles

and responsibilities of the Board, and the

Board’s procedures, are set out in detail in

our Board Charter, available on our website:

www.fphcare.com. In summary, the Board is

elected by our shareholders to:

• approve the company’s business strategies

and objectives

• oversee management in its implementation

of the company’s strategic objectives,

instilling of the company’s values and

performance generally

• review and approve budgets and business

plans

• approve our remuneration policy and other

policies and procedures governing the way

we operate our business

• provide governance of internal decision-

making and management.

The Board delegates management of the

day-to-day affairs and responsibilities of

the company to the CEO and executive

management to deliver the strategic direction

and goals approved by the Board. The

specific responsibilities delegated to executive

management are recorded in the Board Charter.

The Board regularly reviews and assesses our

governance structures, policies and procedures

to ensure these meet all legal requirements and

ensure we maintain the trust of our customers,

suppliers and communities. The Board Charter

was last updated on 27 September 2024.

Nomination and appointment

of directors

The number of directors is determined by

the Board, in accordance with the company’s

constitution. The constitution requires that

there are at least four directors, and no more

than nine directors, and governs the process

for the appointment and removal of directors.

A director is appointed by ordinary resolution

of the shareholders, although the Board may fill

a casual vacancy.

Under the NZX Listing Rules, a director must

not hold office (without re-election) past the

third annual meeting following the director’s

appointment or three years, whichever is

longer. A director appointed by the Board must

not hold office (without re-election) past the

next annual meeting following the director’s

appointment.

When searching for and nominating candidates

to act as a director, the People & Remuneration

Committee takes into account such factors

as it deems appropriate, including diversity

of background (considering factors such

as gender, ethnicity, cultural background,

sexual orientation and age), experience and

qualifications of the candidate, independence

and the Board skills matrix. The Committee

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

PeopleSuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementRemunerationEnvironmentGovernance

67Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

may use external search firms to assist with
locating possible candidates and gathering

relevant information.

When considering the re-election of an existing

director, the People & Remuneration Committee

will also consider the length of service of the

director, and the director’s performance on

the Board to date. It is the Board’s general

expectation that a non-executive director

will hold office for an aggregate period of

approximately nine years (including re-

elections), though there may be circumstances

when it will be appropriate for directors to have

tenures shorter or longer than this.

We undertake a number of checks before

appointing a director and putting forward

to shareholders a candidate for election as a

director. We ensure shareholders are provided

with all relevant information to inform their

decision on whether to elect or re-elect a

director.

At the annual shareholders’ meeting (ASM)

on 28 August 2024, Michael Daniell retired by

rotation and being eligible, offered himself for

re-election and was re-elected to the Board. At

the ASM, Graham McLean also offered himself

for election as a director and was elected to

the Board.

At the ASM, Scott St John retired from the

Board, and the Board elected Neville Mitchell to

succeed Scott as the new Chair of the Board.

In August 2024, the company announced the

appointment of Mark Cross as a new addition

to the Board. Mark joined the Board on 1

October 2024, to fill the vacancy on the Board

left by Scott St John’s retirement.

More details relating to the nomination and

appointment of directors are outlined in the

Procedure for Selection and Appointment

of Directors available on our website:

www.fphcare.com.

Board diversity and skills

A diverse Board allows the company to benefit

from a range of different perspectives, which

leads to healthier debate and decision-making.

As we operate in specialised international

markets, the Board believes that it is important

to have a Board consisting of members with

diverse backgrounds, experience and skills.

The Board has set itself a gender diversity

objective to have not less than 30% of its

directors being male and not less than 30% of

its directors being female. As at 31 March 2025,

37% of the company’s directors are female. The

Board also believes that the tenure of each of

its members is important as it seeks to balance

independent, institutional knowledge gained

through length of service and the importance

of fresh perspectives in decision-making.

The table above summarises the current key

skills, experience and tenure of the Board.

Skills and experience

Neville

Mitchell

Lewis

Gradon

Mark

Cross

Michael

Daniell*

Pip

Greenwood

Lisa

McIntyre

Graham

McLean

Cather

Simpson

Financial acumen

✓✓✓✓✓✓✓✓

Sales/Marketing

✓✓✓✓✓✓✓

Engineering/

Science/Technology/

Manufacturing

✓✓✓✓✓✓

Medicine/Medical

Device

✓✓✓✓✓✓

Legal/Regulatory

✓✓✓✓✓

Governance

✓✓✓✓✓✓✓✓

International

Business Experience

✓✓✓✓✓✓✓✓

Tenure (years)6.590.523.583.51.53

* Michael Daniell was appointed as a non-executive director on 1 April 2016 following his retirement as Managing Director and Chief

Executive Officer.

Written agreements with

directors

Upon appointment, non-executive directors

are issued a letter setting out the terms and

conditions of their appointment. This includes

information about their role and duties,

time commitments, term of appointment,

remuneration and insurance, access to

information, and disclosure and compliance

obligations. A copy of the standard form

of this letter is available on our website:

www.fphcare.com. The Chief Executive Officer

has an employment agreement setting out his

role and conditions of employment. Further

information about the remuneration of directors

is set out in the Remuneration section of

this report.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

PeopleSuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementRemunerationEnvironmentGovernance

68Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Directors’ and officers’ insurance
and indemnity

The Group has arranged, as provided for

under the company’s constitution, policies of

directors’ and officers’ liability insurance which,

with a Deed of Indemnity entered into with all

directors, ensure that generally directors will

incur no monetary loss as a result of actions

undertaken by them as directors. Certain

actions are specifically excluded, for example,

the incurring of penalties and fines which may

be imposed in respect of breaches of the law.

Independence of directors

We are committed to ensuring that a majority

of directors are independent of the company,

and do not have any interests, positions,

associations or relationships which might

interfere, or might be seen to interfere, with

their ability to bring independent judgement to

the issues before the Board.

The Board has regard to a number of

factors, including those described in the

NZX Corporate Governance Code, when

assessing the independence of directors. After

consideration of these factors, the company is

of the view that:

1. Lewis Gradon is a director who is currently

employed in an executive role by the

company.

2. Michael Daniell is a director who was

employed in an executive role by the

company until 31 March 2016.

3. No non-executive director is currently

deriving, nor has derived within the last

12 months, a substantial portion of their

annual revenue from the company.

4. No director currently holds, nor has held

within the last 12 months, a senior role in a

provider of material professional services to

the company or any of its subsidiaries.

5. No director is currently, nor was within the

last three years, employed by the external

auditor to the company or any of its

subsidiaries.

6. No director currently has, nor has had

within the last three years, a material

business relationship (such as a supplier or

customer) with the company or any of its

subsidiaries.

7. No director is a substantial shareholder of

the company, nor a senior manager of, nor

otherwise associated with, a substantial

shareholder of the company.

8. No director has, or has had within the

last three years, a material contractual

relationship with the company or another

Group member other than as a director of

the company.

9. No director has close family ties or personal

relationships (including close social or

business connections) with anyone in the

categories listed in point 6.

10. Other than Michael Daniell, no director

has held the position of director of the

company for a period of 12 years or more.

Based on these assessments, the Board

considers that, as at 31 March 2025, a majority

(six) of the directors are independent, namely

Neville Mitchell (Board Chair), Mark Cross, Pip

Greenwood, Lisa McIntyre, Graham McLean

and Cather Simpson, and that Michael Daniell

and Lewis Gradon are not independent.

Induction and continuing

development of directors

A formal induction programme is provided

to new directors to ensure that they have

a working knowledge of our business. The

programme includes one-on-one meetings

with management and a tour of our R&D

and manufacturing facilities. All directors are

regularly updated on relevant industry and

company issues. From time to time, the Board

may also undertake educational trips to receive

briefings from customers and visit operations

of the company outside of New Zealand. There

is an ongoing programme of presentations to

the Board by all business units.

All directors are members of the Institute of

Directors (or overseas equivalent) and attend

training sessions to remain current on their

duties as directors. The company also arranges

training for directors and management on

specific issues as the need arises.

Board performance

We have a Performance Evaluation Procedure

which relates to the performance of the Board,

the Board Committees and individual directors.

The Performance Evaluation Procedure is

available on our website: www.fphcare.com.

The Procedure, in accordance with the Board

Charter, requires the Board to undertake a two-

yearly performance evaluation of itself that:

• compares the performance of the Board

with the requirements of the Board Charter

• reviews the performance of the Board

Committees and individual directors

• effects any improvements to the Board

Charter deemed necessary or appropriate.

An external consulting company facilitated

the Board’s performance evaluation between

May and August 2022, surveying Board and

executive management on a range of items

including strategy and planning, company

oversight, engagement with management,

stakeholder engagement, board culture,

capability, and succession planning.

In 2024 it was agreed that given the Board

had appointed a new Chair, the performance

evaluation for 2024 would be conducted by

the Chair of the Board engaging in one-on-

one discussions with individual directors and

implementing any required changes.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

PeopleSuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementRemunerationEnvironmentGovernance

69Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Our executive management are also subject to
regular performance and contribution reviews,

which occurred during the 2025 financial

year. The performance and contribution of

senior executives is reviewed regularly through

ongoing discussions with the CEO.

Board committees

The Board has three permanent committees

which support the Board by working with

management on relevant issues at a suitably

detailed level and then report back to the

Board. Committees and their members as at

31 March 2025 are:

Audit & Risk Committee

Members: Mark Cross (Chair), Graham McLean,

Lisa McIntyre, Pip Greenwood and Neville

Mitchell.

All members are independent non-executive

directors.

People & Remuneration Committee

Members: Lisa McIntyre (Chair), Michael Daniell,

Pip Greenwood and Neville Mitchell.

All members are non-executive directors,

and three of the four members (including the

Chair) are independent.

Quality, Safety &

Regulatory Committee

Members: Michael Daniell (Chair), Cather

Simpson and Neville Mitchell.

All members are non-executive directors, and

two of the three members are independent.

Each Committee has a charter setting out

its objectives, procedures, composition and

responsibilities. A summary is set out on the

right, and copies of these charters are available

on our website: www.fphcare.com.

The Board may from time-to-time establish

other committees for specific purposes.

About the Audit & Risk Committee

The primary function of the Audit & Risk

Committee is to assist the Board in fulfilling its

responsibilities relating to the company’s risk

management and internal control framework,

the integrity of its financial reporting, and

the company’s internal and external auditing

processes and activities. The Committee

also assists the Board in monitoring and

reporting the company’s strategies, activities

and performance regarding sustainability,

social responsibility and the environment.

The Committee has an annual work plan

and reports to the Board, which enables it

to properly and regularly inform the Board

on significant financial matters relating to

the company.

Employees and external auditors are invited

to attend meetings when it is considered

appropriate by the Committee. At least

once per year, the Committee meets with

the auditors without any representatives of

management present and is encouraged to

seek advice from external consultants or

specialists where the Committee considers

that necessary or desirable.

The Audit & Risk Committee closely monitors

financial reporting risks in relation to the

preparation of the financial statements.

The Committee, with the assistance of

management, works to ensure that the

financial statements are founded on a sound

system of risk management and internal

control and that the system is operating

effectively in all material respects in relation to

financial reporting risks. As part of this process,

before the company’s financial statements

are approved, the CEO and CFO are required

to state in writing to the Board that, to the

best of their knowledge, the company’s

financial reports present a true and fair view

of the company’s financial condition and

operational results and are in accordance with

the relevant accounting standards, and those

reports are founded on a sound system of risk

management and internal control which is

operating effectively.

About the People &

Remuneration Committee

The People & Remuneration Committee’s role

is to oversee and regulate remuneration and

organisation matters of the company, including

reviewing and monitoring the company’s

human resources strategy, reviewing

remuneration and benefits policies, monitoring

company performance against the Diversity,

Equity & Inclusion Procedure, and reviewing

performance objectives and remuneration of

the company’s Chief Executive Officer and

senior executives. It also seeks advice on and

recommends director remuneration structure

and recommends director appointments and

director succession planning to the Board,

aiming to ensure there is a range of skills,

experience and diversity represented on

the Board.

About the Quality, Safety &

Regulatory Committee

The objective of the Quality, Safety &

Regulatory Committee is to assist the

Board in fulfilling its responsibilities relating

to the oversight of the company’s quality

management system and health and safety risk

management system. As part of the company’s

internal audit function, regular quality system-

specific internal audit reports are received by

the Committee.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

PeopleSuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementRemunerationEnvironmentGovernance

70Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

For more details on our internal audit
processes and our quality management

system, refer to page 58 of this report.

Board and committee meetings

Normally, the Board holds eight formal

meetings a year. One of those meetings is

typically focused on reviewing the company’s

annual business plan and budget, and at a

separate meeting the long-term strategic plan

is considered. The Board also meets with senior

executives to consider matters of strategic

importance. At the company’s ASM held on

28 August 2024, all the then-serving directors

were in attendance.

Committees generally meet three or four

times per year, or as required to carry out

their responsibilities, and report to the

Board following each meeting.

Details of attendance at Board and Committee

meetings during the year ended 31 March 2025

are set out in the table below.

Takeover Response

The Board has adopted a Takeover Response

Procedure to assist the directors and

management with the response to unexpected

takeover activity. The procedure summarises

key aspects of takeover preparation, and sets

out governance, conflict and communications

protocols for a takeover response. This

procedure provides that in the event of a

takeover offer, the Board would establish

an Independent Takeover Response Committee

to manage its takeover response obligations.

Company Secretary

The Company Secretary is Raelene Leonard,

General Counsel. The Company Secretary

is responsible for supporting the proper

functioning of the Board and ensuring the

appropriate policies and procedures are

followed. The Company Secretary reports

directly to the Board, through the Chair, on

all governance matters as outlined in the

Board Charter.

Disclosure of interests by

directors

Directors’ certificates to cover entries in the

company’s interests register in respect of

remuneration, insurance, indemnities, dealing in

the company’s shares, and other interests have

been disclosed as required by the Companies

Act 1993.

Directors’ shareholdings

Directors held interests in the following

ordinary shares in the company as at

31 March 2025:

NameOwnershipOrdinary shares

Neville MitchellBeneficial7,445

Lewis Gradon

1

Beneficial574,165

Mark CrossBeneficial4,000

Michael DaniellBeneficial900,168

Pip GreenwoodBeneficial3,800

Lisa McIntyreBeneficial13,564

Graham McLeanBeneficial2,900

Cather SimpsonBeneficial1,950

1 Lewis Gradon also had a beneficial interest in 470,992 options issued

under the company’s share option plans and a beneficial interest in 159,726

performance share rights under the company’s PSR plans.

Board

Committees

Audit & RiskPeople & RemunerationQuality, Safety & Regulatory

Eligible

to attend

3

Attended

Eligible

to attend

3

Attended

Eligible

to attend

3

Attended

Eligible

to attend

3

Attended

Scott St John

1

332211

Neville Mitchell

4

88443333

Lewis Gradon88

Mark Cross

2

4422

Michael Daniell885533

Pip Greenwood884455

Lisa McIntyre884455

Graham McLean

4

8844

Cather Simpson

4

8833

1 Scott St John retired from the Board partway through the financial year in August 2024.

2 Mark Cross joined the Board partway through the financial year in October 2024.

3 The number of Board and Committee meetings listed above does not include unscheduled Board and Committee conference calls which were held throughout

the year.

4 Neville Mitchell (prior to his appointment as Chair), Graham McLean and Cather Simpson attended additional Committee meetings each as an ‘optional’ attendee.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

PeopleSuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementRemunerationEnvironmentGovernance

71Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Share dealings by directors
In accordance with the Companies Act 1993 and the Financial Markets

Conduct Act 2013, the Board has received disclosures from the directors

named below of acquisitions or dispositions of relevant interests (as

defined in the Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013) in the company

between 1 April 2024 and 31 March 2025, and details of those dealings

were entered in the company’s interests register.

NameTransactionNumber

of shares

Price per share

(NZD unless

otherwise stated)

Date

Neville MitchellPurchase of shares

under DRP

60$28.970510 July 2024

Lewis GradonShare issue upon

exercise of 25,761

PSRs

25,761–5 September 2024

Sale of shares28,000$37.36505 September 2024

Granted 85,480

Options

––11 September 2024

Granted 31,549

PSRs

––11 September 2024

Share issue upon

exercise of 43,848

PSRs

43,848–13 September 2024

Sale of shares46,000$38.484313 September 2024

Employee share

scheme offer

71$28.111610 March 2025

Lisa McIntyrePurchase of shares

under DRP

109$28.970510 July 2024

Graham McLeanPurchase of shares1,100AU$28.660021 June 2024

Purchase of shares800AU$34.91512 September 2024

Purchase of shares1,000AU$32.300017 February 2025

Cather SimpsonPurchase of shares700$36.650024 September 2024

General disclosure of interests by directors

In accordance with section 140(2) of the Companies Act 1993, the

directors named below have made a general disclosure of interests by

a general notice disclosed to the Board and entered in the company’s

interests register.

General notices given by directors which remain current as at 31 March

2025 are as follows:

NameEntityRelationship

Neville MitchellSigma Healthcare Limited

Sonic Healthcare Limited

Director

Lewis GradonOther Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Group

entities listed in the ‘Group structure’ section

of this Report

Director

Mark CrossChorus Limited

Accident Compensation Corporation Board

Investment Committee

Chair

Xero Limited

Kinaroad Holdings Limited

Director

Accident Compensation CorporationBoard Member

Michael DaniellCochlear Limited

MRCF IIF GP Pty Limited

MRCF Pty Limited

Tait International Limited

Tait Limited

Director

Pip GreenwoodThe a2 Milk Company Limited

Westpac New Zealand Limited

Chair

Lisa McIntyreBaymatob Pty Limited

Nanosonics Limited

Studiosity Pty Limited

University of Sydney

Director

Graham McLeanUniversal Biosensors International

CleanSpace Holdings Limited

Suicide Prevention Australia

Chair

Cather SimpsonAdvemto LimitedChair

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

PeopleSuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementRemunerationEnvironmentGovernance

72Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

NameEntityRelationship
Dewpoint Innovations Limited

Orbis Diagnostics Limited

Director

SPIE The International Society for Optics and

Photonics

Vice President

Orbis Diagnostics LimitedCEO

Dodd-Walls Centre for Photonic and Quantum

Technologies

Governance Board

Pacific Channel Fund IIPartner

Academy Executive Committee of the Royal

Society Te Apārangi

International Council of Academies of

Engineering and Technological Sciences

Paihau – Robinson Research Institute Advisory

Board

Member

Luminoma Diagnostics LimitedFounder / Director

Commission 17 of the International Union of

Pure and Applied Physics

Vice-Chair

Reporting and disclosure

We are committed to the promotion of investor confidence by ensuring

that the trading of our shares takes place in an efficient, competitive

and informed market. We believe that evenly balanced disclosure is

fundamental to building shareholder value and earning the trust of

employees, customers, suppliers, communities and shareholders.

Continuous disclosure

Our Market Disclosure Procedure establishes our procedures for

meeting our continuous disclosure obligations and is available on our

website: www.fphcare.com. This Procedure explains the respective

roles of directors, officers and employees in complying with continuous

disclosure obligations, confidentiality of information, external

communications with analysts and shareholders, and responding to

rumours and market speculation.

The Disclosure Committee, comprising the CEO, CFO, VP – Corporate

and General Counsel, and the Disclosure Officer, being the VP –

Corporate or alternatively the General Counsel, are responsible for

administering compliance with our Market Disclosure Procedure,

including continuous disclosure obligations. Market disclosure requires

the approval of either the Board or the Disclosure Committee, depending

on the circumstances. The Market Disclosure Procedure was last updated

on 27 March 2024.

Company policies

We have policies and procedures in place to ensure we conduct our

business with integrity, and in a legally, ethically and socially responsible

manner. Key governance documents including our Board and Committee

Charters, Corporate Governance Policy, Code of Conduct, Diversity, Equity

& Inclusion Procedure, Health & Safety Procedure, Market Disclosure

Procedure, Remuneration Procedure (Summary) and Securities Trading

Procedure are all available on our website: www.fphcare.com.

Financial reporting

We are committed to reporting our financial information in an objective,

balanced and clear manner. Financial results are reported in this annual

report in accordance with the New Zealand equivalent of International

Financial Reporting Standards. This annual report includes detailed

financial commentary and notes to the financial statements which explain

any changes to financial reporting.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

PeopleSuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementRemunerationEnvironmentGovernance

73Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

This annual report also includes comments from the Chair and CEO on
strategic progress, performance during the year and progress towards

our strategic objectives. It explains how we deliver value for shareholders

and how key performance indicators, such as revenue, profit, constant

currency information, dividend growth and gearing, are used to link

results to our strategy.

We ensure that financial information reported in investor presentations,

company overviews and other documents is portrayed in an accurate,

fair and understandable format.

Other reporting

We are committed to transparent reporting of non-financial objectives,

such as environmental, social and governance (ESG) factors, as well as

risk, health and safety, and business strategy. Our annual report references

the guidelines and principles set out by the Global Reporting Initiative

(GRI) and includes a GRI-referenced content index which can be found

at the end of this report. This report also contains our Climate-related

Disclosures in accordance with the External Reporting Board’s Aotearoa

New Zealand Climate Standards, which can be found on pages 94-124.

Shareholder and

company information

The company has in place an investor relations programme to facilitate

effective two-way communication with investors. We aim to build

strong relationships with our shareholders and investors based on

integrity, transparency and trust. Our intention is to provide shareholders

with all relevant information about the company to enable them to

actively engage with us and exercise their rights as shareholders in an

informed manner.

Shareholder communications

Our Shareholder Communications Procedure facilitates communication

with shareholders through written and electronic means, and by

facilitating shareholder access to directors, executive management and

our auditors. A copy of our Shareholder Communications Procedure is

available on our website: www.fphcare.com.

We communicate with shareholders through the following channels:

• investor section of our website

• annual report

• interim report

• annual shareholders’ meeting (ASM)

• webcasts

• regular disclosures on company performance and news

• disclosure of presentations provided to analysts and investors during

regular briefings, meetings and roadshows.

Our website

Our website is a core component of our shareholder communications.

We include on our website a range of information relevant to shareholders

and others concerning the operation of the company.

We make available a webcast of our ASM and management presentations

of financial results. Webcast details are published on the NZX and ASX

before the event so that shareholders and other interested parties

may participate.

We encourage shareholders to receive their shareholder communications

electronically to help reduce our environmental footprint and costs.

Direct communication

Shareholders may, at any time, direct questions or requests for information

to directors or management through our website or by contacting the

relevant officer in charge of investor relations. These contact details are

available on our website: www.fphcare.com.

We have a comprehensive communication framework in place so

shareholders can receive communications in a manner that best suits

them. We provide shareholders with the option to receive communications

from, and send communications to, us and our share registrar

electronically. We offer shareholders the ability to attend our ASM in

person or digitally, including the option to ask questions through a virtual

tool, and to vote electronically.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

PeopleSuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementRemunerationEnvironmentGovernance

74Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

ASM and shareholder voting
Our next ASM will be held online at www.virtualmeeting.co.nz/FPH25 and

in person at our East Tāmaki campus in the Daniell Building, 15 Maurice

Paykel Place, East Tāmaki, Auckland, New Zealand on Thursday, 21 August

2025 commencing at 2.00pm (NZST).

Notice of the ASM will be released to the NZX and ASX and posted on our

website, along with a meeting guide, at least 20 working days prior to the

meeting. We encourage active participation by shareholders at the ASM,

and shareholders may present questions to engage with the Board and

executive management.

Shareholders have the right to vote on major decisions which may change

the nature of the company. Each shareholder has one vote per ordinary

share they own in the company, equally with other shareholders, and may

vote at a meeting in person, or by proxy, representative or attorney. We

offer an electronic voting facility to allow shareholders to vote ahead of

the meeting without having to attend or appoint a proxy.

Share information

Stock exchange listing requirements

The company’s shares were listed on the NZX Main Board on 14 November

2001 and on the ASX on 21 November 2001. On 20 June 2016 the company

changed its admission category to an ASX Foreign Exempt Listing. As

part of this change, the company is still required to comply with the NZX

Listing Rules but is not required to comply with many of the ASX Listing

Rules. For the purposes of ASX Listing Rule 1.15.3, the company confirms

that it continues to comply with the NZX Listing Rules.

For the purposes of NZX Listing Rule 3.7.1(h), the company confirms that

there has been no public exercise of powers by the NZX under NZX Listing

Rule 9.9.3.

Current on-market share buy-back

There is no current on-market buy-back of the company’s ordinary

shares. During the year ended 31 March 2025, none of the company’s

ordinary shares were purchased on-market under or for the purposes of

an employee incentive scheme or to satisfy the entitlements of holders

of options or other rights to acquire ordinary shares granted under an

employee incentive scheme. The company does not have any restricted

securities or securities subject to voluntary escrow on issue.

Dividend reinvestment plan (DRP)

Given the company’s strong financial performance and reduction of debt,

the Board determined to suspend the DRP in November 2024. As a result,

eligible shareholders who had previously elected to participate in the DRP

are to receive their dividends for both the interim and final periods in cash.

The DRP had previously been reactivated during the 2023 financial year to

assist in reducing the additional debt financing required for the company’s

capital expenditure programme, including the acquisition of land for the

second campus in Karaka, New Zealand.

Incorporation and limitations on the acquisition of shares

The company is incorporated in New Zealand and is not subject to

Chapters 6, 6A, 6B and 6C of the Australian Corporations Act 2001. In

general, securities in the company are freely transferable and the only

significant restrictions or limitations in relation to the acquisition of

securities are those imposed by the New Zealand Takeovers Code, the

Overseas Investment Act 2005 (NZ), the Commerce Act 1986 (NZ) and

the Companies Act 1993 (NZ). The company does not impose additional

ownership restrictions.

Credit rating

The company does not currently have an external credit rating status.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

PeopleSuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementRemunerationEnvironmentGovernance

75Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Distribution of shareholders and holdings
The company only has one class of shares on issue, ordinary shares, each

conferring to the registered holder the right to one vote on any resolution,

and these shares are listed on the NZX and ASX. There are no other

classes of equity security currently on issue. The total number of ordinary

shares on issue as at 31 March 2025 was 586,139,423 shares.

The distribution of shareholdings as at 31 March 2025 was as shown in the

table below:

Size of shareholding

Number

of holders%

Number of

ordinary shares%

1 to 1,00014,09659.01%4,478,4880.76%

1,001 to 5,0007,36230.82%17,044,1322.91%

5,001 to 10,0001,4346.00%10,138,6221.73%

10,001 to 50,0008643.62%15,714,8062.68%

50,001 to 100,000550.23%3,647,5750.62%

100,001 and over770.32%535,115,80091.30%

Total23,888100.00%586,139,423100.00%

The employee share options, rights and PSRs on issue to employees are

disclosed in Note 18 of the financial statements in this annual report.

There are no voting rights attaching to share options, rights or PSRs.

Substantial product holder

According to company records and notices given under the Financial

Markets Conduct Act 2013, the substantial product holders in ordinary

shares (being the only class of quoted voting products) of the company

as at 31 March 2025 were as follows:

Substantial product holderDate of notice

Number of

ordinary shares

held as at date

of notice

Holding as a %

of total ordinary

shares on issue as

at date of notice

BlackRock, Inc. and related bodies

corporate

13 Jul 2137,908,0166.6%

Pinnacle Investment Management

Group Limited and its subsidiaries

13 Oct 2336,059,2066.2%

Principal shareholders

The names and holdings of the 20 largest registered shareholders in the

company as at 31 March 2025 were:

Investor nameTotal units

% Issued

capital

HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited R601127393

72,851,413 12.43%

JPMorgan Nominees Australia Pty Limited 57,561,758 9.82%

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited 56,987,614 9.72%

HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited R601127385 49,522,756 8.45%

Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited 45,014,138 7.68%

JPMorgan Chase Bank 38,164,940 6.51%

BNP Paribas Nominees NZ Limited R601338998 34,567,359 5.95%

Citibank Nominees (NZ) Ltd 26,303,930 4.49%

Custodial Services Limited 18,854,845 3.22%

Tea Custodians Limited 17,923,982 3.06%

New Zealand Superannuation Fund Nominees Limited 14,683,602 2.51%

Premier Nominees Limited 7,842,613 1.34%

Accident Compensation Corporation 7,828,198 1.34%

New Zealand Permanent Trustees Limited 6,561,373 1.12%

Public Trust 6,119,187 1.04%

New Zealand Depository Nominee 5,708,620 0.97%

FNZ Custodians Limited 5,446,374 0.93%

JBWere (NZ) Nominees Limited 5,233,917 0.89%

National Nominees Limited 4,773,913 0.81%

BNP Paribas Nominees NZ Limited R601339005 4,582,882 0.78%

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

PeopleSuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementRemunerationEnvironmentGovernance

76Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Other Group information
Principal activities

The company is a world-leading designer, manufacturer and marketer

of products and systems for use in acute and chronic respiratory care,

surgery and the treatment of obstructive sleep apnea. There were no

significant changes to the state of affairs of the company or to the nature

of the company’s (or its subsidiaries’) principal activities during the year

ended 31 March 2025.

Use of company information

We did not receive any notices from directors requesting to use company

information received in their capacity as directors which would not

otherwise have been available to them.

Donations

Please refer to Note 5 of the financial statements in this report for the

Group’s donations in the financial year to 31 March 2025.

Entries recorded in the interests register

Except for disclosures made elsewhere in this report, there have been no

entries in the company’s interests register made during the year ended

31 March 2025.

Other subsidiary company information

No entries were made in the interests register of any subsidiary during the

year ended 31 March 2025.

No employee of the Group who is appointed as a director of a Group

entity receives or retains any remuneration or other benefits in his or her

capacity as a director. The remuneration and other benefits of Group

employees and former employees totalling $100,000 or more during

the year ended 31 March 2025 are included in the relevant bands for

remuneration disclosed in the Remuneration section of this report.

During the year ended 31 March 2025, all directors of subsidiaries were

full-time employees of the Group, with the exception of:

1. Neville Mitchell, who is a director of Fisher & Paykel Healthcare

Employee Share Purchase Trustee Limited

2. Toh Han Nee, who is a director of Highbrook Insurance Company Pte.

Limited (Singapore)

3. Basyirah Anuar, who is a director of Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Malaysia

Sdn. Bhd. (Malaysia)

4. Shanty Putri, who is a director of PT Fisher and Paykel Healthcare

Indonesia (Indonesia).

Neville Mitchell does not receive any remuneration or other benefits for

his role as director of the above subsidiary. Toh Han Nee, Basyirah Anuar

and Shanty Putri also do not receive any remuneration personally for their

respective roles as directors as described above; however, a management

fee is paid to their respective employers (Marsh Singapore Ltd., Zico

Corporate Services Sdn. Bhd and PT TMF Indonesia).

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

PeopleSuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementRemunerationEnvironmentGovernance

77Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Group structure
All subsidiary companies in the Group are ultimately 100% owned by

the company. The Group structure and the persons who held office as

directors of subsidiary companies at 31 March 2025 are detailed below.

EntitiesDirectors

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Limited* (NZ) owns:

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Properties

Limited* (NZ)

Andrea Blackie, Andrew Niccol,

Jonathan Rhodes

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Asia Limited (NZ) owns:

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Asia

Investments Limited (NZ)

Andrea Blackie, Eloise Jones, James Tuck

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Malaysia

Sdn. Bhd.

Basyirah Anuar, Bryan Peterson, James Tuck,

Justin Callahan

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Asia Investments Limited (NZ) owns:

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare India

Private Limited

David Boyle, James Tuck, Prashant Kate

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare K.K. (Japan)Bryan Peterson, James Tuck, Justin Callahan

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Limited

(Hong Kong)

Andrew Niccol, David Boyle, Justin Callahan,

Zhiping Hou

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Supply Chain

Limited (Hong Kong)

Jonathan Rhodes

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Colombo

(Private) Limited (Sri Lanka)

David Boyle, James Tuck, Justin Callahan

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Bangladesh

Limited

David Boyle, James Tuck, Justin Callahan

PT Fisher and Paykel Healthcare IndonesiaBryan Peterson, James Tuck, Justin Callahan,

Shanty Putri

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Medical Device

(Guangzhou) Co., Ltd (China)

Andrew Somervell, Deshitha Edirisuriya,

Lewis Gradon

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Pakistan

(Private) Limited

David Boyle, James Tuck

EntitiesDirectors

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Corporation Limited* owns:

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Limited* (NZ)Andrew Niccol, Andrew Somervell,

James Tuck

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Treasury

Limited* (NZ)

Andrea Blackie, Rachael Bull,

Raelene Leonard

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Employee

Share Purchase Trustee Limited (NZ)

Neville Mitchell, Nicola Talbot, Rachael Bull

Fisher & Paykel Asia Limited (NZ)Andrea Blackie, Eloise Jones, James Tuck

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Americas

Investments Limited (NZ)

Andrea Blackie, Eloise Jones, James Tuck

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Pty. Limited

(Australia)

David Boyle, Graham Gourd, Lewis Gradon,

Paul Shearer

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Limited (UK)Lewis Gradon, Patrick McSweeny,

Paul Shearer, Samuel Frame

Fisher & Paykel Holdings, Inc. (USA)Andrew Niccol, Justin Callahan,

Steven Wilson

Fisher & Paykel do Brasil Ltda (Brazil)Brazilian law does not require directors.

Decision-making authority lies with the

directors of its shareholders.

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare (Guangzhou)

Limited (China)

David Boyle, Lewis Gradon, Paul Shearer,

Zhiping Hou

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Limited

(Canada)

Andrew Niccol, James Tuck, Justin Callahan

Highbrook Insurance Company Pte. Ltd.

(Singapore)

Grant Gillingham, Lyndal York, Toh Han Nee

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare MEA Limited

(NZ)

Andrea Blackie, Eloise Jones, James Tuck

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

PeopleSuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementRemunerationEnvironmentGovernance

78Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

EntitiesDirectors
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Americas Investments Limited (NZ) owns:

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare S.A. de C.V.

(Mexico)

Andrew Niccol, Lyndal York

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Colombia S.A.S. Legal Representatives: Bryan Peterson,

James Tuck

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Mexico S.A. de

C .V.

Bryan Peterson, Justin Callahan, Stuart Grant

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Mexico

Properties S.A. de C.V.

Andrew Niccol, Jonathan Rhodes,

Lyndal York

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Chile SpA No directors. Bryan Peterson and James

Tuck are delegates for the shareholder

of the Company (with the power to act

individually).

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Peru S.A.C.Bryan Peterson, Justin Callahan, Stuart Grant

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Costa Rica,

S.R.L.

Bryan Peterson, Justin Callahan, Stuart Grant

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Limited (UK) owns:

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare SAS (France)Lewis Gradon, Paul Shearer, Philippe Berardi

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare GmbH

(Germany)

Jon Clausen, Justin Callahan,

Patrick McSweeny

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare AB (Sweden)Lewis Gradon, Patrick McSweeny,

Paul Shearer, Philippe Berardi

Fisher Paykel Sağlık Ürünleri Ticaret

Limited Şirketi (Turkey)

Lewis Gradon, Patrick McSweeny,

Paul Shearer

Limited Liability Company Fisher & Paykel

Healthcare (Russia)

Anatoly Filippov, Bryan Peterson,

James Tuck, Stuart Grant

EntitiesDirectors

Fisher & Paykel Holdings, Inc. (USA) owns:

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare, Inc. (USA)Andrew Niccol, Justin Callahan,

Steven Wilson

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare SAS (France) owns:

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Romania S.R.L. Bryan Peterson, James Tuck, Justin Callahan

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare GmbH (Germany) owns:

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare (Czech

Republic) s.r.o.

Bryan Peterson, James Tuck, Justin Callahan

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Poland spółka z

ograniczoną odpowiedzialnością

Bryan Peterson, James Tuck, Justin Callahan

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare MEA Limited (NZ) owns:

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare MEA

Investments Limited (NZ)

Andrea Blackie, Eloise Jones, James Tuck

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare MEA Investments Limited (NZ) owns:

Fisher and Paykel Healthcare Tunisia SARLBryan Peterson, James Tuck, Justin Callahan

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Nigeria LimitedBryan Peterson, James Tuck, Justin Callahan

Fisher and Paykel Healthcare JordanBryan Peterson, James Tuck, Justin Callahan

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Kenya LimitedBryan Peterson, James Tuck, Justin Callahan

*Companies operating under a Negative Pledge Deed

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

PeopleSuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementRemunerationEnvironmentGovernance

79Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Remuneration
Our approach is to attract, reward and

retain high-quality employees who will

help us to achieve our short and long-

term strategic objectives. This depends

in large part upon the remuneration

packages we offer.

This section provides an overview of our

remuneration strategy and governance,

including executive and director

remuneration.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

PeopleSuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceEnvironmentRemuneration

80Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Letter from Lisa McIntyre,
Chair of the People &

Remuneration Committee

At Fisher & Paykel Healthcare, our intention is to have good people who

contribute the most they can over the long term. The fundamentals that

enable us to achieve this include supporting and caring for our people, and

creating a safe, healthy and enjoyable work environment with sustainable

workloads. We are also committed to rewarding our people fairly based

on individual performance and contribution, the size of their role, market

context and the company’s ability to pay.

We operate in a large number of countries, and our remuneration practices

reflect our culture, values and local market conditions. Our employee

remuneration programme consists of a base wage or salary, a discretionary

component providing the potential for an annual profit-sharing payment

based on relevant company performance. In certain countries, additional

benefits may include superannuation, health and life insurance, and

the opportunity to purchase shares and/or receive long-term variable

remuneration in the form of share options, performance share rights or

employee share rights.

Employees receive base remuneration packages that are generally

benchmarked against similar positions in companies of comparable

size and complexity. We use industry remuneration surveys conducted

by external consultants to determine remuneration levels. In general,

remuneration is reviewed annually, and our process supports our intention

to pay our people fairly.

The company delivered strong revenue, operating profit and operating

cashflow performance during the year, which was above the targets set

at the beginning of the financial year. The Committee did not exercise

any discretion when assessing discretionary annual variable remuneration

(DAVR) and long-term variable remuneration (LTVR) outcomes in respect

of the 2025 financial year.

There were no significant changes to our remuneration arrangements

during the 2025 financial year. In the coming year, we will be engaging

with shareholders on our LTVR plans, as we work to ensure that they

remain fit-for-purpose and supportive of our long-term objectives.

Lisa McIntyre

Chair, People & Remuneration Committee

LISA MCINTYRE

Chair, People & Remuneration Committee

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

PeopleSuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceEnvironmentRemuneration

81Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Remuneration governance
The People & Remuneration Committee is responsible for reviewing and

recommending to the Board the company’s approach to remuneration.

This includes overseeing and regulating remuneration matters related

to directors, and reviewing executive management in consultation with

the Chief Executive Officer. The majority of the Committee’s members

are independent and members of the executive management team only

attend Committee meetings upon invitation.

More details on the role and composition of the People & Remuneration

Committee are available on page 70 of this report and in the People &

Remuneration Committee charter, which is available on the company’s

website. A summary of the company’s Remuneration Procedure is also

available on our website: www.fphcare.com.

Executive remuneration

Executive management remuneration packages consist of a combination of

a fixed remuneration package, a discretionary annual variable remuneration

(DAVR) component, a long term variable remuneration (LTVR) component,

and the company-wide profit-sharing payment scheme, as described further

below. Our executive management team remuneration approach ensures

that a significant proportion of total remuneration is variable to align the

executives more closely to the performance of the company. The CEO

remuneration target for the 2025 financial year was 48% fixed remuneration,

28% LTVR and 24% DAVR. The total remuneration earned by executive

management is set out in Note 18 of the financial statements.

Fixed remuneration

All members of executive management receive a fixed remuneration

component based on the scale and complexity of the role, market

relativities and experience, and performance. This also includes any

KiwiSaver or other superannuation contribution.

Variable remuneration

Executive management receive variable remuneration linked to financial

and strategic performance.

Discretionary Annual Variable Remuneration (DAVR)

Discretionary annual variable remuneration (DAVR) is designed to remunerate

executive management relative to the company’s financial performance and

non-financial measures which are the annual implementation of our long-term

plan for sustainable profitable growth. Details of our plan are shown on the right.

Performance

period

Paid annually and aligned with financial year

(1 April 2024 to 31 March 2025)

Measures

Financial (80%)

Weighting

Constant currency operating profit45%

Constant currency revenue25%

Constant currency pre-tax operating cash flow10%

Non-financial (20%)

Measures relating to the strategic direction of the company and

environmental and social responsibility initiatives. Non-financial

measures are shared across all members of the executive management

team as the measures involve collaboration and commitment.

Performance

hurdle

The trigger for considering whether to exercise discretion to make any

payment is 90% achievement of at least one of the financial measures.

Payment

calculation

method

Meeting 100% of each financial and non-financial measure results in

payment of 100% of the DAVR amount.

Each financial measure is assessed independently. If the achievement

of a financial measure is less than 90%, 0% achievement will be applied

for that measure.

If the achievement of a financial measure is greater than 120%, 120%

achievement will be applied for that measure.

The DAVR payment amount is adjusted pro-rata, with each 1% above or

below each financial measure resulting in a 2% increase or decrease in

payment.

Target payments*

Up to 24% of total remuneration for the CEO/Managing Director.

Maximum

payment

The maximum achievable DAVR which may be awarded is 132% of

the target DAVR at 20% or more over achievement of the financial

measures and achievement of all non-financial measures.

Approval

process

The Board (administered through the People & Remuneration Committee)

has the discretion to alter, amend, replace or withdraw the DAVR scheme

at any time without notice (including during a financial year).

The Board also retains the ultimate discretion in assessing and

determining any payments under the scheme. As part of that, the Board

has the right to exercise its discretion not to make any payments or to pay

a reduced amount, regardless of whether the measures have been met.

Termination of

employment

Participants will not be entitled to be considered for a DAVR payment if

they cease to be employed by the Company prior to the end of the DAVR

year and/or in circumstances where they are under notice of termination

of employment when the DAVR award is under consideration or paid.

Should a participant leave the company (e.g. due to death, permanent

disability, redundancy or on medical grounds) before they are due to

be considered for a DAVR award, the Board will have discretion as to

whether to pay any DAVR award.

* In previous years, we have expressed this as a percentage of fixed remuneration. There has been no change to the

methodology for target payments.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

PeopleSuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceEnvironmentRemuneration

82Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Key performance summary
The relative weighting of DAVR measures and the target achieved in 2025 are set out below:

MeasuresWeighting% of Target Achieved

Constant currency operating profit45%

Constant currency revenue25%

Constant currency pre-tax operating cash flow10%

Non-financial measures20%

AchievedNumberMeasure

1Health & safety

1Quality

1Environmental & social responsibility

2Diversity & inclusion

4Long-term sales strategies

3Manufacturing & operational efficiency

1Infrastructure

96% of non-financial measures were achieved for the financial year.

Total

Minimum

90%

Minimum

90%

Minimum

90%

Target

100%

Target

100%

Target

100%

Achieved (105%; $437.0M)

Achieved (101%; $1.93B)

Achieved (119%; $566.4M)

Maximum

120%

Maximum

120%

Maximum

120%

Achieved 108%

Target

100%

Maximum

132%

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

PeopleSuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceEnvironmentRemuneration

83Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Profit-sharing payment
All our employees, including executive management, who have worked

with us for more than six months are eligible to receive a profit-sharing

payment twice per year.

Long Term Variable Remuneration (LTVR)

LTVR components are designed to align executive management with

shareholder interests over the longer term and provide a longer-term

employee retention benefit. The current LTVR plans available to executive

management are described below. Further information on these and other

LTVR plans can be found in the Long Term Variable Remuneration section

of our website: www.fphcare.com.

2022 Share Option Plan – Options vest if the company’s share price on

the NZX has exceeded the “escalated price” at the third anniversary of the

grant date. The escalated price is determined by a representative amount

representing the company’s cost of capital.

2022 Performance Share Rights Plan – PSRs fully vest if the company’s

gross total shareholder return (TSR) exceeds the performance of the Dow

Jones US Select Medical Equipment Total Return Index (DJSMDQT) by 10%

or more at the third anniversary of the grant date of the PSRs.

Employee Share Purchase Plan – Executive management can choose

to participate in this Plan up to the value of $2,000 with a discount of

up to $500, with no interest charged on the loans. The qualifying period

between grant and vesting date is three years.

The rules of the Share Option Plan and Performance Share Rights Plan

were amended in 2022 and executives may retain instruments granted

in 2020 and 2021 under previous versions of the plan rules. Further

information on the previous plan rules can be found in Note 18 of our

financial statements.

Participants in the company’s equity-based remuneration schemes

are not permitted to enter into transactions (whether through the

use of derivatives or otherwise) which limit the economic risk of their

unvested entitlements. For the avoidance of doubt, this does not

prevent participants entering into financial arrangements from being

able to exercise vested entitlements under any company equity-based

remuneration scheme.

Summary of LTVR performance

Performance Share Rights

Met vesting

hurdle in FY25?

Comment

2019 PSRs


From 11 September 2019 to 11 September 2024, our

TSR performance exceeded that of the DJSMDQT, and

PSRs met the vesting hurdle for the third performance

period.

2020 PSRs


From 4 September 2020 to 4 September 2024,

our TSR performance did not exceed that of the

DJSMDQT, and PSRs did not meet the vesting hurdle

for the second performance period.

2021 PSRs


From 1 September 2021 to 1 September 2024, our TSR

performance exceeded that of the DJSMDQT, and

PSRs met the vesting hurdle for the first performance

period.

Share Options

Met vesting

hurdle in FY25?Comment

2020 Options


The five-day volume-weighted average price (VWAP)

for the company’s shares did not exceed the escalated

price at the fourth anniversary of the grant date (4

September 2024) and these options did not meet the

vesting hurdle for the second performance period.

2021 Options


The five-day VWAP for the company’s shares did not

exceed the escalated price at the third anniversary

of the grant date (1 September 2024) and these

options did not meet the vesting hurdle for the first

performance period.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

PeopleSuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceEnvironmentRemuneration

84Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

CEO remuneration arrangements and outcomes
Remuneration structure

The CEO remuneration structure is consistent with the executive management remuneration structure described previously.

CEO remuneration summary

YearFixed remunerationDiscretionary annual variable remuneration (DAVR)

2

Long term variable remuneration (LTVR)Total remuneration

Base salary

(NZD)

Other benefits

1

(NZD)

Earned

(NZD)

Amount earned

as a % of

maximum award

Total cash-based

remuneration

earned (NZD)

Number of

shares issued

upon exercise

Vesting –

% of maximum

3

Market price

upon exercise

(NZD)

Total LTVR

4

(NZD)

Fixed remuneration

+ DAVR earned +

LTVR vested (NZD)

FY251,841,334156,5981,125,00582%3,122,93869,60930%$37.912,638,8135,761,751

FY241,786,930150,297935,05772%2,872,28430,10951%21.98661,6873,533,971

1 Other includes superannuation contributions and life insurance.

2 DAVR represents what was earned for the financial year. DAVR value includes the company-wide profit-sharing payment.

3 Calculated as the number of LTVR instruments that vested and were exercised by the CEO during the relevant performance period, divided by the total number of LTVR instruments held by the CEO that were tested during that performance period.

4 LTVR in the table represents what was earned during the financial year. However, the cost of each LTVR plan is independently measured and accounted for based on the fair value at the date granted. Details of the plans and valuation methodology

are set out in Note 18 to the financial statements.

DAVR achieved in 2025

The DAVR financial targets achieved are set out in the Executive remuneration section on page 82. During the 2025 financial year, the CEO achieved

108% of his DAVR target. The DAVR earned in the 2025 financial year is 20% of total remuneration.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

PeopleSuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceEnvironmentRemuneration

85Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

PSRs granted to the CEO (as at 31 March 2025)
Awarded during the

reporting period

PSRs

lapsed

during the

reporting

period

PSRs vested during the reporting period

Shares issued during the

reporting period

Balance

of PSRs at

31 March

2025Grant name

PSR award

date

Vesting

date

Balance

of PSRs at

31 March

2024

PSRs

awarded

Market

price

at award

PSRs

vested

Market

price

at vesting

date

Vesting

date

Shares

issued

Market

price

at issue

dateIssue date

2024 - PSRs11 Sep 202411 Sep 2027–31,549$37.55–––––––31,549

2023 - PSRs12 Sep 202312 Sep 202649,250–––––––––49,250

2022 - PSRs7 Sep 20227 Sep 202556,749–––––––––56,749

2021 - PSRs1 Sep 2021

1 Sep 2024

to 1 Sep 202625,761–––25,761$35.60

1 Sep

202425,761$37.52

5 Sep

2024–

2020 - PSRs4 Sep 2020

4 Sep 2023

to 4 Sep 202522,178–––––––––22,178

2019 - PSRs11 Sep 2019

11 Sep 2022

to 11 Sep 202443,848–––43,848$37.55

11 Sep

202443,848$38.50

13 Sep

2024–

Share options granted to the CEO (as at 31 March 2025)

Awarded during the

reporting period

Options

lapsed

during the

reporting

period

Share options vested and exercised during

the reporting period

Shares issued during the

reporting period

Balance of

options

at 31 March

2025Grant name

Options

award date

Vesting

date

Balance of

options at

31 March

2024

Options

awarded

Market

price

at award

Share

options

vested and

exercised

Market

price

at vesting

date

Vesting

date

Shares

issued

Market

price

at issue

dateIssue date

2024 - Options11 Sep 202411 Sep 2027–85,480$37.55–––––––85,480

2023 - Options12 Sep 202312 Sep 2026113,177–––––––––113,177

2022 - Options7 Sep 20227 Sep 2025128,771–––––––––128,771

2021 - Options1 Sep 2021

1 Sep 2024

to 1 Sep 202673,633–––––––––73,633

2020 - Options4 Sep 2020

4 Sep 2023

to 4 Sep 202569,931–––––––––69,931

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

PeopleSuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceEnvironmentRemuneration

86Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Severance arrangements
Within a period of two years following a change in control of the company,

and upon either written notice from the CEO or termination of the CEO’s

employment for any reason (excluding serious or repeated misconduct or

demonstrable and prolonged poor performance), the company will pay

to the CEO the sum of one year’s total fixed remuneration in addition to

any other compensation that may be payable to the CEO pursuant to the

terms and conditions of his employment.

Other than in the event of a change of control in the company, there are

no general severance arrangements for the CEO.

CEO/worker ratio

At the balance date, the Chief Executive Officer’s base salary of $1,841,334

was 31 times that of the median global employee remuneration figure

of $59,426. The Chief Executive Officer’s total remuneration (including

LTVR earned, not granted) was 40 times that of the mean employee total

remuneration.

Gender pay equity

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare has been reporting on gender pay equity

since 2017. Gender pay equity is about making sure people are paid fairly

regardless of their gender. We continue to monitor this on a regular basis

across our global locations. For full details on our like-for-like gender pay

gap and overall gender pay gap, refer to page 38 of this report.

Remuneration bands

The tables opposite show the remuneration (inclusive of the value of other

benefits) totalling $100,000 or more received by employees or former

employees in the 2025 financial year. This includes global employees, and

offshore remuneration amounts have been converted into New Zealand

dollars. This does not include the CEO, who is a director of the company.

The tables include salary and wages, profit-sharing payment and

discretionary annual variable remuneration (DAVR) paid during the

2025 financial year. They also include the fair value of long term variable

remuneration (LTVR) as expensed in the period.

Remuneration band

(NZD)

Number of

employees

100,000 – 110,000336

110,001 – 120,000264

120,001 – 130,000252

130,001 – 140,000192

140,001 – 150,000181

150,001 – 160,000140

160,001 – 170,000108

170,001 – 180,000106

180,001 – 190,00069

190,001 – 200,00070

200,001 – 210,00047

210,001 – 220,00038

220,001 – 230,00030

230,001 – 240,00033

240,001 – 250,00034

250,001 – 260,00040

260,001 – 270,00025

270,001 – 280,00022

280,001 – 290,00028

290,001 – 300,00015

300,001 – 310,00023

310,001 – 320,00014

320,001 – 330,00018

330,001 – 340,00013

340,001 – 350,00012

350,001 – 360,0009

360,001 – 370,00012

370,001 – 380,00010

380,001 – 390,0006

390,001 – 400,0006

400,001 – 410,0004

410,001 – 420,0001

420,001 – 430,0007

430,001 – 440,0003

440,001 – 450,0001

Remuneration band

(NZD)

Number of

employees

450,001 – 460,0004

460,001 – 470,0004

470,001 – 480,0005

480,001 – 490,0002

490,001 – 500,0002

500,001 – 510,0001

510,001 – 520,0001

520,001 – 530,0002

530,001 – 540,0002

540,001 – 550,0003

550,001 – 560,0002

570,001 – 580,0002

580,001 – 590,0001

600,001 – 610,0001

610,001 – 620,0002

630,001 – 640,0001

650,001 – 660,0001

680,001 – 690,0001

720,001 – 730,0001

750,001 – 760,0001

760,001 – 770,0002

780,001 – 790,0001

810,001 – 820,0001

820,001 – 830,0001

830,001 – 840,0001

910,001 – 920,0001

930,001 – 940,0001

1,010,001 – 1,020,0001

1,020,001 – 1,030,0001

1,100,001 – 1,110,0001

1,200,001 – 1,210,0001

1,340,001 – 1,350,0001

1,860,001 – 1,870,0001

2,110,001 – 2,120,0001

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

PeopleSuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceEnvironmentRemuneration

87Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Non-executive directors’ remuneration
Remuneration strategy

The People & Remuneration Committee is responsible for establishing and

monitoring remuneration policies and guidelines for directors. This enables us

to attract and retain directors who contribute to the successful governing of

the business and create value for shareholders.

We also take advice from independent consultants and take into account fees

paid to directors of comparable companies in New Zealand and Australia as

part of our assessment of the appropriate level of remuneration of directors.

The maximum total monetary sum payable by the company by way of

directors’ fees is $1,750,000 per annum as approved by shareholders at the

Annual Shareholders’ Meeting which was held in August 2023. Independent

remuneration benchmarking was provided by Mercer. A summary of the

report is available on the company’s website: www.fphcare.com.

Executive directors are not entitled to receive any remuneration solely in their

capacity as directors of the company. Non-executive directors do not take a

portion of their remuneration under an equity security plan; however, directors

may hold shares in the company. Details are set out on page 71 of this

report. It is our policy to encourage directors to acquire shares on-market.

No non-executive director is entitled to receive a retirement payment.

Approved director remuneration

The current non-executive directors’ fees, including a breakdown of

Board fees and Committee fees, are set out in the table below. The table

at the bottom of this page outlines the fees received by non-executive

directors in the 2025 financial year. The fees payable are determined

based on the time commitment and responsibilities of each role.

Fees per annumChair $Member $

Board of Directors340,200151,200

People & Remuneration Committee30,00018,950

Quality, Safety & Regulatory Committee30,00018,950

Audit & Risk Committee37,90018,950

Director remuneration received in the 2025 financial year

Director Board Fees $

People & Remuneration

Committee $

Quality, Safety &

Regulatory Committee $ Audit & Risk Committee $

Overseas Director

Allowance

2

$ Total Remuneration $

Scott St John135,000––––135,000

3

Neville Mitchell258,450– 7,89615,79241,500 323,638

5, 6

Pip Greenwood148,200 18,950 –18,950–186,100

Mark Cross75,600––18,950

1

–94,550

4

Michael Daniell148,20018,950 30,000

1

––197,150

Lisa Mclntyre148,20030,000

1

–18,950 24,000 221,150

5

Graham McLean148,200––18,950 24,000191,150

5

Cather Simpson148,200–18,950 ––167,150

1,210,050 67,900 56,846 91,592 89,500 1,515,888

1 Designates Chair of Committee.

2 Directors based outside New Zealand are paid an allowance associated with attendance at Board and Committee meetings in a different country or time zone and to reflect local pecuniary practices.

3 Scott St John retired from the Board at the conclusion of the annual shareholders’ meeting in August 2024.

4 Mark Cross was appointed to the Board with effect at the beginning of October 2024.

5 Remuneration for Neville Mitchell, Lisa McIntyre, and Graham McLean is set in NZD but paid in AUD at the prevailing exchange rate at the date of payment.

6 Neville Mitchell was appointed Chair of the Board at the conclusion of the annual shareholders’ meeting in August 2024.

During the 2025 financial year, there were no additional fees or benefits earned that do not relate to services as a non-executive director. In addition, non-

executive directors were not issued shares or LTVR instruments as part of their remuneration during the financial year.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

PeopleSuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceEnvironmentRemuneration

88Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Environment
Our intention is to create a positive lasting

impact on society and the environment. We

understand that in the course of improving

patient outcomes, we also have a

responsibility to operate our business

efficiently and responsibly, caring for the

natural environment.

This section outlines some of our

environmental commitments and initiatives

for measuring and improving our

environmental performance.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

PeopleSuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironment

89Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Environmental
commitments

Our commitment and intentions toward the

environment are outlined in our Environmental

& Social Responsibility Policy, which has been

embedded across our business and posted

publicly on our company website. While

improving patient care and outcomes, we

seek to validate and verify our environmental

performance, comply with laws and regulations

relating to environmental responsibility and

operate in a way that contributes to a lasting

positive impact on the environment, enabling a

more sustainable future.

We recognise the overall importance of

biodiversity, water and forests and other natural

ecosystems. In addition to measuring carbon

emissions (as reported in our Climate-related

Disclosures on pages 94-124), we also track

other key environmental metrics, including

waste management, recycling and water usage.

Our environmental commitments and practices

are governed and overseen by our Board, under

the guidance of the Audit & Risk Committee.

Environmental Management

System

Our Environmental Management System

(EMS) is externally audited each year against

the international standard ISO 14001 and is a

key framework in enabling our environmental

sustainability approach across our business

operations. Through the EMS, we integrate

and follow formal processes within our

operations to review and monitor environmental

risks and identify opportunities to improve

our environmental performance. All our

manufacturing sites are ISO 14001 certified, and

we continue to drive efforts toward operating

more efficiently and sustainably.

Biodiversity

Our biodiversity intentions are outlined in our

Ecosystems: Biodiversity Procedure. They

include identifying pathways to achieve a net

positive impact on biodiversity, minimising

the conversion of natural ecosystems, and

promoting restoration and maintenance of

natural ecosystems in our direct operations.

In New Zealand, we have begun restoring

waterways at our Karaka site to improve water

quality and hydrology, support the migration

of culturally significant native fish, increase

biodiversity and build resilience to climate

change. We also engage with community

stakeholders at our East Tāmaki and Karaka

campuses, educate our people about

biodiversity and develop our frameworks to

assess biodiversity risks and opportunities.

Our Biodiversity, Forests and Water Procedures

are available on our website: www.fphcare.com.

Employee Chelsea Johnson and

her family supporting a biodiversity

initiative in New Zealand.

Forests

Our intentions related to forests are outlined

in our Ecosystems: Forests Procedure. We

support responsible forest management, both

environmentally and socially, by adopting

traceability standards for the forest commodities

we use in our operations.

We promote sustainable sourcing and

consumption of forest risk commodities through

eco-efficiency and support for a transition to

a paperless society. We also use wood fibre

products approved by the Forest Stewardship

Council for our shipping boxes. In the course

of doing business, we document and monitor

potential business impacts on forests and other

natural ecosystems. Furthermore, we engage

stakeholders and create awareness of forest

risks and opportunities along our value chain.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

PeopleSuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironment

90Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Water
Our water-related intentions are outlined in our Ecosystems: Water

Procedure. We promote water efficiency in our company operations,

including the design and manufacture of products. Across our New Zealand

and Mexico sites, we apply good water stewardship practices, such as

rainwater harvesting, closed-loop water systems and water recycling. For

our operations in Tijuana, Mexico, we have assigned specific responsibilities

for water efficiency, recognising that this is a water-scarce region.

Each year we measure and report metrics on our water usage, so that we

can identify ways to improve our performance. Of our total water use, our

New Zealand campus accounted for 66%, our Mexico campus accounted

for 31%, and our global sites accounted for the remainder.

WaterFY2023FY2024FY2025

Water usage (cubic metres)133,517136,923129,586

Recycling

Each year we measure and report metrics on waste diverted from landfills

so that we can understand the efficiency of our recycling programmes.

Waste and recyclingFY2023FY2024FY2025

Global waste diverted to landfill (tonnes)1,7271,3481,694

NZ recycling efficiency

(% waste diverted from landfill)

62%59%53%

Global recycling efficiency

(% waste diverted from landfill)

54%53%53%

CDP scores

We report on key performance metrics and disclose our ratings in CDP’s

Climate, Supplier Engagement Assessment (which is a subset of Climate),

Water and Forests programmes. Below are our CDP ratings for the last

three financial years.

CDP programmeFY2023FY2024FY2025

ClimateA-BB

– Supplier Engagement AssessmentBB-–*

WaterCBB-

ForestsCCC

* As at the date of this report, CDP has not released our Supplier Engagement Assessment score (formerly known as

Supplier Engagement Rating).

Maintaining our water recycling plant in Tijuana, Mexico.

Memberships

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare is a member of

the Sustainable Business Network, which is

New Zealand’s largest and longest-standing

sustainable business organisation. The

network aims to enable change in the areas

of climate, waste and nature.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

PeopleSuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironment

91Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Promoting sustainability
Our volunteer-led Green Team includes hundreds

of employees committed to encouraging

environmental sustainability in New Zealand.

During the 2025 financial year, the Green Team organised the

annual Sustainable Transport Showcase, held our second Planting

Day at the Karaka campus and hosted a Makerspace Repair

Café event, which extended the life of 24 items and diverted

58 kilograms of waste from landfills.

A Makerspace member fixing a food mixer at the Repair Café event in New Zealand.

The China team after their clean-up activity in Guangzhou.

The Green Team also celebrated its annual Green Award and recognised

employee James Milne for his long-standing dedication to giving items a

new life instead of sending them to landfills. Additionally, we welcomed

Dr. Elspeth MacRae, a world-leading bioeconomy expert and member

of our Ecodesign Advisory Board, to speak about emerging trends in

ecodesign.

Our manufacturing team in China undertook a litter clean-up at Jingxia

village, a popular tourist destination in Guangzhou.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

PeopleSuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironment

92Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Annual Planting Day
at Karaka campus

More than 60 employees and their

families dug deep in September 2024

to safeguard the environment at our

future campus in Karaka, New Zealand.

Accompanied by members of the

Karaka planning team and mana whenua

(recognised Māori tribal groups in

Auckland), the green-minded group

planted 1,000 trees across 20 native

species. Designed to restore the health

of land along the Oiroa Stream at the

site, the additional trees will also provide

food and shelter for local wildlife species

including insects, bats, fish, reptiles

and birds.

Ecodesign Expo

In June 2024, we held our annual

Ecodesign Expo in New Zealand where

employees shared their innovations in

embedding sustainability into product

and packaging design with members

of our Board, executive team and our

people. The impressive range of initiatives

showcased ways of reducing carbon

emissions, healthcare waste and costs

across the full life cycle of our products

and packaging.

This year’s displays included recyclable

packaging and labelling, packaging

optimisation and reduction in production

waste.

We also awarded the Ecodesign Trophy

to the OSA Marketing and Informatics

teams for their myMask selection sizing

app, which reduces the number of mask

refits, cushions, packaging and sizing

tools that would otherwise end up in

landfill.

Employees and their families helping to restore the

Oiroa stream at our Karaka campus in New Zealand.

Ecodesign Advisory

Board

We have appointed an external Ecodesign

Advisory Board made up of four independent

subject matter experts to provide external

guidance and support on environmental

sustainability initiatives.

During the 2025 financial year, the Board

provided guidance on our carbon reduction

initiatives and mentored key team members.

Andrew Somervell, VP – Products & Technology (left) with

the winners of the 2024 Ecodesign Trophy.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

PeopleSuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironment

93Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

DAVID TRUBRIDGE

Globally renowned

Ecodesign practitioner

DR ELSPETH MACRAE

Leading global

bio-economy expert

DR ANN SMITH

Leading global

carbon expert

DR DAVID GALLER

Leading sustainability

medical practitioner

CLIMATE-
RELATED

DISCLOSURES

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementStrategyMetrics and targetsGreenhouse gas emissions

94Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

About our disclosures
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Corporation Limited is a climate-reporting

entity under the Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013. We have been

measuring our greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions since 2012 and have been

reporting against the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures

(TCFD) in our annual reports since 2020. This is our second set of climate-

related disclosures under the External Reporting Board’s (XRB) Aotearoa

New Zealand Climate Standards (NZCS). The disclosures cover the period

of 1 April 2024 to 31 March 2025 and include Fisher & Paykel Healthcare

Corporation Limited and its subsidiaries.

These climate-related disclosures continue to integrate the

recommendations of the TCFD and comply with NZCS, applying Adoption

Provision 2: Anticipated Financial Impacts (paragraphs 12-14 of NZCS 2)

which provides an exemption in the first and second NZCS reporting

periods from the requirements to disclose the anticipated financial impacts

of climate-related risks and opportunities, a description of the time

horizons over which the anticipated financial impacts could reasonably be

expected to occur, and (if relevant) an explanation as to why quantitative

information cannot be disclosed.

The principles outlined in climate-related disclosures should not be

considered a prediction of future financial or non-financial performance.

These statements are subject to a range of known and unknown risks,

uncertainties and assumptions, many of which lie outside of our control.

Our climate scenarios were developed based on current assumptions and

projections using information available at the time of development. There

is inherent uncertainty within each scenario – they are not intended to

provide a complete or accurate forecast of future events. The climate risks

and opportunities identified may not eventuate and, if they do, the actual

impacts and consequences are likely to be significantly different to what is

set out in this report.

As part of our commitment to creating a positive

lasting impact on society and the environment, we

recognise the need to mitigate and adapt to a

changing climate both now and in the decades to

come. Embedded into our global Environmental &

Social Responsibility Policy is our commitment to

innovate to enable a more sustainable future, and

the knowledge that our actions today impact

future generations.

These climate-related disclosures are representative

of a large body of work occurring across the

business to identify, consider and assess climate-

related risks and opportunities, and integrate them

within our broader risk management framework and

strategic business planning. We see the disclosure

process as an iterative one, whereby we commit to

improving our breadth and depth of detail over

future reporting periods.

These climate-related disclosures have been approved by the

Board and are signed on behalf of Fisher & Paykel Healthcare

Corporation Limited by Neville Mitchell, Board Chair, and

Mark Cross, Chair of the Audit & Risk Committee.


Neville Mitchell Mark Cross

Board Chair Chair, Audit & Risk Committee

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

GovernanceRisk managementStrategyMetrics and targetsGreenhouse gas emissionsAbout our disclosures

95Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Governance
Board oversight of climate-related risks and

opportunities

The Board is responsible for providing overall governance and oversight of

the company’s environmental and social responsibility practices, including

ultimate responsibility for our strategic direction and consideration of the

risks and opportunities presented by climate change.

The Audit & Risk Committee supports the Board in providing governance

oversight of climate-related risks and opportunities. The Audit &

Risk Committee reviews the company’s environmental and social risk

management framework and record of performance on these matters,

along with any proposed actions based on the record of performance.

This includes monitoring and overseeing the annual GHG emissions

assurance processes, potential emission reduction pathways, sustainability

targets and our group-wide macro risk analysis. The Audit & Risk

Committee also oversees the climate-related disclosures programme and

recommends the climate-related disclosures to the Board for approval.

The Audit & Risk Committee is briefed on environmental sustainability

issues by the executive management team and the Head of Sustainability

& Environmental Innovation throughout the year. This includes

performance against our Environmental Management System, which

includes climate-related risks and progress toward our science-based

targets and other environmental sustainability targets and metrics.

The Audit & Risk Committee meets at least four times per year and

environmental sustainability is a standing item on the agenda at each

meeting. The Board is updated on the Audit & Risk Committee’s

proceedings following each Audit & Risk Committee meeting.

The Board is also briefed on environmental sustainability issues by

the executive management team throughout the year. The Vice President

– Network Design, Facilities, Infrastructure & Sustainability reports to

the Board at each meeting in relation to environmental sustainability

matters, and the General Manager – Group Risk Advisory reports to the

Board at each meeting in relation to group-wide risk matters. Additional

reporting to the Board is undertaken as required. The Board meets eight

times per year.

Our long-term business plan, which assesses our business model, global

operations and strategy across a 15-year period, is reviewed annually.

Climate-related risks and opportunities are considered as part of our long-

term planning. In addition, our annual business plans include environmental

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

About our disclosuresRisk managementStrategyMetrics and targetsGreenhouse gas emissionsGovernance

96Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Board

Responsible for governance and oversight of

environmental and social responsibility practices.

Audit & Risk Committee

Monitors performance and compliance against our environmental and social risk

management framework, including progress to meet sustainability targets.

Executive Management Team

Responsible for identifying, assessing and managing climate-related risks

and opportunities. Accountable for embedding environmental and

social responsibility initiatives within business plans.

Carbon Committee

Provides strategic direction to the business on carbon issues.

Reviews performance and progress towards our environmental sustainability initiative

s.

Ecodesign Advisory Board

Provides external guidance and support on environmental sustainability

and Ecodesign initiatives.

Business Units

Integrates sustainability initiatives into

the business and manages climate-

related risks.

Risk Advisory

Facilitates the business to make informed

decisions in relation to climate-related

risks.

Climate Working Group

Supports the integration of

climate-related risk and opportunity

analysis within the business.

Sustainability Team

Shapes environmental sustainability

strategy and manages our environmental

management system.

wider Board for progress on environmental and social responsibility
initiatives. Further details relating to the executive management team

can be found on pages 28-30.

The Carbon Committee serves as a steering group for carbon-related

matters within the business. It comprises the Chief Executive Officer,

Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Vice President –

Corporate, Vice President – Network Design, Facilities, Infrastructure &

Sustainability, and Vice President – Products & Technology. The Carbon

Committee meets at least once each quarter with the Sustainability

team, providing direction on the company’s emissions reduction

programme, including implementation of sustainability initiatives aligned

with business strategy and long-term planning, in addition to monitoring

progress towards sustainability targets.

Business units

Business units are responsible for day-to-day management of climate-

related risks and implementing sustainability strategies which are aligned

with the Board-approved annual business and long-term plans.

Our Sustainability team shapes our environmental strategy, policy

development and long-term planning, and is responsible for the

performance of our global Environmental Management System,

which includes climate-related risks. The team is led by our Head of

Sustainability & Environmental Innovation who reports to the Vice

President – Network Design, Facilities, Infrastructure & Sustainability.

The team plays a fundamental role in creating awareness, educating

and working with the business on sustainability initiatives, including

identifying and managing risks and opportunities.

Our Risk Advisory team supports the business to make informed

decisions using a range of risk management techniques to identify,

analyse and prioritise uncertainty. The team is led by the General

Manager – Group Risk Advisory who reports to the Chief Financial

Officer. For more detail on the company’s overall approach to risk

management, refer to pages 60-63 of the annual report.

The Climate Working Group supports the business to identify, assess

and manage climate-related risks and opportunities through scenario

analysis and implementation of our transition planning framework. This

working group is responsible for preparing climate-related disclosures

and reports to the Carbon Committee.

objectives. The Board reviews and approves our annual business plans

and the long-term plan on an annual basis.

Directors’ climate capabilities and understanding

The Board draws upon expertise from the executive management team,

the Sustainability team and other subject matter experts within the

business, which informs their understanding of climate change and its

impacts on our business and operations. The Board attends our annual

Ecodesign Expo, where teams from around the business showcase

how they are embedding sustainability considerations into the product

design process.

The directors also obtain insight and education from external experts

and gain experience through their involvement in other businesses

and industries, and in governance roles on other boards. A number of

directors are members of Chapter Zero, a governance group hosted by

the Institute of Directors. This is the New Zealand chapter of the global

Climate Governance Initiative which was established to support World

Economic Forum’s Climate Governance Principles for boards of directors.

Chapter Zero provides directors with climate awareness and skills, so

they can bring climate considerations to the fore of boards’ decision-

making processes.

Further details relating to the Board and the Audit & Risk Committee,

including the Board’s background, skills and experience can be found in

the Governance section of the annual report from page 67.

Management’s role in assessing and managing

climate-related risks and opportunities

Executive management team

The Board assigns the management of climate-related risks and

opportunities to the executive management team. Members of the

executive team are responsible for implementing the Environmental &

Social Responsibility Policy and for identifying, assessing and managing

climate-related risks and opportunities. Each Audit & Risk Committee

meeting is attended by the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial

Officer, Vice President – Corporate, General Counsel & Company

Secretary and the General Manager – Group Risk Advisory. Other

members of the executive management team and subject matter experts

attend as required. The executive management team also reports to the

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

About our disclosuresRisk managementStrategyMetrics and targetsGreenhouse gas emissionsGovernance

97Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Risk management
Our process for managing climate-related risks

The purpose of our risk management process is to identify, analyse and

prioritise uncertainty to improve the quality of decisions we make. We

identify and assess climate-related risks as part of our overall sustainability

strategy and risk management framework, both of which are reviewed by

the Board, the Audit & Risk Committee and the executive management

team annually. Climate-related risks have been considered a key area of

risk to our business, and we have prepared voluntary disclosures, aligned

with the recommendations of the TCFD, as part of the annual report

since 2020.

Each year we improve the process to identify, assess and manage climate-

related risks and opportunities. As part of our annual process:

• We identify physical and transitional climate-related risks, considering

the timeframe over which the risks may eventuate, and assess their size

and impact on our business.

• We document, score and manage climate-related risks through our ISO

14001 Environmental Management System process.

• We perform scenario analysis, as appropriate. Refer to ‘Scenario

analysis process’ at page 100 for further details.

• Our business units and wider executive management team assess and

review climate-related risks. We do not prioritise climate-related risks

independently from other material business risks.

We also rely on input from external stakeholders through our materiality

assessment, which specifically includes climate-related business risk. For

further details on the materiality assessment, refer to pages 20-21 of the

annual report.

We continue to build our capability in aligning our climate-related risk

management processes and scenario analyses with strategic business

planning cycles.

Integration within the wider business

Business units are responsible for:

• day-to-day management of climate-related risks

• identifying metrics to monitor the risks

• identifying actions to mitigate the risks

• implementing sustainability strategies which are aligned with the

Board-approved annual business and long-term plans.

The climate-related identification and assessment processes described

above feed into and inform how we work to mitigate and adapt to climate

change. For further information, refer to ‘Developing a climate-resilient

business model’ section of these climate-related disclosures at page 116.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

About our disclosuresGovernanceStrategyMetrics and targetsGreenhouse gas emissionsRisk management

98Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Strategy
Long-term thinking is at the core of our sustainable, profitable growth

model. It can take many years to bring a new healthcare product to market

and achieve changes in clinical practice – this necessitates foresight,

discipline and careful planning.

This is evidenced across the business, in how we continuously strive to

improve our products, invest in R&D, scale our infrastructure and global

operations, and collaborate with partners. Our focus on the long term is

also reflected in our intention to create a positive lasting impact on society

and the environment. These elements are highlighted in our business

model and strategy. For more details on our business model, refer to

page 19 of the annual report titled ‘How we deliver value’.

The scenario analysis process on pages 100-102 provides details on the

development of our climate scenarios and the rationale for their selection.

Current climate-related impacts

During the 2025 financial year, climate change impacted our

business in the following ways.

Transitional impacts

We continued to assess future climate-related reporting in

markets where we operate in addition to complying with our

obligations under the NZCS.

We have responded to the increasing interest in our sustainability

initiatives and carbon footprint from global customers. As

required by the National Health Service (NHS) in the United

Kingdom, our UK business has made a net zero by 2050

commitment in respect of its in-market Scope 1, 2 and 3

emissions.

Physical impacts

We have begun to see minor supply chain disruption due to

adverse weather events. In March 2025, a cyclone in Taiwan

caused a two-day delay for air freight, the impact was

absorbed as part of our business continuity planning.

These impacts are not considered to have a current material

financial impact or expose the business to material climate-related

vulnerabilities.

This section does not include work done to implement our

transition plan. For information on our transition plan, refer to

‘Developing a climate-resilient business model’ on pages 116-119.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsGreenhouse gas emissionsStrategy

99Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Stakeholder engagement
Scenario analysis process

During the 2024 financial year, we established our scenario analysis

process, which was a stand-alone process to identify climate-related

risks and opportunities and did not form part of our existing risk

management processes.

The core purpose of our scenario analysis was to consider the key

questions of “How could climate change plausibly affect our business

model and strategy?” and “What should we do and when?”.

The answers to these questions will inform the incorporation of future,

plausible climate risks and opportunities into our strategic business

planning.

During the 2025 financial year, we reviewed our climate scenarios,

narratives and scenario workshop analysis to assess whether updates

were required. We determined that the analysis from 2024 remained

relevant for the 2025 financial year. We also refined our understanding

and approach to quantify the financial impacts of climate-related risks

and opportunities, and engaged with R&D, supply chain, infrastructure

and network design teams to build awareness and visibility of the

climate-related scenario analysis.

Our scenario analysis process is described on the following

pages100-102.

The key stakeholders and cross-functional teams that support our

climate scenario analysis process:

• The Climate Working Group was formed to develop a climate-

related disclosure programme to enable the business to comply

with the NZCS. The group comprised members from Sustainability,

Risk Advisory, Corporate Affairs and Finance teams. Other subject

matter experts from within the business were identified to provide

input into the analysis.

• The Carbon Committee provides oversight of the climate-related

disclosures programme and participated in the scenario analysis

workshops, along with additional senior leaders.

• The Audit & Risk Committee review and approve the climate-

related disclosures programme and provide recommendations to

the Board.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsGreenhouse gas emissionsStrategy

100Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

As a medical device and technology company with an extensive global
footprint (deriving 99% of revenue outside of New Zealand), we did not

consider that there was a suitable sector-wide scenario analysis to draw

upon. We developed our own climate scenarios for the analysis, taking the

following steps.

Scenario selection. We chose three Shared Socioeconomic Pathways

(SSPs) scenarios as a means of testing and challenging the resilience of

our business model across a range of plausible climate futures:

• Outpatient scenario reflects emissions reduction and decarbonisation

occurring at a manageable, non-critical state and relates to SSP1. This

assumes the world achieves net zero by 2050 and reaches the stated

goal of the Paris Agreement: a 1.5°C temperature rise above pre-

industrial levels. The global response is coordinated, orderly and focused

on mitigating the impact of climate change. The Outpatient scenario

aligns with the mandated NZCS scenarios and tests how we would

respond in a rapidly decarbonising and transitioning landscape.

• Emergency Department scenario reflects emissions reduction and

decarbonisation needing critical attention and relates to SSP2. This

assumes net zero is unattainable by 2050 as emissions persist past

current levels. The world follows a path in which social, economic and

technological trends do not shift markedly from historical patterns,

resulting in a 2.7°C warming scenario by 2100. The Emergency

Department scenario was selected as we consider this scenario suitably

challenges our business model, given the effects of variable customer

preferences and the impact on market access.

• High Dependency Unit scenario reflects a deteriorating state of the

environment and climate and relates to SSP3. Emissions approximately

double from current levels by the end of the century, resulting in a 3.6°C

rise in global temperature. Global cooperation efforts falter and self-

interested actions prevail. Climate change cannot be mitigated globally

and there is limited ability to adapt. The High Dependency Unit scenario

was selected due to the significant increase in physical impacts of

climate change, and the significant challenges to a global business given

protectionist behaviours and a shift towards deglobalisation.

Scenario definitions. Using the three SSPs outlined in ‘Scenario selection’,

the time horizons, key temperature outcomes and socio-economic features

of each scenario were identified.

Physical risk mapping. Using mapping tools, the possible physical climate

impacts on all our owned infrastructure, key leased sites and certain

strategic supplier sites out to 2100 for each scenario were analysed. The

following types of climate impacts were assessed: sea level rise, coastal

flooding, extreme precipitation, total precipitation, surface temperature

and wind speed.

Healthcare and population modelling. Using insights from our proprietary

healthcare modelling and insights from global population data, we

estimated patient cohort size and associated medical capacity required

for a range of respiratory conditions in each scenario. Population models

helped gauge the drivers of population growth (i.e. developed world vs.

developing world), while forecasts for healthcare expenditure were also

used to offer a view of the healthcare system’s capacity in these scenarios.

Identification of driving forces. Key factors within our value chain which

influence climate-related risks and opportunities were identified. This

included a high-level understanding of features such as demographics,

economic conditions, energy supply, technological advancements,

regulatory landscape, customer/market dynamics, and population health

and wellbeing. These driving forces were then assessed against R&D,

supply chain, manufacturing and sales operations, market access and

ability to operate, in order to identify where their impact and influence

would most meaningfully occur.

Scenario narratives. We prepared scenario narratives to provide a

compelling illustration of how different temperature outcomes and

pathways would affect our strategy and business model in plausible future

states. We used a number of quantitative and qualitative sources to guide

the drafting of each scenario

1

. Excerpts from each narrative are included

on the following pages.

1 Data sources to construct scenarios. A number of quantitative and qualitative sources were used, including: The International Institute for Applied Systems Analysis’ (IIASA) SSP Database, Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development

(OECD) GDP projections, OECD forecasts for healthcare expenditure, IPCC Working Group I (WGI) Interactive Atlas, Climate Central’s Surging Seas sea-level analysis tool, the IPCC’s Sixth Assessment Report (AR6), Brian O’Neill’s article ‘The roads

ahead: narratives for shared socioeconomic pathways describing world futures in the 21st pathway’ published in Global Environment Change, February 2015, The International Energy Agency (IEA) transition scenarios: the Stated Policies Scenario

and Net Zero Emissions by 2050, carbon price modelling from external consultants and the IEA, and proprietary healthcare market demand modelling.

Scenario development

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsGreenhouse gas emissionsStrategy

101Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

CONTINUOUS IMPROVEMENT
Workshop sessions. Workshops were held with the Carbon Committee

and additional senior leaders for each of our climate scenarios. During

the workshops, our business model and strategy were analysed for

resilience to climate-related risks and opportunities.

Board engagement. Following the workshops, the directors attended a

walk-through briefing in our workshop room during the February 2024

Board meeting. An overview of the scenario analysis process and a sample

of workshop inputs and outputs were provided. Directors were able to

build on their understanding of the data, assumptions and parameters

in each scenario, and question the assumptions. During 2025, we briefed

our newly appointed director and Chair of the Audit & Risk Committee

on our scenario development process, workshop outputs and analysis.

Evaluation session. Following consolidation of the workshop outputs,

the working group reported back to the workshop attendees to attain

consensus on the key risks and opportunities identified under each

scenario in order to feed these into our broader risk management

framework and transition planning activities. The working group

subsequently reported back to the Audit & Risk Committee.

Key improvements identified for subsequent reporting periods

include:

• Financial impact analysis to support risk and opportunity

analysis and quantification of anticipated financial impacts for

our next reporting period.

• Improving the breadth and depth of the data, including

healthcare data, expanding the risk modelling and categories of

physical risk modelling, and understanding vulnerabilities in third

party distribution (freight/shipping) infrastructure.

• Continue engaging with a broader range of people within the

business.

• Improving our ability to understand the climate-related risks of

our suppliers and customers, which is currently limited by the

availability of their own data and information.

• Integrating climate-related risk management processes and the

climate scenario analysis with strategic business planning cycles.

Scenario analysis and evaluation

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsGreenhouse gas emissionsStrategy

102Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Scenario 1: Outpatient
In the Outpatient scenario, rapid climate action sees the world achieve net zero by 2050 and reach the stated Paris Agreement goal – a 1.5°C degree

temperature increase above pre-industrial levels. Shared Socioeconomic Pathway 1 (SSP1) is known as ‘Sustainability – Taking the Green Road’, due to

low challenges of mitigation and adaption. This has been selected as a plausible scenario to test how we would respond in a rapidly decarbonising and

transitioning landscape.

OverviewKey featuresNarrative (excerpt)

1.5°C

Global temperature

increase peaks at 1.5°C

by the year 2050, before

settling to 1.4°C in 2100.

6.9B

Global population in

2100.

2.2%

OECD GDP growth to

2100 (CAGR), compared

with a historical (prior

50 years) growth rate of

2.5%.

Climate & Weather

There is a continuation of acute weather events globally, with sea level rise and

coastal flooding presenting the most impactful challenges in certain regions.

Demographics & Economy

Global population climbs 6.4% by 2040, before marking an overall decline of 12%

by 2100. The aged population cohort rises from a baseline of ~10% to ~45% in 2100.

Low- and medium-income countries experience high GDP growth, while high-

income countries see moderate growth. GDP growth (CAGR) for OECD nations is

3.9% in 2040 (from a 2020 baseline), slowing to 2.2% on a 2100 timescale.

Energy

The majority of electricity is generated from renewable sources, with fossil fuels

becoming expensive to use.

Technology

There is a concerted global effort to implement ‘green’ technology into the value

chain, with a significant focus placed on energy efficiency, reusability, and bio-

based raw materials.

Regulation & Policy

There is effective international cooperation. High levels of regulation are imposed,

such as carbon pricing and taxes, carbon reduction disclosure mandates, and

climate-resilient infrastructure requirements.

Market Conditions

There is elevated and sustained pressure from customers and investors upon

businesses to mitigate the impacts of climate change.

Health & Wellbeing

There are high levels of investment in healthcare relative to 2024 levels.

• The political momentum for a course correction builds,

aided by effective international cooperation and a

heightened sense of urgency.

• Participation in New Zealand’s Emissions Trading Scheme

(ETS) becomes mandatory over time, encompassing fuel

used, purchased electricity and landfill/waste disposal costs

at the East Tāmaki and Karaka sites.

• OECD countries adopt similar emissions trading schemes,

and the price of carbon units rises steadily in these markets.

• A carbon credit scheme for all global shipping lanes is

introduced, which forwarders and shipping lines pass

through to their customers.

• The European Union proceeds with the introduction of its

Carbon Border Adjustment Mechanism (CBAM).

• To compete in tenders, there is an increased need for

energy-efficient hardware, reusables, bio-based raw

materials, recycled packaging, take-back/recycling

programs and life cycle assessments across our product

range.

• All of our future infrastructure projects are subject to

stringent climate-resilience requirements.

• There is continued growth in global population out to 2040,

before declining out to 2100. There is a significant increase

in the aged population cohort.

• A 1.5°C warming scenario, and the associated worsening

in environmental and atmospheric conditions, leads to an

increase in the incidence and prevalence of respiratory

conditions from a 2020 baseline.

Climate scenarios and narratives

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsGreenhouse gas emissionsStrategy

103Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Scenario 2: Emergency Department
In the emergency department scenario, a disorderly transition makes net zero unattainable by 2050 as emissions rise above current levels, resulting in

temperature increase by 2.7°C from pre-industrial temperature by 2100. Shared Socioeconomic Pathway 2 (SSP2) is described as ‘Middle of the Road’,

due to medium challenges to mitigation and adaption. This has been selected as a plausible scenario to challenge our business model, given the effects

of variable customer preferences and the impact on market access.

OverviewKey featuresNarrative (excerpt)

2.7°C

Global temperature

increase by the year

2100.

9.0B

Global population in

2100.

2.1%

OECD GDP growth to

2100 (CAGR), compared

with a historical (prior

50 years) growth rate of

2.5%.

Climate & Weather

There is a meaningful increase in acute and chronic weather events globally,

with sea level rise, coastal flooding and increases in surface temperature

presenting significant challenges in many regions.

Demographics & Economy

Global population climbs 12.3% by 2040 and arrives at an overall increase of

15% by 2100. The aged population cohort rises from a baseline of ~10% to ~30%

in 2100. There is uneven GDP growth across the board. GDP growth (CAGR) for

OECD nations is 3.0% in 2040 (from a 2020 baseline), slowing to 2.1% on a 2100

timescale.

Energy

There is some investment in renewables but a continued reliance on fossil fuels.

Technology

There is an uneven development of technology, with the level of innovation and

intent varying greatly depending on the market.

Regulation & Policy

There is relatively weak international cooperation - government intervention is

delayed and uneven. There is varying application of carbon pricing and taxes.

Market Conditions

There is inconsistent pressure from customers and investors to mitigate climate

change, and expectation levels vary depending on the region and/or country.

Health & Wellbeing

There is a medium level of investment in healthcare relative to 2024 levels.

• The world’s progress towards its climate goals is uneven, with

limited additional progress beyond today’s policy framework

both here in New Zealand and internationally.

• Rather than achieving global consensus on mitigation, there

are varying expectations in different regions, with some

markets pursuing carbon reduction while others lag. This

makes it challenging for us to cater to the range of markets

while remaining competitive.

• On the whole, there is a hesitancy among customers and

healthcare systems to carry the added cost of carbon-friendly

products.

• We see meaningful disruption at our global sites. Coastal

flooding and sea level rise make for extremely challenging

operating conditions at certain owned and leased warehouse

facilities in Asia in the coming decade, while surface

temperature increases in Tijuana, Mexico have a significant

flow-on effect to energy costs and associated carbon

intensity.

• Support from suppliers on our sustainability targets is mixed

depending on their broader customer base and which regions

they service. This results in the bifurcation of our supply chain,

where some suppliers are unable to meet the standards for

those end markets with stringent requirements (i.e. Europe).

• There is accelerated growth in global population out to 2040,

and then population growth slows.

• A 2.7°C warming scenario, and the associated worsening

in environmental and atmospheric conditions, leads to a

meaningful increase in the incidence and prevalence of

respiratory conditions from a 2020 baseline.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsGreenhouse gas emissionsStrategy

104Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Scenario 3: High-Dependency Unit
In the high-dependency unit scenario, global cooperation efforts falter and self-interest actions prevail. This leads to emissions approximately doubling,

resulting in a 3.6°C increase in global temperature and significant climate and weather impacts. Shared Socioeconomic Pathway 3 (SSP3) is described as

‘Regional Rivalry – a Rocky Road’, due to high challenges of mitigation and adaption. This has been selected as a plausible scenario to test how we would

respond in a highly volatile and physically impacted world.

OverviewKey featuresNarrative (excerpt)

3.6°C

Global temperature

increase in 2100.

12.6B

Global population in

2100.

1.3%

OECD GDP growth to

2100 (CAGR), compared

with a historical (prior

50 years) growth rate of

2.5%.

Climate & Weather

There is a significant increase in acute and chronic weather events globally,

with sea level rise, coastal flooding, increases in surface temperature and wind

speed presenting significant challenges in most regions.

Demographics & Economy

Global population surges 61% by 2100, with rapid growth in developing

countries. There is slow GDP growth across the board.

Energy

Fossil fuels become difficult to source due to nationalistic and protectionist

action from governments. Electricity grids are disrupted amid a lack of suitable

alternatives.

Technology

There is slow technological progress and innovation and constrained budgets

fuels demand for commodity goods. Protectionism results in nations competing

to secure access to technology.

Regulation & Policy

There is weak, uneven international cooperation as traditional institutions falter.

Nation states adopt protectionist policies to preserve domestic resources.

Market Conditions

There are different levels of demand and funding by region and country,

though on the whole there is limited focus on carbon reduction. Economic

development is slow, and consumption is material-intensive.

Health & Wellbeing

There is a low level of investment in healthcare (relative to 2024 levels) amid

constrained budgets and competing priorities for expenditure.

• Global efforts to address climate change are derailed by

nationalistic and protectionist actions. Competition intensifies

as resources are depleted and climate impacts worsen –

nations turn inward and prioritise regional issues.

• Climate regulatory frameworks falter and there is a lack of

consensus on how to proceed. Alliances and trade blocs

deepen.

• This tension impacts the cost of goods and services. There

are significant increases in fossil fuel costs amid a lack of

alternatives and as oil reserves are depleted. This drives up the

cost of shipping, energy, and the sourcing of resins and other

raw materials critical to our production.

• We see significant disruption at our global sites. Average wind

speed increases across much of our network, including at

our East Tāmaki campus in New Zealand and our distribution

sites in Western Europe. Coastal flooding and sea level rise

presents challenges for certain leased sites in Asia, as does

an increase in surface temperature in Mexico. Global shipping

routes are congested as the Panama Canal experiences

drought conditions each year, significantly reducing the

number of passages each year.

• Nations and regions compete to secure access to medical

devices and technology. Patent enforcement becomes

increasingly difficult in this environment.

• There is significant population growth on both a 2040 and

2100 timescale, with a particular growth surge in developing

nations.

• A 3.6°C warming scenario, and the associated worsening

in environmental and atmospheric conditions, leads to

a significant increase in the incidence and prevalence of

respiratory conditions from a 2020 baseline.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsGreenhouse gas emissionsStrategy

105Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Definitions
In identifying risks and opportunities, we acknowledge and adopt the definitions

used by the XRB in NZCS 1:

Physical risks: Risks related to the physical impacts of climate change. Physical

risks emanating from climate change can be event-driven (acute), such as

increased severity of extreme weather events. They can also relate to longer-

term shifts (chronic) in precipitation and temperature and increased variability

in weather patterns, such as sea level rise.

Transition risks: Risks related to the transition to a low-emissions, climate-

resilient global and domestic economy, such as policy, legal, technology,

market and reputation changes associated with the mitigation and adaptation

requirements relating to climate change.

Opportunities: The potentially positive climate-related outcomes for an entity.

Efforts to mitigate and adapt to climate change can produce opportunities for

entities, such as through resource efficiency and cost savings, the adoption and

utilisation of low-emissions energy sources, the development of new products

and services, and building resilience along the value chain.

Time horizons: We have considered risks and opportunities across three

different time horizons: Short, Medium and Long Term. We define Short Term

as within the next five years (2025-2030), Medium Term as between five and

15 years (2031-2040) and Long Term as 15 years and beyond (2041 onwards).

Climate-related risks and opportunities

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare has built a global business by identifying a

difficult medical problem and designing an innovative solution. Without

a doubt, a changing climate will present challenging problems, and we

will respond to them the way we always have – by collaborating and

innovating. For that reason, we view some of the impacts of climate

change as risks and opportunities at the same time.

We have identified anticipated climate-related risks and opportunities,

including impacts, time horizons and potential management responses

and strategies, across three climate scenarios:

• Outpatient

• Emergency Department

• High-Dependency Unit

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsGreenhouse gas emissionsStrategy

106Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Scenario 1: Outpatient | 1.5°C
TRANSITIONAL RISKS

Global customer demand for low-carbon products

TIME HORIZON: SHORT – MEDIUM – LONG TERM

Anticipated Impact

We expect a rapid transition to a low-carbon product offering will be required in our key markets.

In the Short Term, to ensure we maintain market access, we expect we would need to prioritise R&D

activities to provide low-carbon offerings of existing products. This could involve using sustainable

materials (e.g. bio-based plastics) and adopting design improvements for energy efficiency.

The focus on the immediate response could lead to a delay in the Short – Medium Term innovation

and development of new products and their release to market.

Potential Response

Accelerate our R&D low-carbon initiatives

such as:

• Increasing investment in R&D

• Monitoring development of sustainable

technologies and materials by suppliers,

competitors and other innovators.

To effectively respond, we have assumed

that medical device regulators would have

enabled regulatory processes to efficiently

approve and validate the use of sustainable

materials in products.

TRANSITIONAL OPPORTUNITY

We could innovate and develop and transition ahead of our competitors.

Widespread adoption of carbon cost/pricing regimes

TIME HORIZON: SHORT – MEDIUM TERM

Anticipated Impact

We expect there is a high likelihood that carbon cost regimes will be implemented, which will lead

to an increase in the cost of manufacturing, including raw materials and freight.

An increase in freight costs could have a potential significant impact on our business, in relation

to products manufactured in New Zealand and exported globally due to the distance to many key

end markets (such as the United States and Europe).

We also expect constraints on sourcing low-carbon alternatives in the Short Term due to

increased demand; and constraints sourcing fossil fuel-based raw materials in the Short – Medium

Term as suppliers transition to low-carbon alternatives and potentially phase out fossil fuel-based

materials.

Potential Response

• Continue analysis on carbon price,

and potential impacts to sourcing raw

materials and freight cost.

• Review procurement strategy to enable

access to sustainable materials and

continued sourcing of critical raw

materials.

• Decrease reliance on external utilities

required for manufacturing.

• Evaluate advancements and/or

collaboration opportunities in shipping

and freight.

• Evaluate infrastructure network design

strategy and the geographical mix of

manufacturing output.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsGreenhouse gas emissionsStrategy

107Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Scenario 1: Outpatient | 1.5°C
TRANSITIONAL RISKS

Threats to market share amid emergence of novel technology and increased

levels of competition

TIME HORIZON: MEDIUM – LONG TERM

Anticipated Impact

We expect that the need for rapid innovation would spur the introduction of novel technology and

an increase in investment, incentivising new competitors to enter our markets in certain product

categories and/or particular regions. This may make it more challenging to maintain market share

and our long-term aspirational growth trajectory.

Potential Response

• Continue to analyse and monitor customer

requirements and compliance obligations

and integrate into our long-term business

planning.

• Apply appropriate patent protection to

innovative low-carbon technology and

product design.

• Monitor development of sustainable

technologies and products by competitors

and other innovators.

TRANSITIONAL OPPORTUNITY

If we can develop novel and patent-protected technology ahead

of our competitors, we could gain a competitive advantage.

Heightened regulatory and customer requirements

TIME HORIZON: SHORT – MEDIUM – LONG TERM

Anticipated Impact

We expect a high compliance burden under this scenario amid stringent regulatory frameworks in

key markets; and our customers request a high level of detail on our carbon footprint in addition

to our progress and effectiveness on broader environmental and social responsibility efforts.

Potential Response

• Increase investment in processes/systems

for gathering information and data

required to make accurate disclosures and

respond to requests for information.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsGreenhouse gas emissionsStrategy

108Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Scenario 1: Outpatient | 1.5°C
PHYSICAL RISK

Adverse weather events

TIME HORIZON: MEDIUM – LONG TERM

MANUFACTURING SITES

Anticipated Impact

Due to our global footprint, we assume that a number of our locations may be impacted by

adverse weather events although current modelling suggests our key locations have strong levels

of resilience.

We expect that although our manufacturing sites may be resilient, acute and chronic weather

events may lead to challenges for our people and their communities, which may affect the ability

of our people to travel to work resulting in operational downtime at our manufacturing sites.

Potential Response

• Broaden analysis on severe weather

events across our global network, assess

the impact on product/distribution flow

and improve business continuity planning

initiatives.

• Continue to refine site selection criteria

based on improved climate modelling.

SUPPLY CHAIN

Anticipated Impact

An increase in adverse weather events could lead to significant disruptions to our supply chain

networks in this scenario (freight lane closures, constraints to port access), including the ability of

our supply chain partners to provide us with services. These disruptions could impact our ability

to ensure we have appropriate inventory levels as well as timely delivery of product to our global

customers. Over time, if the frequency of these weather events increase, we expect wider impacts

to our global supply chain.

Potential Response

• Increase inventory levels to buffer any

unexpected delays or unplanned orders to

customers.

• Consider increasing air freight to ensure

our customers receive product when

needed. We expect this will be costly

given preference to transition to low-

carbon freight methods.

• Evaluate network design strategy.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsGreenhouse gas emissionsStrategy

109Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Scenario 2: Emergency Department | 2.7°C
TRANSITIONAL RISKS

Divergent market requirements impacting

our product development approach

TIME HORIZON: SHORT – MEDIUM – LONG TERM

Anticipated Impact

We expect there will be uneven and divergent market requirements with some markets firmly

committing to carbon reduction and environmentally sustainable goals while others remain

ambivalent or deprioritise carbon reduction. In order to maintain access to markets which

prioritise carbon reduction, we would need to ensure we have products which are designed to

have low-carbon impact, are energy efficient and made from sustainable materials.

Potential Response

• Focus R&D to meet market requirements.

Assess adequacy of investment in low-

carbon technology and sustainable

materials.

• Consider whether low-carbon and

Ecodesign R&D will be applied to existing

and new products in markets impacted,

or whether priority would be given to new

product development only.

• Consider opportunities for all new

products across all markets to be

designed for a low-carbon impact and

made from sustainable materials.

• Refine strategy to monitor customer and

market requirements.

TRANSITIONAL OPPORTUNITY

If we can develop products to cater to this divergence ahead of our competitors,

we could gain a competitive advantage.

Our ability to respond to this opportunity depends on:

• Medical device regulators enabling frameworks to efficiently approve and validate the use of

sustainable materials in products

• Availability of sustainable materials

• Acceptance of sustainable products by healthcare professionals and proving efficacy and

clinical outcomes.

Variance in cost base as a result of increased market complexity

TIME HORIZON: SHORT – MEDIUM TERM

Anticipated Impact

We expect differing regional requirements would result in a variance in our cost base. This may

make it more challenging to maintain market share and achieve our long-term aspirational growth

trajectory.

F&P anticipates that two “versions” of key products would need to be manufactured to satisfy

regions pursuing carbon reduction and sustainable goals and those regions that are not.

Potential Response

• Evaluate any variance in cost base to

execute a product strategy to meet

different market requirements (including

R&D implications).

• Evaluate network design strategy and the

geographical mix of manufacturing output

to optimise operational costs.

• Assess and manage cost/pricing

strategies.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsGreenhouse gas emissionsStrategy

110Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Scenario 2: Emergency Department | 2.7°C
PHYSICAL RISKS

Meaningful increase in adverse weather events

TIME HORIZON: MEDIUM – LONG TERM

MANUFACTURING, DISTRIBUTION AND SALES OPERATIONS

Anticipated Impact

Due to our global footprint, we assume that a number of our locations would be impacted by

acute and chronic weather events. In this scenario, we expect:

• Sea-level rise and coastal flooding will impact our ability to use our leased warehousing sites in

Asia.

• Significant increase in surface temperature will be experienced in Tijuana, Mexico. We expect

this to have significant impacts on our people and their communities. We would also anticipate

operational costs (e.g. for water and electricity) to increase in order to maintain optimal

working and manufacturing conditions. Increase in water costs are likely to escalate due to

water scarcity in Mexico. For the 2025 financial year, we manufactured approximately 45% of

our volume (by revenue) in Mexico.

• Across our network we expect that acute and chronic weather events may lead to challenges

for our people and their communities, which may affect the ability of our people to work.

Potential Response

• Decrease our reliance on external utilities

required for manufacturing processes.

• Broaden analysis on severe weather

events across our network.

• Refine site selection criteria for leased and

owned sites.

• Continue to build resilience in our water-

use approach at our Tijuana site.

• Evaluate our network design strategy.

SUPPLY CHAIN

Anticipated Impact

We expect a meaningful increase in the severity and frequency of weather events, resulting

in more significant supply chain disruption in this scenario when compared to the Outpatient

scenario. These disruptions include freight lane closures, constraints to port access, inability of our

supply chain partners to provide us with services. These disruptions could severely impact our

ability to ensure timely delivery of product to our global customers. There is a heightened risk for

supply of raw materials to, and export of finished goods from, our New Zealand site given distance

from suppliers and global markets.

Based on the duration of the disruption, we expect significant disruptions across our entire global

supply chain.

Potential Response

• Increase inventory levels to buffer any

unexpected delays or unplanned orders to

customers.

• Increase use of air freight to provide an

alternative freight method to ensure we

can respond to customer needs.

• Broaden analysis on severe weather

events across our network, assess the

impact on product/distribution flow, and

improve business continuity planning

initiatives.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsGreenhouse gas emissionsStrategy

111Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Scenario 3: High-Dependency Unit | 3.6°C
TRANSITIONAL RISKS

Prioritisation of infant and homecare products

TIME HORIZON: MEDIUM – LONG TERM

Anticipated Impact

Given the strain on healthcare capacity and funding in this scenario, we anticipate there is

a prioritisation of neonatal/pediatric patients, and a need for greater volumes of care to be

delivered in lower intensity settings and/or the home.

This could result in healthcare systems not prioritising investment in certain therapies and

products provided by F&P.

In this scenario, there are assumed low levels of economic growth. In addition, population growth

is likely to be in regions where healthcare infrastructure is underdeveloped.

Potential Response

• Invest in R&D in neonatal/pediatric and

homecare products and therapies.

TRANSITIONAL OPPORTUNITY

We could grow our neonatal/pediatric and homecare business in responding to the prioritisation

of care in this scenario.

Raw material scarcity

TIME HORIZON: MEDIUM – LONG TERM

Anticipated Impact

In a heightened disorderly world, we expect fossil fuel-based products, including plastics and

resins crucial to our manufacturing process will become difficult to attain. This is likely to affect

our ability to manufacture products and meet customer demand.

Potential Response

• Hold additional raw materials inventory

to mitigate supply volatility due to

anticipated material shortages in the

Medium Term.

• Assess planned R&D activities and

determine an appropriate level of

investment in sourcing/testing/developing

alternate raw materials in the Medium to

Long Term.

• Understand potential vulnerabilities in

our supply chain to proactively mitigate

material shortages.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsGreenhouse gas emissionsStrategy

112Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Scenario 3: High-Dependency Unit | 3.6°C
TRANSITIONAL RISKS

Protectionist policies impact trade flows, making it challenging to source raw materials,

distribute products and maintain market access

TIME HORIZON: MEDIUM – LONG TERM

Anticipated Impact

Given the highly volatile and physically impacted world, we expect governments to adopt

protectionist policies which could impact our ability to source raw materials and require us to

source and manufacture products locally in order to maintain market access.

This may require us to implement a ‘close to customer’ network strategy to maintain access to raw

materials and ensure continued market access amid a protectionist landscape.

Potential Response

• Increase surveillance to monitor

protectionist trends/developments,

competitors and new emerging entrants.

• Assess the resilience of our product

supply global network and the need for a

localised/regionalised strategy.

• Consider the viability of maintaining our

product suite at its current size, when

operating across a highly diversified and

distributed network.

• Consider network design and long-term

infrastructure plan.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsGreenhouse gas emissionsStrategy

113Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Scenario 3: High-Dependency Unit | 3.6°C
PHYSICAL RISK

Significant increase in adverse weather events

TIME HORIZON: SHORT – MEDIUM – LONG TERM

MANUFACTURING, DISTRIBUTION AND SALES OPERATIONS

Anticipated Impact

Due to our global footprint, it is assumed that a number of our locations are impacted by acute

and chronic weather events. In this scenario we expect:

• Sea-level rise and coastal flooding will impact our ability to use our leased warehousing sites in

Asia.

• Increasing levels of wind speeds impacting our New Zealand sites, which could lead to

business disruption. For the 2025 financial year we manufactured approximately 55% of our

volume (by revenue) in New Zealand.

• Increase in surface temperature at our Tijuana facilities having a significant impact on our

people and their communities. We would also anticipate operational costs (e.g. for water and

electricity) to increase in order to maintain optimal working and manufacturing conditions,

coupled with increasing disruption to electricity networks and ongoing access to water due

to the scarcity of water in Tijuana, Mexico. For the 2025 financial year we manufactured

approximately 45% of our volume (by revenue) in Mexico.

• Across our network we expect that acute and chronic weather events may lead to significant

devastation, disruption and challenges for our people and their communities, which may affect

the ability of our people to work.

Potential Response

• Decrease our reliance on external utilities

required for manufacturing processes.

• Broaden analysis on severe weather

events across our network.

• Refine site selection criteria for leased and

owned sites.

• Assess workforce and production impact

due to increased employee absenteeism

due to weather disruption.

• Consider network design.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsGreenhouse gas emissionsStrategy

114Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Scenario 3: High-Dependency Unit | 3.6°C
PHYSICAL RISK

SUPPLY CHAIN

Anticipated Impact

We expect a significant increase in the severity and frequency of weather events, resulting in

more significant supply chain disruption in this scenario when compared to the Outpatient and

Emergency Department scenarios. These disruptions include freight lane closures, constraints to

port access, inability of our supply chain partners to provide us with services. These disruptions

could severely impact our entire network and impact our ability to ensure timely delivery of

product to our global customers.

Due to the increased frequency and severity of weather events in this scenario, we expect

significant disruptions across our entire global supply chain.

Potential Response

• Increase inventory levels to buffer any

unexpected delays or unplanned orders to

customers.

• Air freight allocation would also be

increased to provide an alternative freight

method as required to ensure we can

supply our customers. We anticipate

increased costs associated with air freight,

which will be increasingly challenging to

recover given the assumption that GDP

growth is low in this scenario.

• Broaden analysis on severe weather

events across our network, assess the

impact on product/distribution flow and

improve business continuity planning

initiatives.

• Assess resilience of our supply chain and

need for a localised/regionalised strategy.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsGreenhouse gas emissionsStrategy

115Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Developing a climate-resilient
business model

We recognise we have a

responsibility to care for the

natural environment while we

pursue our business goals.

Climate change is a growing concern among

our customers, investors and our own people.

Climate change will negatively impact future

generations – including the quality of life and

health outcomes of patients. Our approach is to

operate our business in a resilient, efficient and

responsible manner while improving care and

outcomes for patients and creating a positive

lasting impact on society and the environment.

The work we have done to plan and prepare

for the future has allowed us to mitigate some

of the current impacts of climate change and

reduce their effect. The different potential

climate futures that lie ahead will provide

both risks and opportunities for businesses,

and with this will come significant uncertainty.

How climate change will impact our business,

including the risks and opportunities presented,

will need to be regularly monitored and

reviewed so that we can continue to maintain a

resilient business.

We recognise it is important that we strive for

continuous improvement, to mitigate and adapt

to climate change, like we do in all areas of our

business.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsGreenhouse gas emissionsStrategy

116Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

OUR APPROACH TO TRANSITION PLANNING
Identify opportunities to minimise the

environmental impact of our products

and operations, increase our business

resilience and enable sustainable

profitable growth

Integrate transition planning into

our long-term business planning and

include implementation plans into our

annual business planning cycles

Understand the impact of climate

change on our business through

scenario analyses and develop

potential ways to respond and

manage risks

CONTINUOUS IMPROVEMENT TO ENABLE TRANSITION AND BUILD RESILIENCE

LONG-TERM FOCUS

Operate our business in a resilient, efficient and

responsible manner, while improving care and outcomes

for patients and creating a positive lasting impact on

society and the environment.

RESPONSE TO CLIMATE CHANGE

Ecodesign in R&DDecarbonisationProduct supply network design

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsGreenhouse gas emissionsStrategy

117Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Ecodesign in R&D
We intend to embed environmental

considerations into product development

as a means of minimising the

environmental impacts of a product

throughout its full life cycle. We want to

reduce total global carbon emissions and

enable our customers to do the same.

We see carbon intensity as a design

challenge that requires a deep

understanding of the impact of our

operations and therapies on total carbon

emissions.

We enable our R&D engineers to adopt

Ecodesign thinking during the design

phase. We provide guidance on low-

carbon materials, life cycle assessments

and clinical impact, facilitate collaboration

across R&D teams and pilot programmes

to identify Ecodesign opportunities and

continuously improve our approach.

We understand that embedding

Ecodesign is a medium to longer term

objective given the nature of product

development and our product life cycles.

Decarbonisation

Over the years we have identified a number of

carbon reduction initiatives across the business.

These initiatives have informed the development

of our carbon reduction plans as we work towards

net zero CO

2

e by 2050. In addition to Ecodesign,

we consider carbon impacts and sustainability

objectives when assessing our infrastructure,

operations and supply chain.

Key initiatives include:

• Implementing renewable energy infrastructure

at our manufacturing sites, such as installation

of solar arrays to help reduce our emissions.

• In the near term, investing in renewable energy

certificates; and in the medium – long term

exploring renewable energy solutions for our

manufacturing sites and strategic sites overseas.

• Using electric and hybrid vehicles across our

sales operations. Our transition to an electric

fleet is dependent on local infrastructure to

support use of EVs by our sales teams.

• Focusing on the materials we source and

the supplier practices that have a significant

impact on our carbon footprint. Through our

ESR engagement programme, we collaborate

with our suppliers to continuously improve

performance, raise standards across our global

network, and educate and support them to

create better outcomes, including the reduction

of carbon emissions.

• Adopting low-carbon freight options, routes and

transport types.

We continue to build our understanding of

how carbon impacts our business. We conduct

annual surveillance of carbon pricing and policy

developments across our global markets. We

are developing internal carbon cost tools and

an internal carbon price model to factor carbon

impacts into our decision-making.

Product supply network design

We also consider climate-related impacts when

assessing our infrastructure, operations and

supply chain as we build resilience.

Network design

Our approach is to develop a global network

that can respond to customer and market

requirements, enables innovation and builds

resilience. Climate-related impacts are considered

during site selection and when building new

infrastructure.

Operations

We build resilience by implementing water

treatment and re-use systems in water-scarce

areas such as Tijuana, Mexico, and integrating

solar arrays into our infrastructure in New

Zealand and Mexico, to grow our solar-generated

electricity capacity over time.

Manufacturing

We seek to improve efficiency and utilisation

within our operations to reduce waste in our

manufacturing operations.

Supply chain

We develop our understanding of supplier

vulnerabilities and collaborate with our suppliers

through our ESR engagement programme, and

gain insights into weather events and how they

impact our supply chain.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsGreenhouse gas emissionsStrategy

118Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Capital deployment and investment
Alignment with capital deployment and funding processes

Climate-related risks and opportunities are considered when deploying

capital and making funding decisions in relation to projects that:

• Support our decarbonisation efforts, including renewable energy

infrastructure, and purchasing renewable energy certificates

• Build resilience in our manufacturing infrastructure, including our

water treatment plant at Tijuana, Mexico.

We do not set long-term specific climate-related targets in respect to

capital deployment spend. We continue to integrate climate risk and

opportunities as relevant throughout the business when decisions are

being made in relation to capital deployment and investment.

Investment in climate-related initiatives

Investment in R&D is fundamental to how we deliver value and

ensure we can develop better technology that enhances patient care.

We consistently invest in R&D, and through our Ecodesign programme,

our R&D investment aims to minimise the environmental impacts of

our products.

During the 2025 financial year, we assessed the feasibility of significantly

increasing our solar rooftop arrays at our East Tāmaki campus in

New Zealand. We already have a small solar array that was installed

between 2015 to 2017. Since its installation, we have developed our

understanding of practical generation maintenance and return of

solar generation at our site. Based on this, we assessed future needs

to identify an optimal solution for solar energy that meets our long-

term infrastructure growth needs and is aligned to our environmental

sustainability objectives. During the 2025 financial year, we entered

into a power purchase agreement (with a future option to purchase)

whereby 5.6 megawatts of solar rooftop arrays will be installed across

two buildings at our site. Construction of the solar arrays will commence

in the 2026 financial year.

During the 2025 financial year, we have been reviewing our processes

to collect and transform global carbon data in order to have data

available to make informed decisions about carbon impacts on our

business and meet our GHG reporting obligations. We have also been

exploring ways to optimise the collection of our global carbon data

and create efficiencies in our business practices, including investigating

software tools and platforms.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsGreenhouse gas emissionsStrategy

119Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Metrics and targets
MetricMethod / AssumptionsCommentary

GHG emission intensity (tonnes CO

2

e/revenue

NZ$M)

Calculated using Scope 2 market-based methodology in

accordance with the GHG Protocol Scope 2 Guidance.

FY24: 146.7

FY25: 138.9

GHG emission intensity has decreased compared to

the prior financial year, largely driven by an increase in

revenue.

Purchase of certified renewable energy certificates

– in respect of electricity consumed by F&P at our

New Zealand sites

New Zealand Energy Certificates (NZ ECs) are acquired

through the New Zealand Energy Certificate System

(NZECS) platform operated by BraveTrace. Issuance and

redemption of NZ ECs are performed in accordance with

the NZECS rules

1

. NZECS certificates adhere to criteria

for the market-based approach to emissions allocation as

defined by the GHG Protocol Scope 2 Guidance.

FY24: NZ ECs were redeemed in respect of 28,578,000

kWh of renewable energy generated from the Benmore

hydro station, owned and operated by Meridian Energy.

FY25: NZ ECs were redeemed in respect of 29,563,000

kWh of renewable energy generated from the Benmore

hydro station, owned and operated by Meridian Energy.

R&D spendInvestment in Ecodesign activities are included within

the total R&D spend. We do not separately allocate R&D

spend to Ecodesign initiatives.

FY24: 11% of operating revenue spent on R&D

FY25: 11% of operating revenue spent on R&D

Executive management’s discretionary annual

variable remuneration (DAVR)

DAVR includes non-financial measures which have a 20%

weighting. Refer to the ‘Executive remuneration’ section

of the annual report on page82 for further details.

During the financial years 2024 and 2025, environmental

measures supporting decarbonisation were included

within the DAVR non-financial measures.

1 For further details on the BraveTrace programme, refer to https://bravetrace.co.nz/renewable-electricity/

Refer to climate-related risks and opportunities on pages 106-115 for metrics related to our assets and/or business activities vulnerable to climate-related

risks (and aligned to opportunities). Our understanding of vulnerabilities and opportunities identified from our climate scenario analyses is ongoing. We

see the assessment of business exposure as linked to the financial modelling of anticipated financial impacts (we have taken Adoption Provision 2).

GHG Scope 1 and 2 target

Aligned with the goals of the Paris Agreement to limit global warming to 1.5 degrees Celsius, we are working toward net zero CO

2

e by 2050. Setting

near-term targets helps to guide us in the right direction.

In 2019 we engaged with the Science Based Targets initiative (SBTi) to set our GHG targets. SBTi is a corporate climate action organisation which

supports companies to set greenhouse gas emissions reduction targets in line with what is needed to meet the goals of the Paris Agreement.

We have set an absolute target to achieve a 67% reduction in our Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions by 2034 from a 2019 baseline (11,198 tCO

2

e).

Targets were set using SBTi methodology. Our overall Scope 1 and 2 emissions have increased since setting our target. This is largely due to our response

to the global COVID-19 pandemic and the increase in production capacity over this period. Refer to page 121 for further details on our GHG emissions.

We also set a Scope 3 supplier engagement target which was set to be completed in 2024 and is in the process of being reviewed.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementStrategyGreenhouse gas emissionsMetrics and targets

120Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Greenhouse gas emissions
We have been measuring our greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions since 2012. Over this time, we have improved our measurement processes and subsequent

assurance of our carbon footprint. We have progressively expanded the geographical boundary of our footprint and the scope of emissions sources.

GHG emissions in FY25

Our total emissions (location-based) for the year ended 31 March 2025 were 281,571 tCO

2

e, representing a 9% increase (23,845 tCO

2

e) compared to the

previous financial year, primarily driven by Scope 3, category 11 emissions as a result of a higher number of units placed connected to the voluntary recall of

Airvo 2 and myAirvo 2 devices manufactured before 14 August 2017.

1

The table below details our GHG emissions for Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions.

GHG emissions (tonnes CO

2

e) FY2023 FY2024 FY2025

Scope 1 Total Scope 1

2

2,3292,0132,295

Scope 2Total Scope 2 (location-based) 14,52914,29313,232

Scope 2 (market-based) 11,10512,25312,406

Scope 3 Total Scope 3310,697241,420266,044

Category 1: Purchased goods and services

3,4

116,91180,07188,220

Category 2: Capital goods7,83211,0646,893

Category 3: Fuel and energy related activities1,9871,5524,909

Category 4: Upstream transportation and distribution28,71221,82022,651

Category 5: Waste generated in operations9121,108858

Category 6: Business travel9,0907,76 913,690

5

Category 7: Employee commuting8,7678,2257,554

Category 9: Downstream transportation and distribution2,2342,088590

Category 11: Use of sold products

6

128,559102,013117,249

Category 12: End of life treatment of sold products5,6935,7103,430

Total GHG emissions (location-based)327,5552 57, 7 2 6281,571

Total GHG emissions (market-based)324,131255,686280,745

GHG emission intensity (tonnes CO

2

e/revenue NZ$M)

7

205.0146.7 138.9

8

1 Refer to page 123 for further detail on treatment of this voluntary recall.

2 Our emissions inventory in FY24 overestimated 110 tCO

2

e, and FY23 omitted

41 tCO

2

e natural gas consumed at an offshore location. During FY25 we have

recalculated and restated our FY23 and FY24 Scope 1 emissions to address

this.

3 In line with the Cool Food Pledge methodology (World Resources Institute,

Technical note, 2019), emissions have been restated to remove carbon

opportunity cost related to food purchased for our New Zealand and Mexico

cafeterias. Carbon opportunity cost is not within the scope of GHG Protocol.

This has resulted in reduced emissions of ~17,600 tCO

2

e in FY23 and ~12,600

tCO

2

e in FY24.

4 Our emissions inventory in FY24 incorrectly applied spend-based data

associated with the Karaka land purchase. We have recalculated and restated

our FY24 Scope 3, category 1 emissions to address this, leading to a

reduction of ~12,100 tCO

2

e in FY24.

5 During FY25 our US sales team held its annual sales meetings in New Zealand.

While these meetings are usually held in the US, occasionally we bring our

people to NZ so they can connect with our R&D, quality and manufacturing

teams, and align on strategic priorities. This has resulted in an increase in

kilometres travelled and being an activity-based calculation, has led to an

increase in business travel emissions for FY25.

6 FY24 has been restated to ensure consistency with presentation in the

current period. Following a revision of key estimates for electricity usage and

medical gas used in calculating use of sold products emissions, this

restatement reduced emissions for FY24 by ~36,500 tCO

2

e. Changes in FY23

emissions for electricity usage have not been restated as the difference was

not considered significant. Emissions from medical gases were not reported

in FY23, we reported these emissions for the first time in FY24. Accordingly,

we have restated FY24 for this change in estimate. FY23 has not been

restated to reflect emissions from medical gases, as we did not have the data

to support a reasonable estimate. Refer to page 123 for further information.

7 GHG emission intensity calculated using Scope 2 market-based

methodology. GHG emission intensity metric has not been subject to PwC

assurance procedures.

8 GHG emission intensity has decreased when compared to the prior two

financial periods, largely driven by increased revenue.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementStrategyMetrics and targetsGreenhouse gas emissions

121Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Assurance of GHG emissions
PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC) has provided independent, third-

party limited assurance over our 2025 financial year group-wide GHG

emissions (tonnes CO

2

e) footprint presented in the climate-related

disclosures as described in the assurance report on pages 168-170.

For the financial year 2024 and prior periods, a verification engagement

was performed by Toitū Envirocare (acting through Enviro-mark

Solutions Limited). A verification report was issued in accordance with

ISO 14064-3:2019 and the requirements of the Toitū carbonreduce

programme. For more information on the assurance outcome of the

verification engagement, refer to the FY2024 Toitu carbonreduce

statement on our website: www.fphcare.com.

Methods, assumptions and uncertainties in

estimating GHG emissions

GHG emissions have been measured in accordance with the Greenhouse

Gas Protocol – a Corporate Accounting and Reporting Standard (GHG

Protocol), the GHG Protocol Corporate Value Chain (Scope 3) Accounting

and Reporting Standard and the GHG Protocol Scope 2 Guidance.

GHG emissions have been consolidated using the operational control

approach. The scope of our emissions inventory covers all activities within

the operational boundaries of Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Corporation

Limited globally, including head offices, sales offices and manufacturing

sites. This includes any facilities under construction. No material facilities,

operations or assets have been excluded from our organisational boundary.

Emission categories

Scope 1 includes direct GHG emissions from sources that we own or control.

This includes the fuel used in vehicles we own or lease, natural gas and

fugitive emissions generated through the use of refrigerants. Emissions

are calculated using an activity-based method. Estimates are used

where volume data is not available. Estimated activity data accounts for

approximately 20% of Scope 1 emissions (tCO

2

e).

1


Scope 2 (location and market-based) includes indirect GHG emissions from

the generation of electricity we purchase, calculated using supplier-based

activity data and country-specific emission factors (EFs). Using a location-

based methodology, electricity use generated 13,232 tCO

2

e.

Our Scope 2 (location-based) emissions decreased in the 2025 financial

year. This was the result of a change to the International Energy Agency

(IEA) emission factor for Mexico which is used to determine Scope 2

emissions generated by our Tijuana manufacturing facilities.

Our Scope 2 (market-based) emissions generated 12,406 tCO

2

e. This reflects

the purchase of Renewable Energy Certificates (RECs) in the 2025 financial

year in respect of energy use in our New Zealand and UK operations.

RECs certify that the electricity purchased by our New Zealand and UK

operations is from renewable sources. Where RECs show that energy

consumption is from renewable sources, we recognise emissions as zero. For all

other Scope 2 (market-based) emissions, we calculate energy consumption

using the residual mix factor of the country of emission consumption, or, if no

residual mix factor is available, we use location-based factors. Residual mix

factors sourced from Carbon Database Initiative (CaDi) 2022, EU Association

of Issuing Bodies (AIB) 2022 and BraveTrace 2024 are used to calculate

Scope 2 (market-based) emissions. The net proceeds of the purchase of

New Zealand RECs are reinvested into community decarbonisation projects.

1 For further information on emission factors used, refer to page 124.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementStrategyMetrics and targetsGreenhouse gas emissions

122Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

1 Estimates used in calculations were revised in FY25. Refer to page 124 for additional information.
Scope 3 includes indirect GHG emissions generated by our suppliers, customers and employees (included within category 7, employee commuting).

The most significant sources of Scope 3 emissions are discussed in further detail below:

Category 1: Purchased goods and services

This category includes any upstream emissions generated by the

consumption of raw materials, components, packaging and services

that are acquired to create and distribute our products. This includes

both production-related goods and services as well as emissions from

non-production related goods and services.

37% of emissions associated with purchased goods are determined

by an activity-based method using volume data (including resin, food,

pallets, etc.) Other purchased goods use a spend-based method.

Emissions from purchased services (including ICT services, marketing,

consultancy, etc.) are also calculated using spend data sourced from

our internal financial systems multiplied by the relevant emission

factors.

We have applied several 2022 US Environmental Protection Agency

Emission Factors (2022 US EPA EFs) to spend-based data in Scope

3 category 1. Where we have used supplier-provided volume data,

we have used EFs sourced from GaBi 2025 and UK Department

for Business, Energy & Industrial Strategy (BEIS) 2024. Emissions

associated with the purchase of food for our New Zealand and

Mexico cafeterias have been calculated using the Cool Food Pledge

2022 calculator.

Category 4: Upstream transportation and distribution

Core freight services include inbound and outbound transportation

from manufacturing sites to sales offices or global customers, local

freight, port to office/warehouse, and office/warehouse to customer.

Our largest freight forwarder suppliers across New Zealand, Mexico,

the UK and the US provide us with tonne/km data, which we use

to derive full-year consumption and convert to tCO

2

e using EFs

from BEIS and the Ministry for the Environment in New Zealand.

Both inbound and outbound freight, paid for by us, are classified as

upstream transportation and distribution under GHG Protocol and

includes all items shipped. Where tonne/km data is not available,

we use spend-based data and 2022 US EPA EFs.

Category 11: Use of sold products

Energy consumption during the use phase of sold products is

the largest contributor to our Scope 3 footprint. The total energy

consumption for the lifetime of a product is reflected in the emission

calculation in the year of sale and are included within the Scope 3,

category 11 emissions. Annual category 11 emission levels are based

on total estimated future energy consumption of our products, as at

the point of sale, and current location-based grid emission factors.

Grid emission factors, where available, are sourced from the 2022 IEA

database and applied based on the location where the product was

sold. We assume that devices remain, and are operated in, the country

they are sold into.

Emissions are estimated using actual sales volume data by country

as well as assumptions on use of sold products by our engineers who

design our products. There is a higher level of estimation uncertainty

around the average number of hours our products are in use for as

they are subject to clinician decisions outside of our control.

1


We have included the full lifetime of emissions associated with

voluntary product recall replacement devices which have been

distributed in the 2025 financial year. This has resulted in an addition

of ~7,300 tCO

2

e to this financial year’s GHG footprint. GHG emissions

associated with recalled devices have not been removed from previous

year(s) GHG emissions given these devices were recalled in the final

years of their estimated use life.

Medical gases: We have included emissions associated with medical

gases where medical gas is a part of our therapies and not solely

dependent on clinician choice. Emissions are calculated using actual

sales data, as well as indicative gas volumes and average procedure

lengths as determined by our engineers who design our products.

There is a higher level of estimation uncertainty around average

procedure lengths and gas volumes as they are subject to clinician

decisions outside of our control. We have applied 2022 US EPA EFs to

spend-based data.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementStrategyMetrics and targetsGreenhouse gas emissions

123Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Emissions source Explanation
Technology

acquisition

programme assets

Hardware devices (manufactured by F&P) that we hold as property,

plant and equipment. This hardware is available to customers who

commit to purchasing a certain level of consumable items.

We do not have a way of tracking devices which are used by

multiple customers over their lifetime. Inclusion would lead to double

counting of emissions on each issue to customer(s). These units

represent a very small percentage of total sales volume.

Karaka, Auckland

site - downstream

Emissions from our Karaka site are currently immaterial for

inclusion.

F&P NeopuffThe F&P Neopuff is a reusable, manually operated, gas-powered

resuscitator which provides ventilatory support to neonates and

infants with respiratory insufficiency. Due to insufficient available

data, we have not included medical gas required to operate these

devices in this year’s GHG footprint.

Emission factors

GHG Protocol provides guidance around data hierarchies where activity

data will provide the greatest level of precision and, in the absence of

activity data, spend-based data will provide a lower level of precision.

We follow an internally generated emission factor (EF) rule hierarchy

which is used to determine the most appropriate EF to use for each of the

GHG categories. Our hierarchy is as follows:

1) Country-specific EF

2) Neighbouring country (with a similar ‘profile’ e.g. 50% hydro-electric) EF

3) Regional EF

4) Default EF (provided by a global organisation such as IEA)

Emission factors have been sourced from several databases. We use the

latest available EF sources available at 31 March 2025, this includes a mix

of 2024 and prior year emission factors.

1

Due to the time lag on publication

of sources of EFs, this means some EFs are dated prior to 2025. Our GHG

emissions are calculated using a number of methods, including activity

data multiplied by relevant EFs. We use primary data directly from our

suppliers, where this is available and practical to collect. Where primary

data is not easily obtainable, without undue cost or effort, emissions have

been estimated using spend data and an appropriate conversion factor to

estimate the emissions.

The majority of our financial year 2025 emissions have been calculated

using US EPA 2022 spend-based EFs, IEA 2024 and BEIS 2024 EFs.

US EPA Emission Factors

We consider the application of 2022 US Environmental Protection Agency

Emission Factors (US EPA EFs) to spend-based data provide us with a

more accurate input to determine our Scope 3, categories 1, 2, 4, 6, 9 and 11

emissions when compared to alternatives (including New Zealand spend-

based EFs). US EPA EFS are used to calculate 31% of our GHG footprint.

We have reviewed alternative spend-based EFs and have determined

that the alternatives do not have sufficient granularity and there is limited

information relating to methodology which is used to determine the EFs.

Use of US EPA EFs require conversion of spend from local currency to

USD. Movement in the US dollar will have an associated impact on our

carbon emissions. By using US EPA EFs, as the US dollar strengthens (for

example, moves from USD:NZD 0.64 to USD:NZD 0.57), tCO

2

e emissions

will reduce and vice versa.

1 Emission factors used apply a mix of IPCC Assessment Report AR4, AR5 and AR6 global warming potentials

(GWPs) that have been assigned to the emission factor by relevant reporting authorities.

2 Refer footnote 6 on page 121 for details of restatements.

Changes in estimates

In the 2025 financial year, the calculation methodology for the use of sold

products has been revised to include:

• greater accuracy in the measure of electricity used to power devices

sold (impact on FY24 ~12,500 reduction tCO

2

e).

• more accurate pricing appropriate for spend-based calculation of

medical gas emissions (impact on FY24 ~24,000 reduction tCO

2

e).

Where significant, these changes necessitated a restatement of the

emissions for the use of sold products in comparative periods.

2


Excluded emissions sources

In our GHG inventory, certain emissions sources have been excluded as

they account for less than one percent of the total emissions within their

respective categories, and their total emissions and removals do not

exceed five percent of either Scope 1 or Scope 2 or five percent of each

Scope 3 sub-category. As such, they are not considered significant for our

inventory, its intended use, or for users relying on this data.

The following emissions sources have been excluded from the GHG

emissions inventory:

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementStrategyMetrics and targetsGreenhouse gas emissions

124Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025

125Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
FINANCIALS

Financial commentaryFinancial statementsNotes to the financial statementsIndependent auditor’s report

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

126Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
The financial commentary below provides an overview of the financial results for the year

ended 31 March 2025. Readers should refer to the following financial statements and notes

for an understanding of the basis on which the financial results are determined.

INCOME STATEMENTS

Year ended 31 March


2024

NZ$M

2025

NZ$M

Change

Reported

%

Change

CC

1

%

Operating revenue 1,742.82,021.0 +16+14

Gross profit 1,044.41,270.9+22+18

Gross margin 59.9%62.9%296 bps247 bps

SG&A expenses (492.8)(534.4)+8+8

R&D expenses (198.2)(226.9)+14+14

Total operating expenses (691.0)(761.3)+10+10

Operating profit 353.4509.6 +44+36

Operating margin 20.3%25.2%494 bps377 bps

Revaluation of land(98.1)–––

Profit before financing and tax255.3509.6+100+97

Net financing expense (19.6) (6.3)-68-56

Profit before tax 235.7503.3+114+107

Tax expense(103.1)(126.1)+22+18

Profit after tax132.6377.2+184+180

Underlying profit after tax

2

264.4377.2+43+30

1 Constant currency (CC) removes the impact of exchange rate movements. This approach is used to assess the Group’s

underlying comparative financial performance without any impact from changes in foreign exchange rates. See further

details on page 130.

2 Underlying profit after tax has been presented excluding the impact of abnormal items occurring during the 2024

financial year. A reconciliation is set out on page 127.

Total profit after tax for the year was $377.2 million, a 184% increase from last year, or 180%

in constant currency. Excluding the impact of the land revaluation, voluntary product recall

and deferred tax liability recognised on buildings in the 2024 financial year, profit after tax

(“Underlying profit after tax”) increased by 43% or 30% in constant currency.

Revenue

Operating revenue was $2,021.0 million, a 16% increase from the prior corresponding

period or 14% in constant currency. Hospital revenue had a strong year with an 18%

increase in reported and 16% in constant currency. The Hospital product group continued

to see strong demand across the product portfolio, including hardware. Homecare revenue

also delivered strong growth, up 13% or 11% in constant currency with OSA masks revenue

growth of 14% or 11% constant currency.

Gross margin

Gross margin at 62.9% increased by 247 basis points in constant currency from last year.

Excluding the impact of the prior year’s voluntary product recall, underlying gross margin

increased by 129 basis points in constant currency. This reflects the continued progress

of our improvement initiatives and overhead efficiency. The recently announced tariffs on

products imported into the United States have had no impact on the financial results for

the year ended 31 March 2025.

Operating expenses

Operating expenses increased 10% both in reported and constant currency to $761.3 million

reflecting our ongoing investment in sales, marketing and R&D to support the development

of our product pipeline and our global sales growth. The operating margin at 25.2%

improved by 260 basis points in constant currency from underlying 2024 operating margin.

This reflects the gross margin improvement and operating leverage.

R&D spend of $226.9 million grew 14%, in line with our constant currency revenue growth.

Financing expenses

Interest expense reduced to $11.1 million (2024: $18.2 million) due to lower average

borrowings during the year. Interest income increased by $1.0 million to $4.3 million.

Net foreign exchange gains on translation of foreign currency assets and liabilities this year

were $0.5 million (2024: $4.7 million loss).

Ta x

The effective tax rate was 25.1% (underlying 2024: 25.3%). The R&D tax credit of

$20.4 million for this period (2024: $18.0 million) represents the estimated eligible R&D

expenditure incurred during the year. Excluding the R&D tax credit, the effective tax rate

was 29.1% (underlying 2024: 30.5%).

Financial commentary

Financial statementsNotes to the financial statementsIndependent auditor’s report

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Financial commentary

127Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
UNDERLYING FINANCIAL

PERFORMANCE

While we understand the importance

of reported profits meeting the

NZ IFRS standards, we believe the

underlying profit measurements

assist readers to better understand

the Group’s financial performance,

and against which comparative

performance should be considered.

During the 2024 financial year, net

profit after tax included the expense

associated with the voluntary

Airvo 2 and myAirvo 2 product recall,

revaluation of the land in Karaka,

New Zealand, and the tax expense

associated with the removal of

building depreciation deductibility in

New Zealand. We believe the financial

impact of each of these distorted the

reported financial results for the year

ended 31 March 2024, and a more

meaningful representation of the

performance of our business for this

year is the underlying result. We have

included the reconciliation of the

impact of each of the abnormal items

to the “underlying” 31 March 2024

income statement.

There have been no abnormal items

in the year ended 31 March 2025. This

reconciliation shows the underlying

growth rates in 2025 compared to the

underlying 2024 income statement.

2024 2025

Adjustments for abnormal items

Year ended 31 March

Reported

NZ$M

Product

recall

NZ$M

Revaluation

of land

NZ$M

Deferred

tax*

NZ$M

Underlying

NZ$M

Reported

NZ$M

Underlying

growth

change

%

Underlying

growth

change (CC)

%

Operating revenue 1,742.8–––1,742.82,021.0+16+14

Cost of sales (698.4)20.0––(678.4)(750.1)+11+10

Gross profit 1,044.420.0––1,064.41,270.9+19+16

Gross margin 59.9%61.1%62.9%+181 bps+129 bps

SG&A expenses (492.8)–––(492.8)(534.4)+8+8

R&D expenses (198.2)–––(198.2)(226.9)+14+14

Total operating expenses (691.0)–––(691.0)(761.3)+10+10

Operating profit 353.420.0––373.4509.6+36+28

Operating margin 20.3%21.4%25.2%+379 bps+260 bps

Revaluation of land (98.1)–98.1–––

Profit before financing and tax 255.320.098.1–373.4509.6+36+28

Net financing expense (19.6)–––(19.6)(6.3)-68-56

Profit before tax 235.720.098.1–353.8503.3+42+32

Tax expense (103.1)(5.6)–19.3(89.4)(126.1)+41+39

Profit after tax 132.614.498.119.3264.4377.2+43+30

Basic earnings per share 22.8 cps45.4 cps64.4 cps

Diluted earnings per share 22.6 cps45.1 cps63.9 cps

* Deferred tax on removal of building depreciation

Financial statementsNotes to the financial statementsIndependent auditor’s report

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Financial commentary

128Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
FOREIGN CURRENCY IMPACTS

The Group is exposed to movements in foreign exchange rates, with approximately 99%

of operating revenue generated in currencies other than NZD as shown below.

Over 60% of COGS and over 50% of operating expenses are in currencies other than NZD.

Foreign currency impacts had a favourable effect of $38.9 million on net profit after tax

when compared to the prior year. Net foreign exchange gains on balance sheet translations

increased profit after tax for the year by $0.1 million (2024: $1.1 million increase). The

hedging programme contributed a pre-tax gain of $7.0 million (2024: $1.9 million gain).

The average daily spot rate, the average conversion exchange rate (the accounting rate,

incorporating the settlement of forward exchange contracts in the relevant financial year)

and the closing spot rate of the main foreign currency exposures for the reported periods

are set out in the table below.

Average daily

spot rate

Average conversion

exchange rateClosing spot rate

Year ended 31 March202420252024202520242025

USD0.6100.5950.6580.6170.5990.571

EUR 0.5620.5530.5440.5370.5540.527

MXN10.5611.3713.0212.429.9111.67

Foreign exchange hedging position

In line with our hedging programme, additional hedges have been added for future years.

The hedging position for our main currency exposures as at 12 May 2025 is:

Year to 31 March20262027202820292030

2031

-2035

+

USD % cover of expected exposure 90%70%65%50%45%0%

USD average rate of cover 0.6050.5980.5860.5740.5590.536

EUR % cover of expected exposure 85%70%65%50%45%10%

EUR average rate of cover 0.5350.5290.5240.5100.5010.464

MXN % cover of expected exposure 80%60%20%10%0%

MXN average rate of cover 12.3112.8713.7914.4115.06

Hedging cover has been rounded to the nearest 5%.

+ 2031 – 2035 shows average % cover of expected exposure and rate of cover for the five-year period.

CASH FLOWS

The full statement of cash flows is provided on page 134.

Year ended 31 March

2024

NZ$M

2025

NZ$M

Change

NZ$M

Operating profit 353.4509.6156.2

Plus depreciation and amortisation114.3139.925.6

Change in working capital and other30.4(1.0)(31.4)

Net interest paid(16.7)(9.5)7.2

Net income tax paid(51.8)(90.4)(38.6)

Operating cash flows429.6 548.6119.0

Lease repayments(16.8)(18.5)(1.7)

Purchase of land and buildings(251.3)(21.6)229.7

Purchase of plant and equipment(65.5)(52.0)13.5

Purchase of intangible assets(22.2)(29.4)(7.2)

Free cash flows73.8427.1353.3

Dividends paid(145.5)(195.9)(50.4)

+ Free cash flows include lease liability repayments following the adoption of NZ IFRS 16.

US dollars 50%

Mexican pesos 1%

Other currencies 29%

Euros 19%

New Zealand dollars 1%

Financial statementsNotes to the financial statementsIndependent auditor’s report

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Financial commentary

129Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Operating cash flows

Cash flows from operations for the period increased by $119.0 million to $548.6 million

(2024: $429.6 million). The strong operating cash flows benefited from the increase in profit

excluding non-cash items, more than offsetting the increased tax payment and the increase

in net working capital. Tax payments have normalised this year after being lower in the prior

period from prepayments in the 2023 financial year.

Capital expenditure

During the period, $103.0 million was spent on capital expenditure (excluding leased

assets), including the East Tāmaki campus development for the car park and earthworks

and design for our fifth building. We continue to invest in manufacturing production

equipment and patents.

Dividends

The dividends paid of $195.9 million increased 35% from the prior period due to the

suspension of the Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRP) from the 2025 interim dividend paid

in December 2024. Prior to the DRP suspension, $49.7 million of dividends were reinvested

as new shares during the year (2024: $92.6 million reinvested).

BALANCE SHEET

As at 31 March

2024

NZ$M

2025

NZ$M

Change

NZ$M

Trade receivables219.5263.1 43.6

Inventories320.4342.922.5

Less trade and other payables

+

(111.3)(150.3)(39.0)

Working capital428.6455.727.1

Property, plant and equipment

++

1,340.01,338.5(1.5)

Intangible assets88.4 82.1(6.3)

Lease liabilities (74.9)(89.3)(14.4)

Other net assets (liabilities)9.2 (97.1) (106.3)

Net cash (debt)(32.2) 200.5 232.7

Net assets1,759.11,890.4131.3

+ Trade and other payables exclude all non-current payables and all employee entitlements and provisions

++ Property, plant and equipment includes lease assets recognised


Trade receivables have increased by $43.6 million at 31 March 2025 reflecting favourable

exchange rates and revenue growth. Our debtor days were within the normal range at

44 days (March 2024: 45 days). Inventories increased by $22.5 million from March 2024

primarily in finished goods reflecting business growth. Trade and other payables increase

includes timing associated with inventory purchases and payments to suppliers.

Property, plant and equipment (excluding leased assets) decreased by $10.0 million in

the year. Depreciation of $86.4 million more than offset the additions of $73.8 million.

The additions include the East Tāmaki campus development. The movement also includes

$5.7 million of favourable foreign currency translation.

Net intangible assets decreased $6.3 million. Additions in patents and trademarks

spending was $22.3 million and software spending was $4.0 million for the year.

Other net assets/liabilities movements of $106.3 million included the movements from

derivative financial instruments, provisions and net deferred tax assets.

The derivative financial instruments net liabilities of $46.2 million at 31 March 2025

compared to $59.0 million net assets at 31 March 2024. This is primarily due to the

change in exchange rates at 31 March 2025 compared to 31 March 2024 – with the

corresponding offset in the cash flow hedge reserve. All currency derivatives continued

to be effective hedges.

In March 2024, the Group initiated a voluntary limited recall of Airvo 2 and myAirvo 2

devices manufactured before 14 August 2017. During the year, the Group has utilised

$12.2 million of the total provision related to recall costs incurred to date, reducing the

recall provision to $7.8 million (31 March 2024: $20.0 million).

Net deferred tax assets increased by $59.5 million to $146.4 million at 31 March 2025,

mainly due to movements in derivative instrument valuations.

Financial statementsNotes to the financial statementsIndependent auditor’s report

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Financial commentary

130Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Net cash and debt facilities

As at 31 March

2024

NZ$M

2025

NZ$M

Change

NZ$M

Loans and borrowings

– Current(77.4)(59.7)17.7

– Non-current(35.7)–35.7

Bank overdrafts(1.1)(4.3)(3.2)

Total interest-bearing liabilities

+

(114.2)(64.0)50.2

Total cash and investments 82.0 264.5 182.5

Net (debt) cash(32.2) 200.5 232.7

Gearing1.8%-11.6%–

Undrawn committed debt facilities544.3 520.3 (24.0)

Undrawn uncommitted debt and

overdraft facilities

82.091.09.0

+ Excluding lease liabilities

As at 31 March 2025, the average maturity of loans and borrowings of $59.7 million was 0.9

years. The currency split for loans and borrowings was 94% US dollars and 6% Australian

dollars. During the year, US$40.0 million of committed borrowing facilities matured and

were not renewed. Within the next 12 months, four facilities totalling $180.0 million will

expire, of which $60.0 million was drawn at 31 March 2025.

Cash and cash equivalents were $264.5 million at 31 March 2025. This balance, operating cash

generated in the 2026 financial year and available borrowing facilities will fund the ongoing

capital expenditure, New Zealand tax payments and the payment for the final dividend.

Gearing

1

At 31 March 2025, the Group had net cash of $200.5 million and net gearing ratio of -11.6%.

This was below the target gearing range of -5% to +5%. The construction of the fifth

building at our East Tāmaki campus and final payments for the Karaka land acquisition over

the next few years are expected to increase the gearing ratio.

NOTES - CONSTANT CURRENCY

Constant currency analysis is non–Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (GAAP)

financial information, that is not prepared in accordance with New Zealand Equivalents

to International Financial Reporting Standards (NZ IFRS). Constant currency information

has been provided to assist users of financial information to better understand and assess

the Group’s financial performance without the impacts of foreign currency fluctuations,

including hedging results.

Constant currency financial information is prepared each month to enable the Board

and management to monitor and assess the Group’s underlying comparative financial

performance without any distortion from changes in foreign exchange rates. Constant

currency information is prepared on a consistent basis for reported periods restated into

NZD based on “constant” exchange rates, typically the budgeted exchange rates for the

current year. This information excludes the impact of movements in foreign exchange rates,

hedging results and balance sheet translations.

The Group’s constant currency framework can be found on the company’s website at

www.fphcare.com/ccf. PwC perform assurance procedures over the constant currency

information.

RECONCILIATION OF CONSTANT CURRENCY TO REPORTED PROFIT AFTER TAX

For the year ended 31 March

2024

NZ$M

2025

NZ$M

Change

NZ$M

Profit after tax (constant currency) 114.1319.8 205.7

Spot exchange rate effect16.052.336.3

Foreign exchange hedging result 1.4 5.0 3.6

Balance sheet revaluation 1.1 0.1 (1.0)

Total impact of foreign exchange18.5 57.4 38.9

Profit after tax (reported) 132.6 377.2 244.6

RECONCILIATION OF CONSTANT CURRENCY TO REPORTED REVENUE

For the year ended 31 March

2024

NZ$M

2025

NZ$M

Change

NZ$M

Operating revenue (constant currency) 1,697.11,929.1 232.0

Spot exchange rate effect 53.9 94.4 40.5

Foreign exchange hedging result (15.3)(2.5) 12.8

Balance sheet revaluation

2

7.1–(7.1)

Total impact of foreign exchange45.7 91.9 46.2

Operating revenue (reported) 1,742.8 2,021.0 278.2

The significant exchange rates used in the constant currency analysis, being the budget

exchange rates for the year ended 31 March 2025, are USD 0.64, EUR 0.57, JPY 88, MXN 11.0.

1 Net interest-bearing debt (debt less cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments) to net interest-bearing

debt and equity (less hedging reserves). Net interest-bearing debt excludes lease liabilities.

2 From 1 April 2024, all foreign exchange gains and losses from the translation of monetary assets and liabilities are

presented within Net financing income / (expense).

Financial statementsNotes to the financial statementsIndependent auditor’s report

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Financial commentary

131Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT

For the year ended 31 March 2025

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

For the year ended 31 March 2025

Notes

2024

NZ$M

2025

NZ$M

Operating revenue 4 1,742.8 2,021.0

Cost of sales (698.4) (750.1)

Gross profit 1,044.4 1,270.9

Selling, general and administrative expenses (492.8) (534.4)

Research and development expenses (198.2) (226.9)

Total operating expenses (691.0) (761.3)

Operating profit 353.4 509.6

Revaluation of land 9 (98.1)–

Profit before financing and tax 255.3 509.6

Financing income 3.3 4.3

Financing expense (18.2) (11.1)

Exchange gain/(loss) on translation of foreign

currency assets and liabilities

(4.7) 0.5

Net financing expense (19.6) (6.3)

Profit before tax 5 235.7 503.3

Tax expense 11 (103.1) (126.1)

Profit after tax 132.6 377.2

Basic earnings per share 16 22.8 cps 64.4 cps

Diluted earnings per share 16 22.6 cps 63.9 cps

The accompanying notes form an integral part of the financial statements.

Notes

2024

NZ$M

2025

NZ$M

Profit after tax 132.6 377.2

Other comprehensive income

Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss

Foreign currency translation reserve

Exchange differences on translation

of foreign operations

2.0 4.0

Hedging reserves

Changes in fair value in hedging reserves (14.7) (98.0)

Transfers to profit before tax from cash flow

hedge reserve

(3.1) (7.0)

Tax on above reserve movements11 5.0 29.4

Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss

Revaluation of land 9 17.3 –

Other comprehensive income, net of tax 6.5 (71.6)

Total comprehensive income 139.1 305.6

Financial statements

Financial commentaryNotes to the financial statementsIndependent auditor’s report

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Financial statements

132Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

For the year ended 31 March 2025

Notes

Share

capital

NZ$M

Retained

earnings

NZ$M

Reserves

NZ$M

Total

equity

NZ$M

Balance at 31 March 2023 303.7 1,200.5 249.2 1,753.4

Total comprehensive income – 132.6 6.5 139.1

Dividends paid 17 – (238.1) – (238.1)

Issue of share capital under the dividend reinvestment plan 15 92.6 – – 92.6

Issue of share capital under employee share plans 15 9.5 – – 9.5

Movement in share based payments reserve 17 – – 4.4 4.4

Movement in treasury shares 15 (1.8) – – (1.8)

Balance at 31 March 2024 404.0 1,095.0 260.1 1,759.1

Total comprehensive income – 377.2 (71.6) 305.6

Dividends paid 17 – (245.6) – (245.6)

Issue of share capital under the dividend reinvestment plan 15 49.7 – – 49.7

Issue of share capital under employee share plans 15 12.5 – – 12.5

Movement in share based payments reserve 17 – – 6.7 6.7

Movement in treasury shares 15 2.4 – – 2.4

Balance at 31 March 2025 468.6 1,226.6 195.2 1,890.4

The accompanying notes form an integral part of the financial statements.

Financial commentaryNotes to the financial statementsIndependent auditor’s report

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Financial statements

133Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

As at 31 March 2025

Notes

2024

NZ$M

2025

NZ$M

ASSETS

Current assets

Cash and cash equivalents 82.0 264.5

Trade and other receivables 7 257.2 304.6

Inventories 8 320.4 342.9

Derivative financial instruments 6 36.3 9.9

Tax receivable 9.0 13.5

Total current assets 704.9 935.4

Non-current assets

Derivative financial instruments 6 53.5 38.6

Other receivables 2.4 1.1

Property, plant and equipment 9 1,340.0 1,338.5

Intangible assets 10 88.4 82.1

Deferred tax assets 11 92.5 155.1

Total assets 2,281.7 2,550.8

LIABILITIES

Current liabilities

Borrowings 12 78.5 64.0

Lease liabilities 12 17.7 22.4

Trade and other payables 13 219.9 271.8

Provisions 14 31.0 25.8

Tax payable 18.5 75.4

Derivative financial instruments 6 19.4 41.0

Total current liabilities 385.0 500.4

Notes

2024

NZ$M

2025

NZ$M

LIABILITIES

Non-current liabilities

Borrowings 12 35.7 -

Lease liabilities 12 57.2 66.9

Provisions 14 6.3 5.5

Other payables 13 21.4 25.2

Derivative financial instruments 6 11.4 53.7

Deferred tax liabilities 11 5.6 8.7

Total liabilities 522.6 660.4

EQUITY

Share capital 15 404.0 468.6

Retained earnings 1,095.0 1,226.6

Reserves 17 260.1 195.2

Total equity 1,759.1 1,890.4

Total liabilities and equity 2,281.7 2,550.8

The accompanying notes form an integral part of the financial statements.

On behalf of the Board

27 May 2025

Neville Mitchell Lewis Gradon

Board Chair Managing Director and

Chief Executive Officer

Financial commentaryNotes to the financial statementsIndependent auditor’s report

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Financial statements

134Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

For the year ended 31 March 2025

2024

NZ$M

2025

NZ$M

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

Receipts from customers 1,716.21,990.0

Interest received 3.23.9

Payments to suppliers and employees (1,218.1)(1,341.5)

Tax paid (51.8)(90.4)

Interest paid (16.4)(8.9)

Lease interest paid (3.5)(4.5)

Net cash flows from operating activities 429.6548.6

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

Purchases of property, plant and equipment (316.8)(73.6)

Purchases of intangible assets (22.2)(29.4)

Net cash flows from investing activities (339.0)(103.0)

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

Issue of share capital under employee share plans 3.03.1

New borrowings 300.6106.8

Repayment of borrowings (270.0)(163.7)

Lease liability payments (16.8)(18.5)

Dividends paid (145.5)(195.9)

Net cash flows from financing activities (128.7)(268.2)

Net increase (decrease) in cash (38.1)177.4

Opening cash 116.880.9

Effect of foreign exchange rates 2.21.9

Closing cash 80.9260.2

RECONCILIATION OF CLOSING CASH

Cash and cash equivalents 82.0264.5

Bank overdrafts (1.1)(4.3)

Closing cash 80.9260.2

2024

NZ$M

2025

NZ$M

CASH FLOW RECONCILIATION

Profit after tax 132.6377.2

Add (deduct) non-cash items:

Depreciation - right-of-use assets 17.720.9

Depreciation and amortisation - other assets 96.6119.0

Share based payments 10.811.2

Movement in provisions 9.0(6.0)

Movement in deferred tax assets / liabilities 10.2(26.0)

Movement in net tax payables 39.254.6

Foreign currency translation (0.7)3.3

Revaluation of land 98.1–

Other non-cash items 3.81.3

284.7178.3

Net working capital movements:

Trade and other receivables (38.5)(45.1)

Inventories 45.4(22.5)

Trade and other payables 5.460.7

12.3(6.9)

Net cash flows from operating activities 429.6548.6

The accompanying notes form an integral part of the financial statements.

Financial commentaryNotes to the financial statementsIndependent auditor’s report

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Financial statements

135Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
1. REPORTING ENTITY

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Corporation Limited (the “Company” or “Parent”) together

with its subsidiaries (the “Group”) is a leading designer, manufacturer and marketer of

medical device products and systems for use in both hospital and homecare settings.

Products are sold in over 120 countries worldwide. The Company is a limited liability

company incorporated and domiciled in New Zealand. The address of its registered

office is 15 Maurice Paykel Place, East Tāmaki, Auckland. These consolidated financial

statements were approved for issue by the Board of Directors on 27 May 2025.

2. BASIS OF PREPARATION AND PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION

Statement of compliance

The Company is registered under the Companies Act 1993 and is an FMC reporting entity

under Part 7 of the Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013. The Company is also listed on the

NZX and the ASX. The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance

with the requirements of Part 7 of the Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013.

These consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2025 have been

prepared in accordance with New Zealand Generally Accepted Accounting Principles

(NZ GAAP). They comply with New Zealand Equivalents to International Financial

Reporting Standards (NZ IFRS), other New Zealand accounting standards and authoritative

notices that are applicable to entities that apply NZ IFRS. The consolidated financial

statements also comply with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS).

The Group is a for-profit entity for the purposes of complying with NZ GAAP.

Basis of measurement

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost

convention, as modified by the revaluation of financial assets and liabilities (including

derivative instruments) at fair value through profit or loss and/or other comprehensive

income, and the revaluation of land.

Functional and presentation currency

The consolidated financial statements are presented in New Zealand dollars (NZD),

which is the Company’s functional currency, to the nearest hundred thousand dollars

unless otherwise stated. Items included in the financial statements of each of the

subsidiaries are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment

in which the entity operates (the “functional currency”).

The Group operates as one integrated business, and the functional currency of all

material global operations is NZD, with the exception of Fisher & Paykel Healthcare

Mexico Properties S.A. de C.V. (“Mexico Properties”). Mexico Properties was established

for the purpose of holding the Group’s property in Mexico, and its functional currency

is United States dollars (USD).

The results and financial position of entities that have a different functional currency are

translated to NZD as follows: assets and liabilities are translated at the exchange rate at

balance date and income statement items are translated at rates approximating the foreign

exchange rates ruling at the dates of transactions. Exchange differences are recognised in

other comprehensive income as a currency translation reserve movement.

Foreign currency transactions and balances

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the relevant functional currency at the

exchange rates at the dates of the transactions. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting

from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at period end exchange

rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognised in

the income statement, except when deferred in other comprehensive income as qualifying

cash flow hedges.

Critical accounting estimates and judgements

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with NZ IFRS requires the use of

certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgement

in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. The Directors regularly review

all accounting policies and areas of judgement in presenting the financial statements.

Significant estimates are disclosed in each of the applicable notes to the financial

statements and are designated with an

symbol.

Material accounting policy information

Material accounting policy information is disclosed in each of the applicable notes to the

financial statements and are designated with an

symbol.

Basis of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements incorporate the assets and liabilities of all subsidiaries

of the Group as at balance date and the results of all subsidiaries for the year then ended.

All subsidiaries are 100% owned within the Group.

Intercompany transactions, balances and unrealised gains on transactions between Group

companies are eliminated. Unrealised losses are also eliminated unless the transaction

provides evidence of the impairment of the asset transferred.

Notes to the financial statements

For the year ended 31 March 2025

Financial commentaryFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Notes to the financial statements

136Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
4. OPERATING REVENUE AND SEGMENTAL INFORMATION

2024

NZ$M

2025

NZ$M

Sales revenue 1,758.1 2,023.5

Foreign exchange loss on hedged sales (15.3) (2.5)

Total operating revenue 1,742.8 2,021.0

Revenue by product group

Hospital products 1,087.9 1,280.3

Homecare products 652.3 739.9

1,740.2 2,020.2

Distributed and other products 2.6 0.8

Total operating revenue 1,742.8 2,021.0

Revenue after hedging by geographical location of customer:

North America 806.1 967.2

Europe 477.3 541.5

Asia Pacific 368.9 420.8

Other¹ 90.5 91.5

Total operating revenue 1,742.8 2,021.0

1 Other includes New Zealand, Latin America (including Mexico), Africa and the Middle East.

3. SIGNIFICANT TRANSACTIONS AND EVENTS IN THE FINANCIAL YEAR

The following significant transactions and events affected the financial performance

and financial position of the Group for the year ended 31 March 2025:

Property, plant and equipment

During the year, the multi-storey car park building construction at our East Tāmaki site

has been completed.

In March we signed a building construction contract for the fifth building at our

East Tāmaki campus. We expect the total cost of the new building to be approximately

$250 million.

Spending for these key property projects during the year was $17.9 million, with

total spend to date $93.1 million. Capital commitments as at 31 March 2025 include

$200.2 million related to the construction of the fifth building.

Land acquisition and valuation

During the year, the Company submitted a private plan change application with Auckland

Council to rezone the Karaka, Auckland land to accommodate growth over the longer

term. Capital commitments as at 31 March 2025 include $58 million for the acquisition

of a further 24.8 hectares in Karaka, $43.0 million of which is to be paid in January 2026

and the final payment of $15.0 million is due in December 2026.

Share capital

During the year, the Group issued a total of 1,715,075 shares under the Dividend

Reinvestment Plan (DRP) and 460,666 shares under employee share based payment

arrangements. Under the DRP, the new shares were issued relating to the FY24 final

dividend at an average price of $28.9835 per share, totaling $49.7 million.

Financial commentaryFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Notes to the financial statements

137Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
4. OPERATING REVENUE AND SEGMENTAL INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

Segmental reporting

The Group operates in one segment - being the design, manufacture, marketing and

sale of medical devices and systems globally. These products and systems are for use

in respiratory care, acute care, surgery and the treatment of OSA in the home and

hospital. Resource allocation decisions are made to optimise the Group’s financial

operating profit. This is consistent with the internal management reports the chief

operating decision-maker (CODM)¹ reviews.


Revenue is recognised at the point in time performance obligations are satisfied

by transferring control of goods to the customer at the transaction price specified

in the contract. Control typically transfers to the customer at the same time as the

legal title passes to the customer, typically on delivery. The transaction price includes

all amounts which the Group expects to be entitled to net of sales taxes and other

indirect taxes, expected rebates and discounts. Where applicable, rebates and/or

discounts are included within the consideration using an estimation typically based

on the most likely method, and are only recognised to the extent that it is highly

probable that a significant reversal will not occur.

There are no significant financing components in the Group’s revenue arrangements.

1 CODM comprised the Board of Directors (which includes the Chief Executive Officer), the Chief Financial Officer, the

Chief Operating Officer, the Vice President – Sales & Marketing, and the Vice President – Products & Technology during

the 2025 financial year.

5. EXPENSES

2024

NZ$M

2025

NZ$M

Profit before tax is after charging the following specific expenses:

Donations 0.4 0.1

Net inventories written down 25.9 (0.5)

Fees paid to auditors

2024

NZ$000

2025

NZ$000

Audit and review of the financial statements (i) 1,740 1,809

Audit or review related services (ii) 42 44

Other assurance services (iii) 23 262

Total fee for audit, other audit related and other

assurance services 1,805 2,115

Other services (iv) 2 –

Total fee for audit, other audit related, other assurance

and non-audit services 1,807 2,115

(i) Audit and review of the financial statements includes $660,630 (2024: $662,274) paid

to other PwC network firms.

(ii) Audit or review related services include limited assurance engagement in the area of

constant currency disclosures $43,900 (2024: $41,900).

(iii) Other assurance services include the limited assurance engagement in the area of

greenhouse gas emissions disclosures $234,000 (2024: nil) and regulatory compliance

procedures in Mexico $28,481 (2024: $22,674).

(iv) In 2024, other services includes market survey data relating to executive remuneration

levels $1,950.

The fee paid to PwC for the audit and review of the Group’s financial statements is split

across the jurisdictions where there are subsidiary entities that require an audit or are a

significant component of the Group.

2024

NZ$000

2025

NZ$000

PwC New Zealand 1,120 1,426

Other PwC network firms 687 689

Total fees paid to auditors 1,807 2,115

Financial commentaryFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Notes to the financial statements

138Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
6. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

20242025

Assets

NZ$M

Liabilities

NZ$M

Assets

NZ$M

Liabilities

NZ$M

CURRENT

Foreign currency forward exchange contracts – cash flow hedges 36.3 19.0 9.9 40.2

Foreign currency forward exchange contracts – not hedge accounted – 0.4 – 0.8

36.3 19.4 9.9 41.0

NON-CURRENT

Foreign currency forward exchange contracts – cash flow hedges 53.5 11.4 38.6 53.7

53.5 11.4 38.6 53.7

Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date a derivative contract is

entered into, and are subsequently re-measured to their fair value. The method of

recognising the resulting gain or loss depends on whether the derivative is designated

as a hedging instrument and, if so, the nature of the item being hedged. The Group

generally applies hedge accounting to all derivative financial instruments.

The Group designates certain derivatives as hedges of highly probable forecast

transactions (cash flow hedges). At the inception of the transaction, the Group

documents the relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as

the risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions.

The Group also documents their assessment, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing

basis, of whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions have been and

will continue to be highly effective in offsetting changes in cash flows of hedged items.

Any ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the income statement. Derivatives

that are designated as hedges will be classified as non-current if they have maturities

greater than 12 months after the balance date.

Some components of hedge accounted derivatives are excluded from the designated

risk. Cash flow hedges include only the intrinsic value of options. Time value on

options is excluded from the hedge designation and is marked to market through

other comprehensive income and accumulated within a separate component of equity

(‘the costs of hedging reserve’ within ‘hedging reserves’) until such time as the related

hedge accounted cash flows affect profit or loss. At this stage the cumulative amount

is reclassified to profit or loss.

Master netting arrangements

The Group enters into derivative transactions under the International Swaps and Derivatives Association (ISDA) master agreements. The ISDA agreements do not meet the criteria

for offsetting derivatives in the balance sheet. Netting arrangements are only enforceable upon early termination, for example, on occurrence of a credit default. Refer to Note 21

for information on the calculation of fair values and maturity of undiscounted cash flows for these financial instruments.

Financial commentaryFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Notes to the financial statements

139Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
6. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (CONTINUED)

Contractual amounts of derivative financial instruments were as follows:

2024

NZ$M

2025

NZ$M

Foreign currency forward contracts and options

Sale commitments forward exchange contracts 3,109.5 3,991.6

Purchase commitments forward exchange contracts 52.1 129.6

Foreign currency borrowing forward exchange contracts 64.2 68.3

Interest rate derivatives

Interest rate swaps 2.5 2.5

Undiscounted foreign currency contractual amounts for outstanding hedges of the main

foreign currency exposures were as follows:

Foreign currency

2024

M

2025

M

Sale commitments

United States dollars US$962.5US$1,174.5

European Union euros €526.5€690.0

Japanese yen ¥9,260.0¥12,020.0

Purchase commitments

Mexican pesos MXN743.5MXN1,680.0


Financial commentaryFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Notes to the financial statements

140Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
7. TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES

2024

NZ$M

2025

NZ$M

CURRENT

Trade receivables 223.0 267.3

Loss allowance for doubtful trade receivables (3.5) (4.2)

219.5 263.1

Other receivables 37.7 41.5

257.2 304.6

Trade receivables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at

amortised cost using the effective interest method, less loss allowance for doubtful

trade receivables. Estimates are used in determining the level of receivables that

may not be collected. The Group has applied the simplified approach to calculating

expected credit losses on trade receivables and recognises a doubtful debt provision

based on the lifetime expected credit loss at each reporting date.

Bad debts are written off when they are considered to have become uncollectable.

Trade receivables credit risk

As at balance date, 91% of trade receivables were current (2024: 85%) with 1% (2024: 1%)

more than 90 days past due. The total loss allowance for doubtful trade receivables

represents an estimate of the expected credit losses in respect of trade receivables and

covers the majority of these more than 90 days past due balances. The expected credit

losses are assessed by reference to historical collection trends and are adjusted to reflect

current and forward-looking information on macroeconomic factors affecting the ability

of the customers to settle the receivables.

Customer and receivable concentration

2024 2025

Five largest customers’ proportion of the Group’s:

Operating revenue 23%24%

Trade receivables 16%15%

There is no history of default in relation to these customers. Further information about the

credit quality and the Group’s exposure to credit risk can be found in Note 21.

8. INVENTORIES

2024

NZ$M

2025

NZ$M

Materials 164.1 156.8

Finished products 235.4 257.5

Provision for inventory write downs (79.1) (71.4)

320.4 342.9

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realisable value. Cost is determined

using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method and includes expenditure incurred in

acquiring the inventories and bringing them to their existing location and condition.

The cost of finished products comprises materials, direct labour, other direct costs and

related production overheads (based on normal operating capacity). Net realisable

value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less applicable

variable selling expenses.

Financial commentaryFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Notes to the financial statements

141Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
9. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Reconciliation of carrying amounts at the beginning and end of the year

LandBuildingsPlant & equipmentCapital projects in progressTotal

Fair value

NZ$M

Structure (i)

NZ$M

Fit-out

and other

NZ$M

Leased

assets

NZ$M

Purchased

NZ$M

Leased

assets

NZ$M

Buildings (i)

NZ$M

Other

NZ$MNZ$M

Cost and revaluation

Balance at 31 March 2023 276.3231.2253.975.5531.715.156.8192.11,632.6

Revaluation recognised in asset revaluation reserve 17.3–––––––17.3

Revaluation recognised in the income statement (98.1)–––––––(98.1)

Additions 224.41.06.927.416.05.743.035.8360.2

Transfers 2.25.38.4–52.3–(12.4)(55.8)–

Disposals ––(0.3)(6.1)(5.6)(6.2)–(0.4)(18.6)

Foreign exchange differences 1.54.20.2–0.1–0.3–6.3

Balance at 31 March 2024 423.6241.7269.196.8594.514.687.7171.71,899.7

Additions –9.12.622.722.48.511.228.5105.0

Transfers –59.513.5–64.9–(72.6)(65.3)–

Disposals –(1.0)(0.9)(7.5)(10.8)(3.9)(0.5)–(24.6)

Foreign exchange differences 1.94.40.20.10.3–––6.9

Balance at 31 March 2025 425.5313.7284.5112.1671.319.225.8134.91,987.0

Depreciation and impairment

Balance at 31 March 2023 –37.0105.127.4305.59.4––484.4

Depreciation charge for the year –6.411.812.851.94.9––87.8

Disposals ––(0.3)(1.2)(5.6)(5.9)––(13.0)

Foreign exchange differences –0.5––––––0.5

Balance at 31 March 2024 –43.9116.639.0351.88.4––559.7

Depreciation charge for the year –7.312.415.166.75.8––107.3

Disposals –(0.1)(0.9)(6.8)(9.1)(2.7)––(19.6)

Foreign exchange differences –0.80.2–0.1–––1.1

Balance at 31 March 2025 –51.9128.347.3409.511.5––648.5

Carrying amounts

At 31 March 2023 276.3194.2148.848.1226.25.756.8192.11,148.2

At 31 March 2024 423.6197.8152.557.8242.76.287.7171.71,340.0

At 31 March 2025 425.5261.8156.264.8261.87.725.8134.91,338.5

(i) $2.0 million of finance costs were capitalised during the year in relation to building additions (2024: $2.4 million).

Financial commentaryFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Notes to the financial statements

142Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Land revaluation

As described in Note 21, land in Mexico and New Zealand is considered to be a

level 3 asset within the fair value hierarchy for valuation purposes. Valuation of land

is performed in accordance with the provisions of NZ IAS 16 ‘Property, Plant and

Equipment’ and NZ IFRS 13 ‘Fair Value Measurement’. There are certain estimates

associated with determining fair value, with the significant input being comparable

land sales information per square metre (‘psm’) for similar properties adjusted to

reflect relevant physical and locational characteristics, including usability of land

(likely yield). In the case of development land, adjustments also include envisaged

future zoning and relevant timing of development.

As at 31 March 2024, the Group obtained external valuations of land for financial

reporting purposes, including East Tāmaki and Karaka in New Zealand and Tijuana,

Mexico. The East Tāmaki and Tijuana land values increased by $17.3 million in total,

which was recognised as a revaluation gain within other comprehensive income

which is included in the asset revaluation reserve. The Karaka land value decreased by

$98.1 million, which was recognised as an expense in the income statement.

East Tāmaki - New Zealand

The East Tāmaki, New Zealand land holding was valued by Jones Lang LaSalle

(JLL NZ), with an effective date of 31 March 2024. The land was valued at $263.9

million, ranging from $600 psm for development land to $643 psm for land with

improvements.

Karaka - New Zealand

The Karaka, New Zealand land holding was valued by Savills NZ Limited (Savills),

with an effective date of 31 March 2024. The land comprised 79.4 hectares for the

development of a second New Zealand campus in Karaka and includes a mix of rural

and future urban zoned land. The land was valued at $122.0 million. The valuation was

conducted in accordance with accepted market approaches, the principle approach

being the Direct (Sales) Comparison Approach. Reference was also made to the

Residual Feasibility Analysis (Discounted Cashflow) and Chance of Change (Plussage).

Tijuana - Mexico

The Mexico land holding was valued by Jones Lang LaSalle (JLL Mexico), with an

effective date of 31 March 2024. The land was valued at US$22.5 million (NZ$37.7

million).

The Directors consider the carrying value of land at 31 March 2025 remains an

appropriate fair value.

9. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

(CONTINUED)


Land is measured at fair value, based on periodic but at least triennial valuations by

external independent valuers less any impairment losses recognised after the date of

the revaluation. Valuations are performed with sufficient regularity to ensure that the

fair value does not differ materially from its carrying amount.

All other property, plant and equipment is stated at historical cost less depreciation

and impairment. Historical cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the

acquisition of the items. This cost includes labour attributable to bringing the assets to

the location and working condition for its intended use.

Depreciation is generally calculated using the straight-line method and is expensed

over the estimated useful lives. Depreciation methods, residual values and useful lives

are reassessed at each reporting date. Estimated useful lives are as follows:

Buildings – structure 25 – 50 years

Buildings – fit-out and other 3 – 50 years

Plant and equipment 3 – 15 years

An asset’s carrying amount is written down immediately to its estimated recoverable

amount if the asset’s carrying amount is greater than its estimated recoverable amount.

Leased assets

The Group’s leases predominantly relate to property or equipment outside

New Zealand. All leases are included within property, plant and equipment.

Lease contracts are typically made for fixed periods between 3-12 years but may

have extension options. Lease terms are negotiated on an individual basis and contain

a wide range of different terms and conditions. The right-of-use (leased) asset is

depreciated over the shorter of the asset’s useful life and the expected lease term

on a straight-line basis.

Revaluations of land

Revaluation increases are recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated

as a separate component of equity in the asset revaluation reserve, except to

the extent that they reverse a revaluation decrease of the same asset previously

recognised in the income statement, in which case the increase is recognised in

the income statement.

Revaluation decreases are recognised in the income statement, except to the extent

that they offset a previous revaluation increase for the same asset, in which case the

decrease is recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated as a separate

component of equity in the asset revaluation reserve.

Financial commentaryFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Notes to the financial statements

143Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Property, plant and equipment (including leased assets) and intangible assets by

geographical location:

2025

NZ$M

2024

NZ$M

1,089.71,110.0

263.0265.2

67. 953.2

New Zealand

Mexico

Other


The table below summarises the valuation approach to land and the principal

assumptions used in establishing the fair values as at 31 March 2024. There have been

no changes with the assumptions as at 31 March 2025.

20242025

Predominant land

valuation approach

Inputs used

to measure

fair value

Range of

significant

inputs

Weighted

average

Range of

significant

inputs

Weighted

average

Auckland East Tāmaki

Direct sales comparison

Rate per

sqm$600-643$628$600-643$628

Auckland Karaka

Direct sales comparison

with adjustments made

to reflect usability and

timing of zoning and

development

Rate per

sqm

$50-$183$154$50-$183$154

Mexico Tijuana

Direct sales comparisonRate per

sqm – US$

US$139-

146

US$143US$139-

146

US$143

Rate per

sqm – NZ$

$232-

$244

$238$232-

$244

$238

The significant unobservable input used in the fair value measurement of the Group’s

land is the value per square metre. Increases or decreases in the value per square

metre would result in corresponding increases or decreases in the total valuation.


Carrying amounts of land if measured at historical cost

Historical costFair value

Unit 2024 2025 2024 2025

East TāmakiNZ$M 86.4 86.4 263.9 263.9

KarakaNZ$M 220.1 220.1 122.0 122.0

Total New Zealand NZ$M 306.5 306.5 385.9 385.9

MexicoUS$M 16.3 16.3 22.5 22.5

MexicoNZ$M 27.4 27.4 37.7 39.6

Total LandNZ$M 333.9 333.9 423.6 425.5

9. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

(CONTINUED)

Financial commentaryFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Notes to the financial statements

144Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Software: Software development

costs that are directly attributable to

the design and testing of identifiable

and unique software products and

acquired computer software licences

controlled by the Group are recognised

as intangible assets and are initially

capitalised at cost. Directly attributable

costs that are capitalised as part of

the software include employee costs.

The project costs (including the ERP

implementation) are transferred from

Capital projects in progress to Software,

as each stage is completed. These

software costs are amortised over their

useful economic life of 3 to 15 years.

The costs of configuring or customising,

and the ongoing fees to obtain access

to an application software in a cloud

computing Software-as-a-Service

agreement are recognised as expenses

when the services are received.

Patents and trademarks: Patents and

trademarks have a finite useful life and

are carried at cost less accumulated

amortisation and impairment.

Amortisation is calculated using the

straight-line method to allocate the

cost of patents and trademarks over

their anticipated useful lives of 5

to 15 years. In the event of a patent

being superseded or a trademark

registration is not continued or

renewed, the unamortised costs

are expensed immediately.

10. INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Software

NZ$M

Patents,

trademarks &

applications

NZ$M

Other

NZ$M

Capital

projects

in progress

NZ$M

Total

NZ$M

Cost

Balance at 31 March 2023 60.6121.28.25.9195.9

Additions 4.326.5–0.331.1

Transfers 2.9–1.3(4.2)–

Disposals (0.1)(3.2)–(1.9)(5.2)

Foreign exchange differences ––0.20.30.5

Balance at 31 March 2024 67.7144.59.70.4222.3

Additions 4.022.3––26.3

Transfers 0.4––(0.4)–

Disposals (0.1)(2.7)––(2.8)

Foreign exchange differences ––0.3–0.3

Balance at 31 March 2025 72.0164.110.00.0246.1

Amortisation and impairment

Balance at 31 March 2023 31.275.93.2–110.3

Amortisation for the year 5.221.00.3–26.5

Disposals –(2.9)––(2.9)

Balance at 31 March 2024 36.494.03.5–133.9

Amortisation for the year 6.126.10.4–32.6

Disposals (0.1)(2.4)––(2.5)

Foreign exchange differences –––––

Balance at 31 March 2025 42.4117.73.9–164.0

Carrying amounts

At 31 March 2023 29.445.35.05.985.6

At 31 March 2024 31.350.56.20.488.4

At 31 March 2025 29.646.46.10.082.1

Financial commentaryFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Notes to the financial statements

145Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
11. INCOME TAX

Income tax expense

2024

NZ$M

2025

NZ$M

Profit before tax 235.7 503.3

Tax expense at the New Zealand rate of 28% 66.0 140.9

Adjustments to tax:

Non-assessable income / additional deductible expenses (0.5) –

Non-deductible expenses / additional assessable income 8.9 6.6

Non-deductible revaluation of land 27.5 –

Foreign rates other than 28% (0.8) 3.3

Effect of foreign currency translations 0.1 (2.7)

R&D tax credit (18.0) (20.4)

Removal of building depreciation 19.3 –

Prior period under/(over) provision / tax rate changes 0.6 (1.6)

Tax expense 103.1 126.1

This is represented by:

Current tax 92.8 152.6

Deferred tax 10.3 (26.5)

Tax expense 103.1 126.1

Effective tax rate43.7%25.1%

Effective tax rate excluding R&D tax credit, revaluation of

land and removal of building depreciation30.5%29.1%

The Group is subject to the global minimum top-up tax under Pillar Two rules.

The Group does not have significant operations in low-tax jurisdictions. For the year

ended 31 March 2025, the Group has not recognised any current tax expense related

to Pillar Two income taxes.

The Group has applied the exception to recognising and disclosing information about

deferred tax assets and liabilities related to Pillar Two income taxes.


Tax expense comprises current and deferred tax. Tax expense is recognised in the

income statement except to the extent that it relates to items recognised outside of

the income statement, in which case it is recognised in other comprehensive income

or directly in equity.

Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year, using

tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the balance date. It also includes any

adjustment to tax payable for previous financial years.

Deferred tax arises due to temporary differences between the carrying amounts of

assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and those for tax purposes.

Deferred tax is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or

substantively enacted by balance date and are expected to apply when the related

deferred tax asset is realised or the deferred tax liability is settled.

The R&D tax credit is estimated based on the eligible R&D expenditure incurred during

the period and is recognised as a deduction to current tax expense and offset in

current tax payable. The R&D tax credit is only recognised when there is reasonable

certainty the Group will comply with the conditions of the tax incentive.

IMPUTATION CREDITS

2024

M

2025

M

New Zealand imputation credits available for use in

subsequent reporting periods NZ$280.4 NZ$301.1

Australian franking credits available for use in subsequent

reporting periods A$19.3 A$21.6

Financial commentaryFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Notes to the financial statements

146Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
11. INCOME TAX (CONTINUED)

Deferred tax assets / (liabilities)

Provisions

and accruals

NZ$M

Inventories

NZ$M

Leases

NZ$M

Property,

plant and

equipment and

intangibles

NZ$M

Financial

instruments

NZ$M

Employee

share based

payments

NZ$M

Other

NZ$M

Total

NZ$M

Balance at 31 March 2023 31.0 91.9 1.8 (14.2) (21.8) 4.7 0.1 93.5

Amounts recognised in:

Other comprehensive income – – – – 5.0 – – 5.0

Directly in equity – – – – – (1.3) – (1.3)

In the income statement 5.3 (0.8) 0.1 4.1 – (0.2) 0.5 9.0

In the income statement – removal of building depreciation – – – (19.3) – – – (19.3)

Balance at 31 March 2024 36.3 91.1 1.9 (29.4) (16.8) 3.2 0.6 86.9

Amounts recognised in:

Other comprehensive income – – – – 29.4 – – 29.4

Directly in equity – – – – – 3.6 – 3.6

In the income statement 0.5 14.2 1.0 7.8 – 2.3 0.7 26.5

Balance at 31 March 2025 36.8 105.3 2.9 (21.6) 12.6 9.1 1.3 146.4

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset within the balance sheet where they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority.

Financial commentaryFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Notes to the financial statements

147Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
12. INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES

20242025

Borrowings

NZ$M

Leases

NZ$M

Borrowings

NZ$M

Leases

NZ$M

CURRENT

Bank overdrafts 1.1 – 4.3 –

Borrowings 77.4 – 59.7 –

Lease liabilities – 17.7 – 22.4

78.5 17.7 64.0 22.4

NON-CURRENT

Borrowings expiring

Between one and two years 5.7 – – –

Between two and three years – – – –

Between three and four years 30.0 – – –

Between four and five years – – – –

Lease liabilities – 57.2 – 66.9

35.7 57.2 – 66.9


Borrowings

Borrowings are recognised initially at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred.

Subsequent to initial recognition, borrowings are measured at amortised cost,

applying the effective interest rate method. Financing expenses directly attributable

to the acquisition, construction or production of a qualifying asset are capitalised

as part of the cost of that asset.

Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the Group has an unconditional

right to defer settlement of the liability for at least 12 months after the reporting date.

Lease liabilities

The lease agreements do not impose any covenants, and leased assets may not be

used as security for borrowing purposes.

Lease liabilities have been measured at the present value of the total lease payments

and discounted at the incremental borrowing rate for each relevant territory.

Incremental borrowing rates applied to lease liabilities range between 2% - 51%,

with a weighted average rate of 5.3% (2024: 6.4%)

Extension and termination options

Some property leases contain an extension option exercisable by the Group. At the

commencement of a lease, the Group assesses whether it is reasonably certain an

extension option will be exercised. The assessment is reviewed if a significant event

or a significant change in circumstances occurs which affects this assessment and

that is within the control of the Group. The extension options are only exercisable by

the Group and not by the lessor. Where it is reasonably certain the extension will be

exercised, that extension period and related costs are recognised on the balance sheet.

Short-term and low-value leases

Payments associated with short-term leases and leases of low-value assets are

recognised on a straight-line basis as an expense in the income statement. Short-

term leases are leases with a lease term of 12 months or less. Low-value leases

predominantly relate to computer equipment.

Financial commentaryFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Notes to the financial statements

148Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
13. TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES

2024

NZ$M

2025

NZ$M

CURRENT

Trade payables 32.4 52.9

Employee entitlements 108.6 121.5

Other payables and accruals 78.9 97.4

219.9 271.8

NON-CURRENT

Employee entitlements 18.1 21.7

Other payables and accruals 3.3 3.5

21.4 25.2


Trade and other payables represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the

Group prior to the end of the financial period which are unpaid. The amounts are

unsecured and are usually paid within 60 days of recognition. Trade payables are

recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using

the effective interest method.

Refer to Note 18 for further details of employee entitlements and benefits.

12. INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES

(CONTINUED)

Borrowing facilities

Borrowings have been aged in accordance with the expiry dates of the facilities as there are

no required principal payments before the expiry of each facility. At year end the weighted

average interest rate for borrowings is 5.0% (2024: 6.5%).

Key lenders to the Group are Debt Certificate Holders under the Negative Pledge Deed.

The negative pledge includes the covenant that security can be given only in limited

circumstances.

The companies in the Group providing the undertakings under the Negative Pledge

Deed are:

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Corporation Limited

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Limited

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Treasury Limited

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Properties Limited

The principal covenants of the negative pledge are that:

(i) the interest cover ratio for the Group shall not be less than 3 times earnings

before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (EBITDA);

(ii) the net tangible assets of the Group shall not be less than $200.0 million; and

(iii) the total tangible assets of the Guaranteeing Group shall constitute at least 80%

of the total tangible assets of the Group.

There have been no breaches of debt covenants for the current or prior year.

The Company had total available committed debt funding of $580.0 million as

at 31 March 2025, of which $520.3 million was undrawn. As at 31 March 2025,

the weighted average maturity of committed borrowing facilities was 1.9 years.

2024

NZ$M

2025

NZ$M

Unused lines of credit

Uncommitted borrowing and bank overdraft facilities 82.0 91.0

Committed borrowing facilities 544.3 520.3

626.3 611.3

Financial commentaryFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Notes to the financial statements

149Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
14. PROVISIONS

2024 2025

Warranty

NZ$M

Recall

NZ$M

Total

NZ$M

Warranty

NZ$M

Recall

NZ$M

Total

NZ$M

Warranty and recall provision

CURRENT

Balance at beginning of the year 20.9 – 20.9 11.0 20.0 31.0

Current year provision (7.0) 20.0 13.0 10.9 – 10.9

Warranty and recall expenses

incurred (2.9) – (2.9) (3.9) (12.2) (16.1)

Balance at end of the year 11.0 20.0 31.0 18.0 7.8 25.8

NON-CURRENT

Balance at beginning of the year 7.3 – 7.3 6.3 – 6.3

Current year provision (1.0) – (1.0) (0.8) – (0.8)

Balance at end of the year 6.3 – 6.3 5.5 – 5.5


Provisions are recognised where the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events and

it is more likely than not that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation, and the amount can be

reliably estimated.

Warranty and product recall

Provision for warranty covers the obligations for the unexpired warranty periods for products, based on recent

historical costs incurred on warranty exposure. Typical warranty terms are 1 to 2 years for parts and/or labour.

The actual future warranty claims experienced by the Group may be different to that of the past. Factors that could

impact future warranty claims include the success of the Group’s quality system, as well as future parts and labour

costs. Where the Group is aware of specific product warranty issues including associated recall costs these are

included in the provision.

Management has made judgements, estimates and assumptions related to probable costs arising from the recall which

affect the provision and total expenses. Actual outcomes may differ from these estimates as information is identified.  

Financial commentaryFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Notes to the financial statements

150Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
15. SHARE CAPITAL

2024

NZ$M

2025

NZ$M

Share capital at beginning of the year 307.0 409.1

Issue of share capital under dividend reinvestment plan 92.6 49.7

Issue of share capital under employee share plans 9.5 12.5

Share capital at end of the year 409.1 471.3

Less treasury shares (i) (5.1) (2.7)

404.0 468.6

Number of issued shares

Number of shares on issue at beginning of the year 579,356,576 583,963,682

Shares issued:

Dividend reinvestment plan 3,960,480 1,715,075

Employee share purchase schemes 76,683 60,666

Employee share based payments plans 569,943 400,000

Number of shares on issue at end of the year 583,963,682 586,139,423

Less treasury shares (i) (419,172) (238,180)

583,544,510 585,901,243


Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares, rights or options are

shown in equity as a deduction, net of taxation, from the proceeds.

When shares are acquired by a member of the Group, the amount of consideration

paid is recognised directly in equity. These shares are classified as treasury shares

and presented as a deduction from share capital until the ownership transfers to a

holder outside the Group. When treasury shares are subsequently reissued under

employee share plans, the cost of treasury shares is reversed and the realised gain or

loss on sale or reissue, net of any directly attributable incremental transaction costs, is

recognised within share capital.

All shares are fully paid. All ordinary shares rank equally with one vote attached to each

fully paid ordinary share.

(i) Treasury shares are shares held and controlled by Fisher & Paykel Healthcare

Employee Share Purchase Trustee Limited under the Employee Share Purchase

Scheme and shares held by the Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Employee Share Trust.

16. EARNINGS PER SHARE

2024

NZ$M

2025

NZ$M

Profit after tax 132.6 377.2

Weighted average number of ordinary shares 581,972,373 585,543,359

Adjustment for share options, PSRs and ESRs 4,206,561 4,656,277

Weighted average number of ordinary shares for

diluted earnings per share 586,178,934 590,199,636

Basic earnings per share (cents per share) 22.8 cps64.4 cps

Diluted earnings per share (cents per share) 22.6 cps63.9 cps


Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit after tax by the weighted

average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year.

Diluted earnings per share is calculated by adjusting the weighted average number

of ordinary shares outstanding to assume conversion of all dilutive potential ordinary

shares. Options, Performance Share Rights (PSRs) and Employee Share Rights (ESRs)

are convertible into the Company’s shares, and are therefore considered dilutive

securities for diluted earnings per share.

Financial commentaryFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Notes to the financial statements

151Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
17. RESERVES AND DIVIDENDS

2024

NZ$M

2025

NZ$M

Hedging reserve 42.9 (32.7)

Asset revaluation reserve 187.0 187.0

Employee share based payment reserve 26.8 33.5

Foreign currency translation reserve 3.4 7.4

Total reserves 260.1 195.2

Nature and purpose of reserves

Hedging reserve

This reserve is used to record unrealised gains or losses on hedging instruments that are

recognised directly in equity and the cumulative net change in the time value on currency

options which are excluded from hedge designations of foreign currency risk.

Amounts are recycled to the income statement when the associated hedged transactions

affect the income statement.

Asset revaluation reserve

The asset revaluation reserve relates to the revaluation of land. For further information

refer to Note 9.

Share based payment reserve

This reserve is used to recognise the fair value of shares, options, PSRs and ESRs granted

but not exercised or lapsed. Tax deductions in excess of the cumulative share based

payment expense are recognised in equity.

Amounts are transferred to share capital (including income tax benefits) when the

vested shares, options, PSRs or ESRs are exercised or lapse.

Foreign currency translation reserve

The foreign currency translation reserve contains foreign exchange differences arising

on consolidation of assets and liabilities of overseas entities with a functional currency

other than NZD.

Dividends

All dividends are recognised as distributions to shareholders.

During the year, supplementary dividends of $27.7 million were paid to non-resident

shareholders (2024: $26.2 million), for which the Group received an equivalent foreign

investor tax credit entitlement. The foreign investor tax credit entitlement is included

in income taxes paid within the statement of cash flows.

Cents

per share NZ$M

Dividends

2023 final 23.00 133.3

2024 interim 18.00 104.8

31 March 2024 41.00 238.1

2024 final 23.50 137.2

2025 interim 18.50 108.4

31 March 2025 42.00 245.6

Subsequent event – dividend declared

On 27 May 2025 the Directors approved the payment of a fully imputed 2025 final dividend

of $140.7 million (24.0 cents per share) to be paid on 4 July 2025. A supplementary

dividend of 4.2353 cents per share was also approved for eligible non-resident

shareholders.

Financial commentaryFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Notes to the financial statements

152Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
18. EMPLOYEE EXPENSES

Employee expenses total $772.9 million (2024: $692.7 million).


Wages and salaries

Wages and salaries includes non-monetary benefits, annual leave, long service leave

and contributions to superannuation plans.

Liabilities for wages and salaries, including non-monetary benefits, annual leave, long

service leave and accumulating sick leave are recognised within employee entitlements

in trade and other payables. These are measured at the amounts expected to be paid

when the liabilities are settled in respect of employees’ services up to the reporting date.

For the liabilities for long service leave, consideration is given to expected future wage

and salary levels, experience of employee departures and periods of service. Expected

future payments are discounted using market yields at the reporting date on national

government bonds with terms to maturity and currency that match, as closely as

possible, the estimated future cash outflows.

Liabilities for non-accumulating sick leave are recognised when the leave is taken and

measured at the rates paid or payable.

Equity settled share based payments

The fair value (at grant date) of shares, options, PSRs and ESRs granted to employees

is recognised as an employee expense in the income statement over the vesting period

with a corresponding increase in the employee share based payment reserve. When

shares, options, PSRs or ESRs are exercised, the amount in the share based payment

reserve relating to those instruments, together with the option exercise price paid

by the employee, is transferred to share capital. When any shares, options, PSRs or

ESRs lapse, the amount in the share based payment reserve relating to those shares,

options, PSRs or ESRs is also transferred to share capital.

a) Key management and director compensation

2024

NZ$000

2025

NZ$000

Salary and other short-term benefits 10,201 11,522

Share based benefits 4,030 3,275

Directors fees 1,515 1,516

15,746 16,313

Key management personnel includes the Chief Executive Officer and senior executives

reporting directly to the Chief Executive Officer.

The table excludes any dividends received on the Company’s shares held by the Directors

or key management personnel.

2025

2025

NZ$M

761.7

11.2

2024

2024

NZ$M

681.9

10.8

Wages and

salaries

Share based

benefits

Financial commentaryFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Notes to the financial statements

153Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
18. EMPLOYEE EXPENSES (CONTINUED)

b) Employee share based compensation

The Company grants options and share rights to certain employees under a number of

Long Term Variable Remuneration Plans as follows:

• 2022 Share Option Plan and the 2022 Performance Share Rights Plan (from 1 April 2022)

• 2019 Share Option Plan and the 2019 Performance Share Rights Plan (from 1 April 2019

to 31 March 2022)

• Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Employee Share Rights Plan

Vesting of all schemes is subject to the employee still being in service at date of vesting.

No amounts are payable for the grant of any options or share rights. Options, PSRs and

ESRs granted to employees have no voting rights until they have been exercised and

ordinary shares issued.

(i) Share option plans

Under the 2019 and 2022 Share Option Plans, one option gives the employee the right to

acquire one ordinary share in the Company. Options vest on the anniversary date of the

grant as long as the FPH share price on the NZX on that date has exceeded the “escalated

price”. The escalated price is determined at the anniversary of the grant date and is

calculated by:

• increasing the last calculated escalated price (which, as at the grant date, will be the

exercise price of the option) by a percentage amount determined by the Board to

represent the Company’s cost of capital; and

• reducing the resulting figure by the amount of any dividend paid by the Company

in respect of a share in the 12 month period immediately preceding that anniversary.

Options under the 2022 plan vest on the third anniversary date if the vesting condition

is met. Options under the 2019 plan vest on the third, fourth or fifth anniversary date if

the vesting condition is met.

(ii) Performance share rights plans

Under the Performance Share Rights Plans, one share right gives the employee the

potential to exercise a share right for an ordinary share in the Company at no cost.

PSRs will fully vest if the Company’s gross total shareholder return (TSR) performance

exceeds the performance of the Dow Jones US Select Medical Equipment Total Return

Index (DJSMDQT) in NZD by 10% or more over the same period. PSRs partially vest if

the company’s TSR exceeds the DJSMDQT by less than 10%.

The 2022 plan is a 3 year scheme and the Company’s TSR will be calculated and compared

against the Index return of the third anniversary of the grant. The 2019 plan is a 5 year

scheme, with the potential for rights to fully vest on the third and fourth anniversary of

the grant date.

(iii) Employee share rights plan

The Employee Share Rights (ESR) Plan entitles certain New Zealand and Australian

employees to be issued ordinary shares in the Company. ESRs automatically vest on the

third anniversary of their grant date at no cost to the employee. For each ESR that vests,

one ordinary share will be issued.

(iv) Other Employee share and stock purchase plans

Employee Share Purchase Plan: New Zealand and Australian full-time employees are

eligible, after a qualifying period, to participate in this plan. Shares are issued up to the

value of $2,000, with a discount of up to $500 per employee. Loans are provided to

employees for the purchase and repaid over the vesting period. No interest is charged on

the loans. The qualifying period between grant and vesting date is 3 years. At 31 March

2025 the total receivable owing from employees was $1.2 million (2024: $2.8 million).

Employee Stock Purchase Plan: North American employees working more than 20 hours

per week, in accordance with section 423 of the US Internal Revenue Code as amended,

are eligible to participate in this plan. Shares under this plan are issued at a discount of

15%, are allocated to employees at the time of issue and vest immediately. Shares issued

under this plan in 2025 totalled 60,666 shares (2024: 76,683).

Measurement

The fair value of share options and PSRs is independently determined using a Monte Carlo

simulation valuation methodology. The fair value of ESRs is independently determined

using a discounted dividend approach. The key inputs and assumptions are included on the

following page.

Financial commentaryFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Notes to the financial statements

154Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
18. EMPLOYEE EXPENSES (CONTINUED)

Movements in the number of options, PSRs and ESRs outstanding and their exercise prices are as follows:

20242025

Options

Performance

Share Rights

Employee

Share RightsOptions

Performance

Share Rights

Employee

Share Rights

Number outstanding

As at beginning of the year 2,674,761 931,229 293,687 2,638,517 1,312,329 390,477

Granted during the year 920,620 400,683 173,829 691,423 255,256 126,802

Exercised during the year (905,423) – (55,223) – (393,084) (69,785)

Lapsed during the year (51,441) (19,583) (21,816) (53,196) (22,459) (13,560)

As at end of the year 2,638,517 1,312,329 390,477 3,276,744 1,152,042 433,934

Exercisable at year end – – – – – –

Number of employees holding employee share options, PSRs and ESRs 237 241 435 249 248 501

Weighted average exercise price $25.13 – – $27.72 – –

Weighted average remaining contractual life (months) 27 21 20 19 15 17

Fair value of share options or rights granted during the year (NZ$M) 4.7 4.7 3.7 4.9 4.9 4.4

Fair value of share options or rights granted during the year ($ per share)$5.10 $11.72 $21.40 $7.09 $19.21 $34.67

Key inputs and assumptions used in fair value of grants during the year

Share price at grant date $21.55 $21.55 $21.55 $37.55 $37.55 $37.55

Contractual life (years) 3 3 3 3 3 3

Exercise price $21.96 Nil Nil $37.39 NilNil

Expected volatility (i) 32.5%32.5%n/a29.6%29.6%n/a

Expected dividend yield 1.83%1.83%1.83%1.18%1.18%1.18%

Cost of equity 10.5% n/a 10.5%10.2%n/a10.2%

5 year NZD risk free rate 5.18%5.18%n/a3.83%3.83%n/a

5 year USD risk free rate n/a4.65%n/an/a3.63%n/a

NZD/USD exchange rate of grant date n/a0.5877n/an/a0.6200n/a

Expected NZD/USD volatility n/a11.60%n/an/a12.00%n/a

Expected DJSMDQT index volatility n/a16.00%n/an/a19.00%n/a

(i) The expected share price volatility is derived by analysing the historical volatility over the most recent historical period corresponding to the term of the option or PSR.

Financial commentaryFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Notes to the financial statements

155Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
19. CONTINGENT LIABILITIES


Contingent liabilities are subject to uncertainty or cannot be reliably measured and

are not provided for. Disclosures as to the nature of any contingent liabilities are set

out below. Judgements and estimates are applied to determine the probability that an

outflow of resources will be required to settle an obligation. These are made based on

a review of the facts and circumstances surrounding the event and advice from both

internal and external parties.

Periodically the Group is party to litigation including product liability and patent claims.

The Directors are unaware of the existence of any claim or contingencies that would have a

material impact on the financial statements.

20. COMMITMENTS

2024

NZ$M

2025

NZ$M

Capital expenditure commitments contracted for but not

recognised as at the reporting date:

Within one year 21.6 126.8

Between one and two years 43.4 128.2

Between two and five years 15.0 16.0

80.0 271.0

The commitments above as at 31 March 2025 includes $200.2 million for the construction

of the fifth building and $58.0 million for the Karaka land purchase (2024: $58.0 million).

21. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT

The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including currency

risk and interest rate risk), credit risk and liquidity risk.

The Board has approved procedures and guidelines that identify and evaluate risks and

authorise various financial instruments to manage financial risks. These procedures and

guidelines are reviewed regularly.

a. Market risk

Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices, such as foreign exchange rates,

interest rates and prices will affect profit or the value of financial instruments.

The objective of market risk management is to manage and control market risk

exposures through the use of various financial instruments in accordance with the

Group’s treasury procedures.

(i) Foreign exchange risk

Foreign exchange risk arises when future transactions and recognised assets and liabilities

are denominated in a currency that is not the entity’s functional currency.

The Group operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from

various currency exposures, primarily US dollar (USD), Euro (EUR), Japanese yen (JPY)

and Mexican peso (MXN).

Foreign exchange risk is hedged in accordance with the Group’s treasury procedures.

The Group enters into foreign currency option contracts and forward foreign currency

contracts within procedure parameters to hedge the foreign exchange risk associated

with anticipated sales or costs. The terms of the foreign currency option contracts and

the forward foreign currency contracts generally do not exceed 5 years, but may have

terms of up to 10 years with Board approval.

Foreign exchange contracts and options in relation to sales are designated at the

Group level as hedges of foreign exchange risk on specific forecast foreign currency

denominated sales.

Balance sheet foreign exchange risk arising from net assets held by the Group may be

hedged either by debt in the relevant currency, foreign currency swaps, options and

forward foreign currency contracts.

(ii) Interest rate risk

The Group’s main interest rate risk arises from floating rate borrowings drawn under bank

debt facilities. When deemed appropriate, the Group manages floating interest rate risk

by using floating-to-fixed interest rate swaps and interest rate options within procedure

parameters. Interest rate swaps and options are accounted for as cash flow hedges.

Financial commentaryFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Notes to the financial statements

156Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
21. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)

The carrying amounts of significant non-derivative financial assets and liabilities are denominated in the following currencies:

NZD

NZ$M

USD

NZ$M

EUR

NZ$M

JPY

NZ$M

AUD

NZ$M

CAD

NZ$M

GBP

NZ$M

MXN

NZ$M

Other

NZ$M

Total

NZ$M

2024

Cash 3.2 12.1 8.3 2.7 2.4 1.5 1.7 9.4 40.7 82.0

Trade receivables 1.6 102.4 58.2 17.4 7.8 9.4 10.4 1.9 13.9 223.0

Trade and other payables (50.6) (25.9) (15.5) (1.5) (3.2) (1.2) (4.8) (6.1) (5.8) (114.6)

Bank overdraft – – – – – – – – (1.1) (1.1)

Lease liabilities (5.9) (45.0) (8.4) (0.7) (2.4) (1.0) (3.2) (1.0) (7.3) (74.9)

Borrowings (40.6) (66.8) – – (3.6) (2.1) – – – (113.1)

(92.3) (23.2) 42.6 17.9 1.0 6.6 4.1 4.2 40.4 1.3

2025

Cash 192.0 13.3 9.2 – 2.1 2.1 2.2 7.6 36.0 264.5

Trade receivables 1.3 138.9 57.4 24.6 8.1 8.2 8.4 3.9 16.5 267.3

Trade and other payables (75.4) (36.8) (15.5) (2.0) (3.4) (1.2) (5.5) (7.8) (6.2) (153.8)

Bank overdraft – – – (4.3) – – – – – (4.3)

Lease liabilities (5.5) (55.4) (7.9) (3.9) (2.4) (1.3) (3.5) (0.8) (8.6) (89.3)

Borrowings – (56.1) – – (3.6) – – – – (59.7)

112.4 3.9 43.2 14.4 0.8 7.8 1.6 2.9 37.7 224.7

Financial commentaryFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Notes to the financial statements

157Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
21. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)

a. Market risk (continued)

Summarised sensitivity analysis

The following table summarises the sensitivity of the Group’s financial assets and financial

liabilities to interest rate risk and foreign exchange risk.

A sensitivity of +/-10% for foreign exchange risk has been selected. The Group believes that

an overall sensitivity of +/-10% is reasonably possible given the exchange rate volatility

observed on a historical basis. A sensitivity of +/-1% has been selected for interest rate risk.

This sensitivity is based on reasonably possible changes over a financial year using the

observed range of historical data.

All variables other than the applicable interest rates and exchange rates are held constant.

20242025

NZ$M NZ$M NZ$M NZ$M

Interest rate change -1%+ 1%-1%+ 1%

Impact on profit after tax 0.6 (0.6) (1.1) 1.1

Impact on hedging reserves

(within equity) – – – –

0.6 (0.6) (1.1) 1.1

Foreign exchange rate change-10%+ 10%-10%+ 10%

Impact on profit after tax 14.8 (13.8) 10.8 (10.1)

Impact on hedging reserves

(within equity) (213.0) 174.3 (284.3) 232.9

(198.2) 160.5 (273.5) 222.8

Fair value estimation

NZ IFRS 13 for financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value requires disclosure of the

fair value measurements by level from the following fair value hierarchy:

• Level 1 – Quoted price (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets and liabilities;

• Level 2 – Inputs, other than quoted price included within level 1, that are observable for

the asset or liability, either directly (that is, as prices) or indirectly (that is, derived from

prices);

• Level 3 – Inputs for assets and liabilities that are not based on observable market data

(that is, unobservable inputs).

Financial instruments

All the Group’s financial instruments held at fair value have been measured at the fair value

measurement hierarchy of level 2 (2024: level 2).

The fair value of derivative instruments designated in a hedging relationship is determined

using the following valuation techniques:

• Foreign currency forward exchange contracts have been fair valued using quoted

forward exchange rates and discounted using yield curves from quoted interest rates

that match the maturity dates of the contracts.

• Foreign currency option contracts have been fair valued using observable option

volatilities, and quoted forward exchange and interest rates that match the maturity

dates of the contracts.

• Interest rate swaps are fair valued by discounting the future interest and principal cash

flows using current market interest rates that match the maturity dates of the contracts.

These valuation techniques maximise the use of observable market data where it is

available and rely as little as possible on entity-specific estimates.

Land

Refer to Note 9 for further information about land that is measured at fair value, including

a summary of the valuation techniques used.

Other

All financial assets other than derivatives are measured at amortised cost including

short-term investments. All financial liabilities other than derivatives are classified as

measured at amortised cost. Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost are fair

valued using the contractual cash flows. The carrying value of financial assets and liabilities

approximates their fair value. In considering the fair value of interest-bearing assets and

liabilities, the estimated future interest rates approximate the discount rates used in a fair

value assessment.

Financial commentaryFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Notes to the financial statements

158Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
21. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)

b. Liquidity risk

Management monitors rolling forecasts of the Group’s liquidity position on the basis of expected cash flows. The table below sets out the contractual, undiscounted cash flows for

non-derivative financial liabilities and derivative financial instruments.

< 1 year

NZ$M

1–2 years

NZ$M

2–5 years

NZ$M

5+ years

NZ$M

Contractual

cash flows

NZ$M

Consolidated

Balance Sheet

NZ$M

2024

Bank overdrafts 1.1 – – – 1.1 1.1

Trade and other payables 114.6 – – – 114.6 114.6

Borrowings 82.3 6.1 32.1 2.1 122.6 113.1

Lease liabilities (i) 17.9 14.8 31.6 25.8 90.1 74.9

Total non-derivative financial liabilities 215.9 20.9 63.7 27.9 328.4 303.7

Foreign currency forward exchange contracts 17.4 6.3 24.0 21.1 68.8 59.0

Total derivative financial instruments – assets 17.4 6.3 24.0 21.1 68.8 59.0

2025

Bank overdrafts 4.3 – – – 4.3 4.3

Trade and other payables 150.3 3.5 – – 153.8 153.8

Borrowings 62.3 – – – 62.3 59.7

Lease liabilities (i) 22.8 20.3 38.7 23.2 105.0 89.3

Total non-derivative financial liabilities 239.7 23.8 38.7 23.2 325.4 307.1

Foreign currency forward exchange contracts (31.7)(20.0) (8.3) 15.5 (44.5) (46.2)

Total derivative financial instruments - assets(31.7)(20.0) (8.3) 15.5 (44.5) (46.2)

(i) Contractual cash flows on leases exclude extension options.

Financial commentaryFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Notes to the financial statements

159Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
21. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)

c. Credit risk

The Group is exposed to credit risk in respect of trade receivables, financial instruments,

cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments in the normal course of business.

The maximum exposure to credit risk is represented by the carrying value of these

financial assets. Credit risk is managed on a Group basis with no significant concentration

of credit risk.

The Group has policies in place to ensure that sales of products and services are made

to customers with an appropriate credit history. There are no significant trade receivable

balances relating to customers who have previously defaulted on amounts due to

the Group.

Derivative counterparties, cash transactions, cash at banks, and short-term investments

are limited to high credit quality financial institutions. Over 94% of cash and short-term

investments (2024: 73%) is held with counterparties with credit rating of Standard and

Poors’ A- and above.

The Group’s exposure to credit risk from derivative financial instruments is limited because

it does not expect non-performance of the obligation contained therein due to the credit

rating of the financial institutions concerned.   

22. SIGNIFICANT EVENTS AFTER BALANCE DATE

Other than the dividends disclosed in Note 17, there are no other significant events after

balance date.

23. OTHER MATERIAL ACCOUNTING POLICY INFORMATION

a. Changes to accounting policies

From 1 April 2024, the Group has changed the accounting presentation of foreign

exchange gains and losses from monetary assets and liabilities. These are all now

presented within Net financing income / (expense). Other than this presentation change,

all other accounting policies have been applied on a consistent basis.


b. Impairment of non-financial assets

Assets that have an indefinite useful life or are under development are not

subject to amortisation and are tested annually for impairment. Assets that are

subject to depreciation or amortisation are reviewed for impairment whenever

events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be

recoverable. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs

of disposal, and value in use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are

grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows

(cash generating units).


c. Goods and Services Tax (GST)

The income statement has been prepared so that all components are stated exclusive

of GST. All items in the balance sheet are stated net of GST, with the exception of trade

receivables and payables, which include GST invoiced.

d. Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents includes cash on hand, deposits held at call with financial

institutions, other short-term highly liquid investments with maturities of three months

or less that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject to

an insignificant risk of changes in value, and bank overdrafts.

e. Research and development

Research expenditure is expensed as incurred.

Development costs that are directly attributable to the design and testing of

identifiable and unique products controlled by the Group are recognised as intangible

assets only when all the following criteria are met:

• it is technically feasible to complete the product so that it will be available for use

or sale;

• management intends to complete the product and use or sell it;

• there is an ability to use or sell the product;

• it can be demonstrated that the product will generate future economic benefits;

• adequate technical, financial and other resources to complete the development and

to use or sell the product are available and;

• the expenditure attributable to the product during its development can be reliably

measured and is material.

Directly attributable costs capitalised as part of the product would include employee

costs and an appropriate portion of relevant overheads. Other development

expenditures that do not meet these criteria are recognised as an expense as incurred.

Development costs previously recognised as an expense are not recognised as an

asset in a subsequent period. Development costs recognised as an asset are amortised

over their estimated useful lives.

Financial commentaryFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Notes to the financial statements

160Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Independent auditor’s report

To the shareholders of Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Corporation Limited

OUR OPINION

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated financial statements (the financial

statements) of Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Corporation Limited (the Company),

including its subsidiaries (the Group), present fairly, in all material respects, the financial

position of the Group as at 31 March 2025, its financial performance, and its cash flows

for the year then ended in accordance with New Zealand Equivalents to International

Financial Reporting Standards (NZ IFRS) and International Financial Reporting

Standards Accounting Standards (IFRS Accounting Standards).

What we have audited

The Group’s financial statements comprise:

• the consolidated balance sheet as at 31 March 2025;

• the consolidated income statement for the year then ended;

• the consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the year then ended;

• the consolidated statement of changes in equity for the year then ended;

• the consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended; and

• the notes to the financial statements, comprising material accounting policy

information and other explanatory information.

BASIS FOR OPINION

We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing

(New Zealand) (ISAs (NZ)) and International Standards on Auditing (ISAs). Our

responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s

responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to

provide a basis for our opinion.

Independence

We are independent of the Group in accordance with Professional and Ethical Standard

1 International Code of Ethics for Assurance Practitioners (including International

Independence Standards) (New Zealand) (PES 1) issued by the New Zealand Auditing

and Assurance Standards Board and the International Code of Ethics for Professional

Accountants (including International Independence Standards) issued by the

International Ethics Standards Board for Accountants (IESBA Code), and we have

fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.

In our capacity as auditor and assurance practitioner, our firm provides review and

other assurance services. Our firm carried out other assignments in the area of other

training services. The firm has no other relationship with, or interests in, the Group.

PricewaterhouseCoopers, PwC Tower, 15 Customs Street West, Private Bag 92162, Auckland 1142, New Zealand

T: +64 9 355 8000, www.pwc.co.nz

Financial commentaryFinancial statementsNotes to the financial statements

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Independent auditor’s report

161Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
KEY AUDIT MATTERS

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the financial statements of the current year.

These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate

opinion on these matters.

Description of the key audit matterHow our audit addressed the key audit matter

Revenue recognition

The Group’s revenue primarily consists of the sale of products. Operating revenue

totalled $2,021.0 million in the year ended 31 March 2025 as outlined in Note 4.

In determining the appropriate recognition of revenue, management has considered

the following characteristics of the sale of products:

• products are sold to customers in multiple territories with varying sales contract

terms and conditions; and

• in certain markets, some sales include rebate arrangements.

Management has concluded that:

• revenue is primarily derived from the satisfaction of a single performance

obligation for each contract which is the sale of products; and

• control of product transfers to the customer/distributor at the same time as

legal title passes.

Given the varying contracts, the number of territories and the volume of revenue

recognised, we have given significant audit focus and attention to the recognition

of revenue.

Our audit procedures included:

• obtaining an understanding of systems, processes and controls and evaluating and

testing certain controls in place over the recognition of revenue;

• on a sample basis, examined contracts with customers to validate that management’s

conclusion in relation to the determination of performance obligations and when control

transfers was appropriate;

• on a sample basis for major operating components, obtained an understanding of

rebate, payment and pricing arrangements that support the recognition of a sale on

transfer of control to the distributor,

• for certain major operating components, utilising data assurance techniques to match

invoices issued to cash received, rebates or amounts receivable at balance date;

• for a sample of revenue transactions in the other major operating components, we

examined invoices issued to customers, shipping documentation or cash remittances,

where paid;

• for a sample of transactions within accounts receivable at balance date we obtained

either confirmation of the amount owing from the customer, or performed alternative

procedures including testing of subsequent receipts or shipping documentation; and

• assessing the risk of revenue cut-off and performing testing where necessary.

Financial commentaryFinancial statementsNotes to the financial statements

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Independent auditor’s report

162Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
OUR AUDIT APPROACH

Overview

Overall group materiality: $25.1 million, which represents

approximately 5% of profit before tax.

We chose this measure as the benchmark because, in our view, it

is the benchmark against which the performance of the Group is

measured by users.

Our Group audit scoping focussed on those components that are

financially significant to the Group’s revenue or profit before tax.

Specified audit and/or analytical procedures were performed over

certain residual components.

As reported above, we have two key audit matters, being:

• Revenue recognition; and

• Inventory valuation.

As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of

material misstatement in the financial statements. In particular, we considered where

management made subjective judgements; for example, in respect of significant

accounting estimates that involved making assumptions and considering future events

that are inherently uncertain. As in all of our audits, we also addressed the risk of

management override of internal controls, including among other matters, consideration

of whether there was evidence of bias that represented a risk of material misstatement

due to fraud.

Materiality

The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. An audit is

designed to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements

are free from material misstatement. Misstatements may arise due to fraud or error.

They are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably

be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of the

financial statements.

Materiality

Group scoping

Key audit

matters

Description of the key audit matterHow our audit addressed the key audit matter

Inventory valuation

At 31 March 2025, the Group held inventories of $342.9 million, net of provision for

inventory write downs of $71.4 million.

As outlined in Note 8, inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realisable

value. The Group holds inventory in a number of locations globally. Global inventory is

adjusted to cost at year end by eliminating intra-group margin.

Management applies judgment in determining inventory valuation, including the level

of provision for inventory write downs.

Given the value and quantum of inventory and the estimates and judgements

described above, the valuation of inventory required significant audit attention and is

a key audit matter.

Our audit procedures included:

• obtaining an understanding of systems, processes and controls and evaluating and

testing certain controls in place over inventory;

• on a sample basis, testing materials and finished products costing to supporting

documentation;

• understanding and assessing the reasonableness of the allocation of costs to

production, including the costs capitalised into inventory at year end;

• on a sample basis, testing the accuracy of the costing of the Group’s global inventory

through the elimination of intra-group margin; and

• performing procedures on selected provisions for inventory write downs to assess

their reasonableness.

Financial commentaryFinancial statementsNotes to the financial statements

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Independent auditor’s report

163Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Based on our professional judgement, we determined certain quantitative thresholds for

materiality, including the overall Group materiality for the financial statements as a whole

as set out above. These, together with qualitative considerations, helped us to determine

the scope of our audit, the nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures, and to

evaluate the effect of misstatements, both individually and in the aggregate, on the

financial statements as a whole.

How we tailored our group audit scope

We tailored the scope of our audit in order to perform sufficient work to enable us to provide

an opinion on the financial statements as a whole, taking into account the structure of the

Group, the accounting processes and controls, and the industry in which the Group operates.

OTHER INFORMATION

The Directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises

the information included in the Annual Report, but does not include the financial

statements and our auditor’s report thereon.

Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and we do

not express any form of audit opinion or assurance conclusion thereon.

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the

other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially

inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or

otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If, based on the work we have performed

on the other information that we obtained prior to the date of this auditor’s report, we

conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required

to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard.

RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE DIRECTORS FOR THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The Directors are responsible, on behalf of the Company, for the preparation and fair

presentation of the financial statements in accordance with NZ IFRS and IFRS Accounting

Standards, and for such internal control as the Directors determine is necessary to enable

the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether

due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s

ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going

concern, and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the Directors either intend

to liquidate the Group or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

AUDITOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES FOR THE AUDIT OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial

statements, as a whole, are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or

error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is

a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance

with ISAs (NZ) and ISAs will always detect a material misstatement when it exists.

Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually

or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic

decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is

located at the External Reporting Board’s website at:

https://www.xrb.govt.nz/standards/assurance-standards/auditors-responsibilities/audit-

report-1-1/

This description forms part of our auditor’s report.

WHO WE REPORT TO

This report is made solely to the Company’s shareholders, as a body. Our audit work has

been undertaken so that we might state those matters which we are required to state

to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted

by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the Company

and the Company’s shareholders, as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for

the opinions we have formed.

The engagement partner on the audit resulting in this independent auditor’s report is

Indumin Senaratne (Indy Sena).

For and on behalf of:

PricewaterhouseCoopers

27 May 2025 Auckland

Financial commentaryFinancial statementsNotes to the financial statements

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Independent auditor’s report

164Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
APPENDICES

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Five year summaryIndependent assurance reportGRI content indexGlossaryDirectory

165Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
20212022202320242025

FINANCIAL

PERFORMANCE

Sales revenue 1,948.2 1,642.4 1,588.6 1,758.1 2,023.5

Foreign exchange gain (loss) on hedged sales 23.0 39.3 (7.5)(15.3) (2.5)

Total operating revenue 1,971.2 1,681.7 1,581.1 1,742.8 2,021.0

Gross profit 1,245.6 1,052.7 938.4 1,044.4 1,270.9

Gross margin 63.2%62.6%59.4%59.9%62.9%

SG&A expenses (396.6)(393.1)(431.9)(492.8) (534.4)

R&D expenses (136.7)(154.0)(174.3)(198.2) (226.9)

Total operating expenses (533.3)(547.1)(606.2)(691.0) (761.3)

Operating profit 712.3 505.6 332.2 353.4 509.6

Operating margin 36.1%30.1%21.0%20.3%25.2%

Revaluation of land – – – (98.1)–

Profit before financing and tax 712.3 505.6 332.2 255.3 509.6

Net financing expense 5.9 (1.4)(4.2)(19.6) (6.3)

Tax expense (194.0)(127.3)(77.7)(103.1) (126.1)

Profit after tax 524.2 376.9 250.3 132.6 377.2

Underlying profit after tax

(1)

524.2 376.9 250.3 264.4 377.2

Growth Rates

Reported

Revenue 56.0%-14.7%-6.0%10.2%16.0%

Gross profit 49.0%-15.5%-10.9%11.3%21.7%

R&D expenses 15.4%12.7%13.2%13.7%14.5%

Profit before tax 93.8%-29.8%-34.9%-28.1%113.5%

Profit after tax 82.5%-28.1%-33.6%-47.0%184.5%

Underlying profit after tax

(1)

82.5%-28.1%-33.6%5.6%42.7%

Growth Rates in

Constant Currency

(2)


Revenue 61.4%-13.7%-9.0%8.4%13.7%

Gross profit 57.4%-15.8%-14.4%10.2%18.5%

R&D expenses 15.4%12.7%13.2%13.7%14.5%

Profit before tax 103.6%-31.4%-39.9%-35.1%107.3%

Underlying profit before tax

(1)

103.6%-31.4%-39.9%6.9%32.2%

(1) Underlying profit has been presented excluding the impact of abnormal items occurring during the 2024 financial year. A reconciliation is set out on page 127.

(2) Constant Currency (CC) removes the impact of exchange rate movements. This approach is used to assess the company’s underlying comparative financial performance without any distortion from changes in foreign exchange rates.

A reconciliation for the most recent two years and basis of preparation is set out on page 130. The 2021 to 2024 growth rates in constant currency have been sourced from the 2024 annual report.

Five year summary

For the years ended 31 March

All figures in NZ$M (except as otherwise stated)

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Independent assurance reportGRI content indexGlossaryDirectoryFive year summary

166Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
20212022202320242025

REVENUE

By region and

product group

North America 825.7 665.1 683.8 806.1 967.2

Europe 633.8 468.1 427.6 477.3 541.5

Asia Pacific 348.4 438.8 399.0 368.9 420.8

Other 163.3 109.7 70.7 90.5 91.5

Hospital products 1,498.1 1,207.1 1,023.5 1,087.9 1,280.3

Homecare products 465.6 469.5 553.8 652.3 739.9

Core products subtotal 1,963.7 1,676.6 1,577.3 1,740.2 2,020.2

Distributed and other products 7.5 5.1 3.8 2.6 0.8

Total operating revenue 1,971.2 1,681.7 1,581.1 1,742.8 2,021.0

FINANCIAL

POSITION

Property, plant and equipment 882.1 957.8 1,148.2 1,340.0 1,338.5

Total assets 2,075.0 2,107.0 2,204.5 2,281.7 2,550.8

Total liabilities (554.1) (427.3) (451.1) (522.6) (660.4)

Shareholders’ equity 1,520.9 1,679.7 1,753.4 1,759.1 1,890.4


Return on assets (%) 40.9%24.1%15.2%10.5%20.8%

Return on equity (%) 57.6%31.5%19.1%13.4%27.6%

Net debt / (cash) (including short-term investments) (302.9) (221.6) (37.7) 32.2 (200.5)

Gearing ratio

(1)

-27.2%-16.3%-2.3%1.8%-11.6%

DIVIDENDS AND

EARNINGS PER

SHARE (CENTS

PER SHARE)

Basic shares outstanding at 31 March 576,412,532 577,405,878 579,356,576 583,963,682 586,139,423

Interim 16.0017.0017.5018.0018.50

Final

(2)

22.0022.5023.0023.5024.00

Total ordinary dividends 38.0039.5040.5041.5042.50

Basic earnings per share 91.165.343.322.864.4

Diluted earnings per share 90.465.043.022.663.9

CASH FLOWS Net cash flow from operating activities 625.3 324.3 238.2 429.6 548.6

Free cash flow

(3)

430.4 140.5 12.5 73.8 427.1

Dividends paid (181.3) (224.9) (195.7) (145.5) (195.9)

(1) Net interest-bearing debt (debt less cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments) to net interest-bearing debt and equity (less hedging reserves). Net interest-bearing debt excludes lease liabilities recognised on the adoption of

IFRS 16 – Leases.

(2) Final dividend is paid in the following financial year.

(3) Free cash flow represents net cash flows from operating activities less capital expenditure - including lease liability repayments following the adoption of IFRS 16 - Leases.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Independent assurance reportGRI content indexGlossaryDirectoryFive year summary

167Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
20212022202320242025

CAPITAL

EXPENDITURE

Plant and equipment 123.0 97.4 98.8 65.5 52.0

Land and buildings 37.2 41.0 89.0 251.3 21.6

Intangible assets 24.5 31.4 23.5 22.2 29.4

Total 184.7 169.8 211.3 339.0 103.0

Plant and equipment capex: depreciation ratio

(1)

2.8 2.3 2.3 1.3 0.8

PATENT

PORTFOLIO

NUMBERS

US patents 381 454 522 601 685

US patent applications (includes PCTs)

(2)

454 504 534 557 581

Non-US patents 1,508 1,947 2,329 2,815 3,443

Non-US patent applications (excludes PCTs)

(2)

1,345 1,491 1,708 1,862 1,823

PEOPLE NUMBERS People numbers

(3)

6,897 7,375 6,564 7,141 7,506

By function:Research and development 684 765 846 928 960

Manufacturing and operations 4,685 4,989 3,975 4,421 4,690

Sales, marketing and distribution 1,230 1,311 1,408 1,455 1,494

Management and administration 298 310 335 337 362

By region:New Zealand 3,932 3,927 3,538 3,544 3,802

North America 2,191 2,608 2,147 2,675 2,744

Europe 350 380 379 389 392

Rest of World 424 460 500 533 568

EXCHANGE RATES

NZ$ 1 =

AVERAGE DAILY SPOT RATES USD0.67140.69690.62410.60970.5948

AVERAGE CONVERSION RATES

(4)

USD 0.66920.67340.66660.65820.6168

EUR 0.56240.55710.54520.54350.5366

JPY 69.7071.8070.2473.1076.37

MXN 13.7914.9714.4813.0212.42

CLOSING SPOT RATES USD 0.69810.69570.62900.59890.5708

EUR 0.59640.62310.57660.55350.5269

JPY 77.3785.1183.4890.6385.00

MXN 14.3713.8411.389.9111.67

(1) Depreciation excludes leased asset depreciation.

(2) PCTs (Patent Cooperation Treaty) are unified patent applications across a number of jurisdictions.

(3) People numbers are represented as full-time equivalents.

(4) Actual exchange rates achieved in delivering or purchasing net foreign currency in relation to the Group’s exposures. The average rate includes hedged, spot and closed-out transactions in each year.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Independent assurance reportGRI content indexGlossaryDirectoryFive year summary

168Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Independent assurance report

To the Directors of Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Corporation Limited

LIMITED ASSURANCE REPORT ON FISHER & PAYKEL HEALTHCARE CORPORATION

LIMITED’S GREENHOUSE GAS (GHG) EMISSIONS DISCLOSURES AND SCOPE 2

MARKET-BASED INDICATOR

Our conclusion

We have undertaken a limited assurance engagement on:

1) the gross GHG emissions, additional required disclosures of gross GHG emissions,

and gross GHG emissions methods, assumptions and estimation uncertainty

(together, the GHG Disclosures); and

2) the Scope 2 (calculated using the market-based method) emissions and related

disclosures (together, the Scope 2 Market-based Indicator)

within the Scope of our Limited Assurance Engagement section below, included in the

Climate-related Disclosures report of Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Corporation Limited

(the Company) and its subsidiaries (the Group) for the year ended 31 March 2025.

Based on the procedures we have performed and the evidence we have obtained,

nothing has come to our attention that causes us to believe that the GHG Disclosures

and the Scope 2 Market-based Indicator are not fairly presented and are not prepared,

in all material respects, in accordance with the Aotearoa New Zealand Climate

Standards (NZ CSs) issued by the External Reporting Board (XRB), as explained on

page 95 of the Climate-related Disclosures report.

Scope of our limited assurance engagement

We have undertaken a limited assurance engagement over the following GHG

Disclosures, which are required under section 461ZH of the Financial Markets Conduct

Act 2013 to be the subject of an assurance engagement, on page 121 of the Climate-

related Disclosures report for the year ended 31 March 2025:

• gross GHG emissions:

• GHG Emissions Total Scope 1 of 2,295 tonnes CO

2

e (tCO

2

e) on page 121

• GHG Emissions Total Scope 2 (location-based) of 13,232 tCO

2

e on page 121

• GHG Emissions Total Scope 3 of 266,044 tCO

2

e on page 121

• additional required disclosures of gross Scope 1, Scope 2 (location-based) and

Scope 3 GHG emissions on pages 122 and 124;

• gross Scope 1, Scope 2 (location-based) and Scope 3 GHG emissions methods,

assumptions and estimation uncertainty on pages 122 to 123;

We have also undertaken a limited assurance engagement over the Scope 2 Market-

based Indicator for the year ended 31 March 2025 as follows:

• GHG Emissions Total Scope 2 (market-based) of 12,406 tCO

2

e on page 121; and

• related disclosures on page 122.

Our assurance engagement does not extend to any other information included,

or referred to, in the Climate-related Disclosures report on pages 94 to 122 and page

124. The comparative information for the years ended 31 March 2023 and 31 March

2024 disclosed in the Group’s Climate-related Disclosures report is not covered by

our assurance conclusion. We have not performed any procedures with respect to the

excluded information and, therefore, no conclusion is expressed on it.

Key matters to the GHG assurance engagement

In this section we present those matters that, in our professional judgement, were

most significant in undertaking the assurance engagement over the GHG Disclosures.

These matters were addressed in the context of our assurance engagement on the

GHG Disclosures, and in forming our conclusion. We did not reach a separate assurance

conclusion on each individual key matter.

PricewaterhouseCoopers, PwC Tower, 15 Customs Street West, Private Bag 92162, Auckland 1142, New Zealand

T: +64 9 355 8000, www.pwc.co.nz

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Five year summaryGRI content indexGlossaryDirectoryIndependent assurance report

169Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Other matter – comparative information

The comparative GHG Disclosures and the comparative Scope 2 Market-based Indicator

(that is, the comparative information presented for the years ended 31 March 2023

and 31 March 2024) prepared in accordance with NZ CSs have not been subject to

an assurance engagement performed in accordance with Standard on Assurance

Engagements 1 Assurance Engagements over Greenhouse Gas Emissions Disclosures

(NZ SAE 1), issued by the External Reporting Board (XRB) or International Standard on

Assurance Engagements (New Zealand) 3410 Assurance Engagements on Greenhouse

Gas Statements (ISAE (NZ) 3410), issued by the XRB. Those comparative disclosures are

not covered by our assurance engagement or assurance conclusion.

Directors’ responsibilities

The Directors of the Company are responsible on behalf of the Company for the

preparation and fair presentation of the GHG Disclosures and the Scope 2 Market-

based Indicator in accordance with NZ CSs. This responsibility includes the design,

implementation and maintenance of internal controls relevant to the preparation of

GHG Disclosures and the Scope 2 Market-based Indicator that are free from material

misstatement whether due to fraud or error.

Inherent Uncertainty in preparing GHG Disclosures and the Scope 2 Market-based Indicator

GHG quantification is subject to inherent uncertainty because of incomplete scientific

knowledge used to determine emissions factors and the values needed to combine

emissions of different gases.

Our independence and quality management

The assurance engagement on the GHG Disclosures was undertaken in accordance

with NZ SAE 1 and the assurance engagement on the Scope 2 Market-based Indicator

was undertaken in accordance with ISAE (NZ) 3410. NZ SAE 1 and ISAE (NZ) 3410 are

founded on the fundamental principles of independence, integrity, objectivity, professional

competence and due care, confidentiality and professional behaviour.

We have also complied with the following professional and ethical standards and

accreditation body requirements:

• Professional and Ethical Standard 1: International Code of Ethics for Assurance

Practitioners (including International Independence Standards) (New Zealand);

• Professional and Ethical Standard 3: Quality Management for Firms that Perform

Audits or Reviews of Financial Statements, or Other Assurance or Related Services

Engagements; and

• Professional and Ethical Standard 4: Engagement Quality Reviews.

Description of the key matterHow our assurance engagement addressed the key matter

Scope 3 Category 11: Use of sold products

Emissions from the use of sold products comprise approximately 42% of total gross

GHG emissions (location based) for the year ended 31 March 2025.

In determining GHG emissions from use of sold products the Group used design

engineers to estimate future energy consumption and use of medical gases which can

vary widely depending on the decisions of clinicians using the medical devices.

Detailed in Category 11: Use of sold products on page 123 of the Climate-related Disclosures

report, are assumptions with a higher level of estimation uncertainty which can materially

impact the accuracy of estimated future energy consumption. This includes:

• Average number of hours products are in use for.

Assumptions with a higher level of estimation uncertainty which can materially impact

the accuracy of estimated medical gas use are

• Average procedure length; and

• Gas volumes.

We considered the use of sold products a key matter due to the significant attention

required in assessing the higher degree of estimation uncertainty and significant

management judgement in estimating these GHG emissions.

We designed our limited assurance procedures to respond to the key matter as follows:

• Making enquiries of management to obtain an understanding of the Group’s overall

governance and internal control environment and procedures relevant to assumptions

and estimates in the calculation and disclosure of the use of sold products;

• evaluating the methodology applied in calculating the estimates and whether it was

consistently applied across a sample of products;

• sample testing the calculation inputs for energy consumption and medical gas use

to underlying source data, such as product design documentation or product use

assessments performed by the Group’s design engineers;

• made enquiries of senior engineers in surgical and anesthesia product groups who

applied their expertise in developing the estimated medical gas use; and

• evaluating the adequacy of the disclosure of category 11 use of sold products against

the requirements of NZ CSs.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Five year summaryGRI content indexGlossaryDirectoryIndependent assurance report

170Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
We are independent of the Group. In our capacity as auditor and assurance practitioner,

our firm provides audit, review and other assurance services. Our firm carried out other

assignments in the area of other training services. The provision of these other services has

not impaired our independence.

Assurance practitioner’s responsibilities

Our responsibility is to express a conclusion on the GHG Disclosures and the Scope 2

Market-based Indicator based on the procedures we have performed and the evidence

we have obtained. NZ SAE 1 and ISAE (NZ) 3410 require us to plan and perform the

engagement to obtain the intended level of assurance about whether anything has

come to our attention that causes us to believe that the GHG Disclosures and the Scope

2 Market-based Indicator are not fairly presented and are not prepared, in all material

respects, in accordance NZ CSs, whether due to fraud or error, and to report our conclusion

to the Directors of the Company.

As we are engaged to form an independent conclusion on the GHG Disclosures and the Scope

2 Market-based Indicator prepared by management, we are not permitted to be involved in

the preparation of the GHG information as doing so may compromise our independence.

Summary of work performed

Our limited assurance engagement was performed in accordance with NZ SAE 1, and ISAE

(NZ) 3410. This involves assessing the suitability in the circumstances of the Group’s use of

NZ CSs as the basis for the preparation of the GHG Disclosures and the Scope 2 Market-

based Indicator, assessing the risks of material misstatement of the GHG Disclosures and

the Scope 2 Market-based Indicator whether due to fraud or error, responding to the

assessed risks as necessary in the circumstances, and evaluating the overall presentation

of the GHG Disclosures and the Scope 2 Market-based Indicator.

A limited assurance engagement is substantially less in scope than a reasonable assurance

engagement in relation to both the risk assessment procedures, including an understanding

of internal control, and the procedures performed in response to the assessed risks.

The procedures we performed were based on our professional judgement and included

enquiries, observation of processes performed, inspection of documents, analytical

procedures, evaluating the appropriateness of quantification methods and reporting

policies, and agreeing or reconciling with underlying records. In undertaking our limited

assurance engagement on the GHG Disclosures and the Scope 2 Market-based Indicator, we:

• Obtained, through enquiries, an understanding of the Group’s control environment,

processes and information systems relevant to the preparation of the GHG Disclosures

and the Scope 2 Market-based Indicator. We did not evaluate the design of particular

control activities, or obtain evidence about their implementation;

• Gained an understanding of and evaluated whether the Group’s methodology for

developing estimates had been consistently applied. Our procedures did not include

testing the data on which the estimates are based or separately developing our own

estimates against which to evaluate the Group’s estimates;

• Tested a limited number of items to, or from, supporting records;

• Assessed a limited number of emission factor sources and reperformed a limited

number of emissions calculations for mathematical accuracy;

• Performed analytical procedures on particular emission categories by comparing the

expected GHGs emitted to actual GHGs emitted and made enquiries of management

to obtain explanations for any significant differences we identified; and

• Considered the presentation and disclosure of the GHG Disclosures and the Scope 2

Market-based Indicator.

The procedures performed in a limited assurance engagement vary in nature and timing

from, and are less in extent than for, a reasonable assurance engagement. Consequently,

the level of assurance obtained in a limited assurance engagement is substantially lower

than the assurance that would have been obtained had we performed a reasonable

assurance engagement and does not enable us to obtain assurance that we would become

aware of all significant matters that we otherwise might identify. Accordingly, we do not

express a reasonable assurance opinion on these GHG Disclosures or the Scope 2 Market-

based Indicator.

Inherent limitations

Because of the inherent limitations of an assurance engagement, together with the internal

control structure, it is possible that fraud, error or non-compliance with the compliance

requirements may occur and not be detected.

Who we report to

This report is made solely to the Company’s Directors, as a body. Our work has been

undertaken so that we might state those matters which we are required to state to them

in our assurance report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law,

we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the Company and the

Company’s Directors, as a body, for our procedures, for this report, or for the conclusions

we have formed.

The engagement partner on the engagement resulting in this independent assurance

report is Victoria Ashplant.

For and on behalf of:

PricewaterhouseCoopers

27 May 2025 Auckland

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Five year summaryGRI content indexGlossaryDirectoryIndependent assurance report

171Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
2021

GRI REF

Number

DisclosureLocation/Response

The organisation and its reporting practices

2-1Organisational

details

Name of the organisation:

Annual Report: Front cover. Fisher & Paykel Healthcare

Corporation Limited.

Location of headquarters:

Annual Report: Inside back cover.

Location of operations:

Annual Report: pp. 78-79.

Ownership and legal form:

Annual Report: pp. 74-79, p. 135.

Scale of the organisation:

Annual Report: pp. 16-19.

Annual Report: pp. 165-167.

2-2Entities included in

the organisation’s

sustainability

reporting

List of entities:

Our sustainability and financial reporting relates to all

subsidiary companies in the Group structure. For the list of

entities, see pages 78-79.

2-3Reporting period,

frequency and

contact point

Reporting period:

Annual Report: p. 2.

Reporting period is 1 April 2024 to 31 March 2025.

Date of most recent report:

27 May 2025 for the period 1 April 2024 to 31 March 2025.

Reporting cycle:

Annual reporting cycle.

Contact point for questions regarding the report:

investor@fphcare.co.nz

2-4Restatements of

information

Restatements of information:

FY23 and FY24 Scope 1 GHG emissions have been restated.

FY24 Scope 3 GHG emissions have been restated. For

more information, refer to our Climate-related Disclosures,

prepared in compliance with the External Reporting

Board’s Aotearoa New Zealand Climate Standards, on

pages 121-124.

2-5External assurance External assurance for non-financial disclosures:

PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC) has provided independent,

third-party limited assurance over our 2025 financial

year group-wide GHG emissions (tonnes CO

2

e) footprint

presented in the climate-related disclosures.

For the financial year 2024 and prior periods, a verification

engagement was performed by Toitū Envirocare.

Annual Report: pp. 122, pp. 168-170.

External assurance for financial statements:

External assurance provided by PwC.

Annual Report: pp. 160-163.

Activities and workers

2-6Activities, value

chain, and

other business

relationships

Value chain, activities, brands, products and services,

markets served:

Annual Report: pp. 8-9, pp. 16-19.

Supply chain:

Annual Report: pp. 45-51.

Significant changes to the organisation and its supply

chain:

Our manufacturing facility in China became operational

during the reporting period. More detail on our

infrastructure planning is provided in the Report from the

Chair on pages 10-11. We also acknowledge the impact of

geopolitical uncertainty and the US tariffs in the Report

from the Chair on pages 10-11.

2-7EmployeesScale of the organisation (total number of employees):

Annual Report: pp. 42-44.

Information on employees and other workers:

Annual Report: pp. 32-44.

2-8Workers who are

not employees

Information on employees and other workers (information

on workers who are not employees):

The most common type of worker in the organisation

can be described as full-time and permanent. On page

42, we disclose that we had 95 temporary workers as at

31 March 2025.

GRI content index

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare has reported the information cited in the GRI content index for

the period 1 April 2024 to 31 March 2025 with reference to the GRI Standards.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Five year summaryIndependent assurance reportGlossaryDirectoryGRI content index

172Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Governance

2-9Governance

structure and

composition

Governance structure:

Annual Report: pp. 64-79.

Composition of the highest governance body and its

committees:

Annual Report: pp. 67-71.

2-10Nomination and

selection of the

highest governance

body

Nominating and selecting the highest governance body:

Annual Report: pp. 67-68.

2-11Chair of the highest

governance body

Chair of the highest governance body:

The Chair of the Board is a non-executive director.

Annual Report: p. 26.

Board Charter available online at https://www.fphcare.

com/nz/corporate/sustainability/governance/corporate-

governance-policies/

2-12Role of the highest

governance body

in overseeing the

management of

impacts

Role of highest governance body in setting purpose,

values and strategy:

Annual Report: p. 67.

Role of highest governance body in overseeing process to

identify and manage economic, environmental and social

impacts:

Annual Report: pp. 20-21, p. 67, pp. 70-71.

Reviewing effectiveness of processes:

Annual Report: pp. 70-71.

2-13Delegation of

responsibility for

managing impacts

Delegating authority:

Annual Report: p. 67.

Executive-level responsibility for economic, environmental

and social topics:

Annual Report: p. 37 (Diversity, equity and inclusion),

p. 39 (Health and safety), p. 48 (Sustainable procurement),

p. 58 (Product quality), p. 61 (Business risk), p. 90

(Environment), pp. 96-97 (Climate change).

2-14Role of the highest

governance body

in sustainability

reporting

Highest governance body’s role in sustainability reporting:

The Board reviews and approves the Annual Report, refer

to page 2. Refer to Board committee responsibilities for

reviewing and approving reported information on pages

70-71 and page 95 (Climate-related Disclosures).

2-15Conflicts of interest Conflicts of interest:

Annual Report: p. 65, pp. 71-73.

2-16Communication of

critical concerns

Communicating critical concerns:

Annual Report: p. 65 (Speak Up Procedure).

2-17Collective

knowledge of the

highest governance

body

Collective knowledge of highest governance body:

Annual Report: pp. 68-69, p. 97.

Board Charter available online at https://www.fphcare.

com/nz/corporate/sustainability/governance/corporate-

governance-policies/

2-18Evaluation of the

performance of the

highest governance

body

Evaluation of the performance of the highest governance

body:

Annual Report: p. 69.

2-19Remuneration

policies

Remuneration policies:

Annual Report: pp. 80-88.

2-20Process to

determine

remuneration

Process for determining remuneration:

Annual Report: pp. 82-87 (Executive management).

Stakeholders’ involvement in remuneration:

Annual Report: p. 88 (Directors).

2-21Annual total

compensation ratio

Annual total compensation ratio:

Annual Report: p. 87.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Five year summaryIndependent assurance reportGlossaryDirectoryGRI content index

173Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Strategy, policies and practices

2-22Statement on

sustainable

development

strategy

Statement from senior decision-maker:

Annual Report: pp. 10-13.

2-23Policy

commitments

Approach:

As set out in our Environmental & Social Responsibility

Policy, our intention is to create a positive lasting impact

on society and the environment.

To understand how our business is aligned with UN

Sustainable Development Goals, see pages 22-25.

Values, principles, standards and norms of behaviour:

Annual Report: pp. 17, 42, 65.

Code of Conduct, Supplier Code of Conduct, Environmental &

Social Responsibility Policy and Corporate Governance Policy

available online at https://www.fphcare.com/nz/corporate/

sustainability/governance/corporate-governance-policies/

Modern Slavery Statement available online athttps://www.

fphcare.com/nz/corporate/sustainability/suppliers/

2-24Embedding policy

commitments

The company has established global policies that apply

to our people, operations and locations. All policies are

approved by the Board and embedded across our business

by relevant executive management. Each policy has a

dedicated platform for learning and awareness.

2-25Processes to

remediate negative

impacts

The management approach and its components

(grievance mechanisms):

Annual Report: p. 36 (Collective bargaining agreements).

2-26Mechanisms for

seeking advice and

raising concerns

Mechanisms for advice and concerns about ethics:

Annual Report: p. 65.

2-27Compliance

with laws and

regulations

Non-compliance with environmental laws and regulations:

There have been no significant instances of non-

compliance with environmental laws and regulations

during the 2025 financial year.

Non-compliance with laws and regulations in the social

and economic area:

There have been no significant instances of non-

compliance with social and economic laws and regulations

during the 2025 financial year.

2-28


Membership

associations

Membership of associations:

• American Academy of Anesthesiologist Assistants

• American Academy of Sleep Medicine

• American Association for Respiratory Care

• American Association of Homecare

• American Association of Nurse Anesthetists

• American Association of Physicians of Indian Origin

for Sleep

• American Association of Sleep Technologists

• American Chamber of Commerce

• American Chamber of Commerce in South China

• American College of Emergency Physicians

• American Society of Anesthesiologists

• American Society of Regional Anesthesia and Pain

Medicine

• American Thoracic Society

• Association for Respiratory Technology & Physiology

• Association of Anaesthetists

• Association of Respiratory Care & Sleep Professionals

in Pakistan

• Association of the Metal and Electrical Industry Baden-

Württemberg (Südwestmetall)

• Association of Veterans Affairs Anesthesiologists

• Auckland Regional Chamber of Commerce

• Australasian Investor Relations Association

• Australasian Sleep Association

• Australia New Zealand Chamber of Commerce in Japan

• Austrian Chamber of Commerce

• Board of Registered Polysomnographic Technologists

• Brazilian Association of Medical Products Importers/

Distributors

• British Anaesthetic & Respiratory Equipment

Manufacturers Association

• British Thoracic Society

• Business New Zealand

• Canadian Sleep Society

• Canadian Society of Respiratory Therapists

• China Standards Online Service Network

• COPD Foundation

• Council for International Development

• Diversity Works New Zealand

• Employers and Manufacturers Association

• German Chamber of Commerce

• German Industry Association for Optics, Photonics,

Analytical and Medical Technologies (Spectaris)

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Five year summaryIndependent assurance reportGlossaryDirectoryGRI content index

174Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
2-28Membership

associations

• Guangdong Investment Promotion Association (China)

• Guangdong Medical Devices Management Academy

• Hong Kong Medical and Healthcare Device Industries

Association

• International Electrotechnical Commission/Technical

Committee 62

• International Medical Device Manufacturers Association

• International Organisation for Standardisation/Technical

Committee 121

• International Organisation for Standardisation/Technical

Committee 194

• International Organisation for Standardisation/Technical

Committee 215

• Japan Association of Health Industry Distributors

• Japan Association of Medical Devices Industries

• Japan Fair Trade Council of the Medical Devices Industry

• Japan New Zealand Business Council

• Karachi Chamber of Commerce & Industry

• Latin America New Zealand Business Council

• Medical Technology Association of India

• Medical Technology Association of New Zealand

• NZ Chamber of Commerce (Hong Kong)

• Ontario Home Respiratory Services Association

• Pakistan Association of Cardiothoracic Anaesthesiologists

• Pakistan Cardiac Society

• Pakistan Chest Society

• Pakistan Society of Anaesthesiologists (Karachi and Lahore)

• Quality Association for Medical Aids (QVH)

• Sleep Health Foundation

• Sleep Research Society

• Society for Airway Management

• Society for Ambulatory Anesthesia

• Society for Anesthesia and Sleep Medicine

• Society for Head and Neck Anesthesia

• Southwest Business Association, Baden-Württemberg

(USW)

• Sustainable Business Network

• Taipei Medical Instruments Commercial Association

• Uniformed Services Society of Anesthesiologists

• Victorian Chamber of Commerce and Industry

Stakeholder engagement

2-29Approach to

stakeholder

engagement

Approach to stakeholder engagement including

stakeholders engaged with, purpose of the engagement

and key topics and concerns raised:

Annual Report: pp. 20-21.

2-30Collective

bargaining

agreements

Collective bargaining agreements:

Annual Report: p. 36.

Disclosures on material topics

3-1Process to

determine material

topics

Defining report content and topic boundaries:

Annual Report: pp. 20-21.

3-2List of material

topics

List of material topics:

Annual Report: pp. 20-21.

3-3Management of

material topics

Annual Report: see sections titled The Company,

Operating Sustainably and Climate-related Disclosures on

pages 15-124.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Five year summaryIndependent assurance reportGlossaryDirectoryGRI content index

175Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
SPECIFIC STANDARD DISCLOSURES

2021

GRI REF

Number

DisclosureLocation/Response

GRI 200 Economic standard series

GRI 103Management approach 2025Annual Report: pp. 10-13.

GRI 201: Economic performance

201-1Direct economic value

generated and distributed

Annual Report: pp. 125-163 (Financial

statements including auditor’s report).

GRI 204: Procurement practices

GRI 204Management approach 2025

and dialogue with suppliers

Annual Report: pp. 45-51.

GRI 205: Anti-corruption

GRI 103Management approach 2025Annual Report: p. 66.

205-3Confirmed incidents of

corruption and actions taken

Annual Report: p. 66.

During the year ended 31 March 2025, the

company is not aware of any instances

of corruption or of incidents in which

employees were dismissed or disciplined for

corruption.

GRI 400 Social standard series

GRI 103Management approach 2025Annual Report: pp. 32-42.

401-1New employee hires and

employee turnover

Annual Report: p. 44.

GRI 403: Occupational health and safety

GRI 403-2Types of injury and rates of

injury, occupational diseases,

lost days, and absenteeism,

and number of work-related

fatalities

Annual Report: p. 40.

GRI 404: Training and education

GRI 103Management approach 2025Annual Report: pp. 34-36.

404-1Average hours of training per

year per employee

For salaried employees in New Zealand,

Mexico and international sales offices, our

people undertook an average of 13.7 training

hours during the financial year.

GRI 416: Customer health and safety

GRI 103Management approach 2025Annual Report: pp. 57-59.

416-2Incidents of non-compliance

concerning the health and

safety impacts of products and

services

No instances of non-compliance with

regulations or voluntary codes resulting in

a fine, penalty or warnings. As disclosed

on page 58, we continued our activities in

relation to the voluntary limited recall of

Airvo 2 and myAirvo 2 devices which was

initiated in March 2024.

GRI 418: Customer privacy

GRI 103Management approach 2025Annual Report: p. 62.

Global Privacy Procedure available online at

https://resources.fphcare.com/content/

fph-global-privacy-procedure.pdf

418-1Substantiated complaints

concerning breaches of

customer privacy and losses of

customer data

The company has not identified any

substantial complaints concerning breaches

of customer privacy. In February 2025, we

identified and fixed an issue that could have

led to the login details of some Education

Hub users being identifiable by third

parties. Based on our investigations, we

do not believe there has been any harm to

customers.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Five year summaryIndependent assurance reportGlossaryDirectoryGRI content index

176Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Glossary

AALACAssociation for Assessment and Accreditation of Laboratory Animal Care

AIArtificial Intelligence

ARCAudit & Risk Committee

ASMAnnual Shareholders’ Meeting

ASXAustralian Stock Exchange

AUDAustralian Dollar

BEISBusiness, Energy & Industrial Strategy (United Kingdom)

BIACThe OECD’s Business and Industry Advisory Committee

CAGRCompound Annual Growth Rate

CBAMCarbon Border Adjustment Mechanism

CDPThe name of the international not-for-profit that facilitates environmental

disclosures. Formerly known as the Carbon Disclosure Project

CEOChief Executive Officer

CFOChief Financial Officer

CODMChief Operating Decision-Maker

CO

2

eCarbon dioxide equivalent

COGSCost Of Goods Sold

Companymeans Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Corporation Limited

Constant

Currency (CC)

is our way to measure performance of the company without any

distortion from changes in foreign exchange rates

COOChief Operating Officer

CPScents per share

CRDClimate-related Disclosures

C VACultural Values Assessment

DAV RDiscretionary Annual Variable Remuneration

DEIDiversity, Equity and Inclusion

DJSMDQTDow Jones US Select Medical Equipment Total Return Index

DRPDividend Reinvestment Plan

EAPEmployee Assistance Programme

EBITDAEarnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation

ECEnergy Certificate

EFEmission Factor

EMSEnvironmental Management System

EPAEnvironmental Protection Agency (United States)

ERPEnterprise Resource Planning

ESGEnvironmental, Social and Governance

ESREmployee Share Right

ESREnvironmental & Social Responsibility

ETSEmissions Trading Scheme

EUEurope

EUREuro

EVElectric Vehicle

Executive

Management

the Executive Management team as set out on pages 28-30

F&PFisher & Paykel Healthcare

FDAFood and Drug Administration (United States)

FIFOFirst In, First Out

FMAFinancial Markets Authority

FMCFinancial Markets Conduct

FPHFisher & Paykel Healthcare

FYFinancial Year

GCPGood Clinical Practice

GDPGross Domestic Product

GHGGreenhouse gas

GRIGlobal Reporting Initiative

Groupmeans Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Corporation Limited together with

its subsidiaries

GSTGoods and Services Tax

GWPGlobal Warming Potential

ICTInformation and Communication Technology

IEAInternational Energy Agency

IFRSInternational Financial Reporting Standards

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Five year summaryIndependent assurance reportGRI content indexDirectoryGlossary

177Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
IIASAInternational Institute for Applied Systems Analysis

IPIntellectual Property

IPCCIntergovernmental Panel on Climate Change

ISAInternational Standards on Auditing

ISAE (NZ)International Standard on Assurance Engagements (New Zealand)

ISDAInternational Swaps and Derivatives Association

ISOInternational Organisation for Standardisation

JPYJapanese Yen

LTIFRLost Time Injury Frequency Rate

LTV RLong Term Variable Remuneration

MXNMexican Peso

Net DebtDebt less cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments

New

Applications

Consumables

Hospital applications outside of traditional invasive ventilation

NHSNational Health Service

NZNew Zealand

NZ GAAPNew Zealand Generally Accepted Accounting Practice

NZ IASNew Zealand International Accounting Standards

NZ IFRSNew Zealand Equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards

NZ SAENew Zealand Standard on Assurance Engagements

NZCSNew Zealand Climate Standards

NZDNew Zealand Dollar

NZECSNew Zealand Energy Certificate System

NZXNew Zealand Stock Exchange

OECDOrganisation for Economic Co-operation and Development

OEMOriginal Equipment Manufacturer

OHCOccupational Health Centre

PCPPrior Corresponding Period

PCTPatent Cooperation Treaty

psmper square metre

PSRPerformance Share Right

PwCPricewaterhouseCoopers

QMSQuality Management System

R&DResearch and Development

RECRenewable Energy Certificate

SBTiScience Based Targets initiative

SDGSustainable Development Goal

SG&ASales, General and Administrative

SOWSafety of Work

SSPShared Socioeconomic Pathway

STEMMScience, Technology, Engineering and Mathematics (and mātauranga

Māori)

TCFDTask Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures

TRIFRTotal Recordable Injury Frequency Rate

TSRTotal Shareholder Return

UKUnited Kingdom

UNUnited Nations

USUnited States

USDUnited States Dollar

VPVice President

VWAPVolume-Weighted Average Price

WG1Working Group 1

XRBExternal Reporting Board

Key medical terms used throughout this Report

CPAPContinuous Positive Airway Pressure

NHFNasal High Flow

NIVNoninvasive Ventilation

OSAObstructive Sleep Apnea

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Five year summaryIndependent assurance reportGRI content indexDirectoryGlossary

178Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
REGISTERED OFFICES

New Zealand

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Limited

15 Maurice Paykel Place, East Tāmaki, Auckland 2013, New Zealand

Postal: PO Box 14348, Panmure, Auckland 1741, New Zealand

Phone: +64 9 574 0100

Fax: +64 9 574 0158

Website: www.fphcare.com

Email: investor@fphcare.co.nz

Australia

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Pty. Limited

19-31 King Street, Nunawading, Melbourne, Victoria 3131, Australia

Postal: PO Box 159, Mitcham, Victoria 3132, Australia

Phone: +61 3 9871 4900

SHARE REGISTRAR

New Zealand

MUFG Pension & Market Services (NZ) Limited

Level 30, PwC Tower, 15 Customs Street West, Auckland 1010, New Zealand

Postal: PO Box 91976, Auckland 1142, New Zealand

Investor enquiries: +64 9 375 5998

Fax: +64 9 375 5990

Website: www.mpms.mufg.com

Email: enquiries.nz@cm.mpms.mufg.com


Australia

MUFG Pension & Market Services (AU) Limited

Level 12, 680 George Street, Sydney, NSW 2000, Australia

Postal: Locked Bag A14, Sydney South, NSW 1235, Australia

Investor enquiries: +61 2 8280 7111

Fax: +61 2 9287 0303

Website: www.mpms.mufg.com

Email: enquiries.nz@cm.mpms.mufg.com

Directory

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Five year summaryIndependent assurance reportGRI content indexGlossaryDirectory

© 2025 Fisher & Paykel
Healthcare Corporation Limited

fphcare.com

---

Disclaimer
The information in this presentation is for general purposes only and should be read in conjunction with Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Corporation

Limited’s (FPH) Annual Report 2025 and accompanying market releases.Nothing in this presentation should be construed as an invitation for

subscription, purchase or recommendation of securities in FPH.

This presentation includes forward-looking statements about the financial condition, operations and performance of FPH and its

subsidiaries.These statements are based on current expectations and assumptions regarding FPH’s business and performance, the economy and

other circumstances.As with any projection or forecast, the forward-looking statements in this presentation are inherently uncertain and

susceptible to changes in circumstances.FPH’s actual results may differ materially from those expressed or implied by those forward-looking

statements.

Non-GAAP financial information

Constant currency information included within this presentation is non-GAAP financial information, as defined by the NZ Financial Markets

Authority, and has been provided to assist users of financial information to better understand and track the company’s comparative financial

performance without the impacts of spot foreign currency fluctuations and hedging results and has been prepared on a consistent basis each

year. The company’s constant currency framework can be found on the company’s website at www.fphcare.com/ccf.

Underlying net profit after tax, referenced within this presentation, is a non-GAAP performance measure and is not defined or specified under

the requirements of NZ IFRS. FPH believes that this non-GAAP measure, which is not considered to be a substitute for or superior to NZ IFRS

measures, provides stakeholders with additional helpful information on the performance of the business.

A reconciliation between reported results and constant currency/underlying net profit after tax is available in

[TRUNCATED]

Data sourced from publicly available filings. Our datasets may not be complete. Automated analysis can produce errors. If you believe any data on this page is incorrect, please contact us at hello@nzxplorer.co.nz. For informational purposes only. Not investment advice.

Other issuers discussed similar conditions around this time

Matched by meaning across NZX announcement text, not keywords — based on our semantic index of announcement bodies.